The audit directory ts-shell configuration and also the output of
getpwuid() are considered tainted when running in Perl taint (-T) mode.
Provide untaint checks with validating the content.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The updateConfiguration() function updates and checks the ts-shell
configuration for each line in the ts-shell configuration file.
Run the checks just once after the configuration is completely read.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce a configuration setting to allow administrators to specify
path to the iucvconn binary as part of the ts-shell configuration.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Perl provides a Taint (-T) mode which tracks data that is obtained
by external means (e.g. arguments, reading file contents, environment
variables, ...)
Introduce a first set of corrections to clear and validate data
obtained from external sources.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Do not obtain the pager program through the PAGER environment
variable. Instead, introduce a configuration setting to specify
the pager program as part of the ts-shell configuration.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When ts-shell creates the authorization for current user, the
user name and group names are interpreted as regex. This might
create additional authorizations which are not permitted for
current user.
Correct this behavior by quoting the user name in the regex.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Check the return code of fcntl() calls to ensure the close-on-exec
setting succeeded. Otherwise, the PTY and server file descriptors
would become available to the forked client process.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
iucvtty expects to receive the TERM environment information right
after a connection has been established. Reading this information
can lead to a connection stall (DoS). Introduce a temporary timeout
and fall back to the default TERM environment.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The iucvtty_read_msg() now receives the entire message header.
Perform message header checks for specific message types where the
payload length is clearly defined. Also this needs to be done prior
starting the message chunk processing because the message datalen
field will be adjusted based on the read chunks.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The inclusion of termio.h leads to the following compilation error:
CC iucvterm/tests/test_functions.o
test_functions.c:16:10: fatal error: termio.h: No such file or directory
16 | #include <termio.h>
| ^~~~~~~~~~
The termio ioctl interface has been obsolete for a very long time and
was replaced by termios. termio.h was still present for compatibility
but was removed with glibc 2.42.
iucvterm uses termios.h correctly in the tool. The test however not only
includes termio.h erroneously, it doesn't even require it. Remove the
inclusion of termio.h.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
If iucvtty_read_data() receives message data and reads less than
MSG_DATA_OFFSET, out-of-bound reads will happen.
Correct and improve the receiving path by always reading the entire
message header. Also improve the "residual" message data handling by
replacing and processing every message now as chunk.
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The PTY slave file descriptor is the controlling terminal
allocated for the child process. When all file descriptors
are being closed, a SIGHUP is triggered for the child process.
Keeping the file descriptor in the parent open would prevent
the SIGHUP to be delivered to the child process.
For proper SIGHUP processing, close the file descriptor in
the parent process.
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Improve handling of TERM environment processing by validating
the received terminal name. If the terminal name is not valid,
a message will be displayed and the default terminal will be used.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Explicitly unmount the root partition on unit stopping to prevent still
mounted boot partition on switch root which results in boot being unable
to be mounted after switch root.
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since this unit cannot have a dependency on the actual needed
dev-disk-by2xdlabel-boot.device unit because it might not exist if the
label is never set but this unit has to run after it when it does exist
wait for udev-settle which creates the symlink if it does exist.
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Update osasnmpd to support Object ID Sub-IDs with length up-to and
including 10 digits, in line with SNMP specification. While at it, also
replace sprintf() calls with snprintf(). Together, these changes
contribute to better memory safety.
Suggested-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hidayath Khan <hidayath@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswin Karuvally <aswin@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
These messages indicate verification failures and are therefore reported
as errors rather than debug output. Unfortunately,
X509StoreContext::init(...) expects the callback to return an OpenSSL
ErrorStack, so it's not possible to propagate these failures through our
own error hierarchy.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Enforce root CA organization name requirements during certificate chain
validation to prevent accepting certificates from unexpected root CAs.
Add RootCaVerification enum with RootCaOrganizationPinning and
SkipPinning variants. Extend verify_chain() to validate root CA
organization. Default to pinning "DigiCert" for standard trust chains,
skip pinning when custom root CA is provided.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.6
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The command line length value is not properly checked and limited to the
documented 1024 bytes, even though a MAX_CMD_LEN is already defined but
not used.
With this, an overflow of the static char mon_record[] buffer is possible
in read_cmdline(), corrupting adjacent .bss data. The data is sanitized to
printable ASCII bytes, but in theory a crash of the mon_procd daemon could
be possible.
Fix it by adding a check and truncation similar to the other restricted
fields like e.g. ruser_len or cmd_len.
Reviewed-by: Ilya Leoshkevich <iii@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The yes_no() function was leaking memory when returning
early from the loop, as the 'answer' buffer allocated by
getline() was not freed before the return statements.
Restructure the function to use a single exit point, ensuring
free(answer) is always called before returning.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Volkan Unal <vunal@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
sort_bls_entries() already checks for the keyword "title"
duplication. Add also checks for keywords "linux", "initrd", and
"options" duplication (Rule #5).
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Check decimal prefixes, representing site values in on-disk
environment block. Reject any values different from {0, ..., 9}
as invalid ones.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Before extracting a file trailer, check that the file is big enough;
Check that signature length stored in the extracted trailer doesn't
exceed the size of the file without the trailer. Treat the case of
the failed checks as unsigned file.
Without the checks, memcmp() may read the area before the allocated
@buffer, dumping heap into bootmap or crashing.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When parsing environment block, check each its line for the
compliance with the 'foo=bar\n' pattern. In case of missing '=',
or '\n' abort the parsing procedure with a warning message.
Without this check, stage3 may write a zero byte to the absolute
address 0 (robustness defect)
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When parsing environment block, limit the number of the hash table
entries, so that total size of all records doesn't exceed PAGE_SIZE
bytes allocated for that hash table.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
By design, before replacement of '${FOO}' with its value, the
procedure checks that the resulted command line doesn't exceed the
maximum one.
The old check used the never updated length of the original command
line, which is incorrect. Instead, use its current length resulting
from the replacement happened at the previous iteration.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
mem_init_flex() allocates the page header index array sized for
ADDR_TO_IDX(mem_end) + 1 entries, but never checked that each
page record's address falls within [0, mem_end).
A crafted LKCD page record with addr >= mem_end writes 8 bytes
beyond the allocation.
Fix by rejecting any page record whose address is > mem_end - PAGE_SIZE
with ERR_EXIT(), immediately after the end-of-dump marker check.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
read_page_buf() uses the file-controlled pg_hdr->size directly as the
byte count for zg_read() into fixed stack buffers of PAGE_SIZE.
A crafted LKCD dump with pg_hdr->size > PAGE_SIZE overflows the buffer
and smashes the stack frame. A size of 0 for a raw page silently
produces uninitialised data.
Enforce page header size constraints following crash-utility's logic:
- Compressed or Raw pages with size > PAGE_SIZE are invalid;
exit with an error.
- Raw pages with size 0 contain no data in the file; fill the
output buffer with zeros without reading.
- Compressed pages with size 0 are caught by the uncompress() return
code check.
- Raw pages with size != PAGE_SIZE are invalid; exit with an error.
Check the return code of uncompress() and exit with an error if
decompression fails, rather than silently proceeding with an incomplete
output buffer.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Declare binary data symbols as arrays to correctly represent
linker-provided symbols of unknown size. This resolves compiler warnings
about reading 22-24 bytes from a 1-byte region when including stage*
loaders.
DEBUG: In function ‘memcpy’,
DEBUG: inlined from ‘boot_init_eckd_ldl_stage0’ at boot.c:181:2,
DEBUG: inlined from ‘install_svdump_eckd_ldl’ at install.c:891:2,
DEBUG: inlined from ‘install_dump’ at install.c:1221:9,
DEBUG: inlined from ‘main’ at zipl.c:185:9:
DEBUG: /usr/include/bits/string_fortified.h:29:10: warning: ‘__builtin_memcpy’ reading 22 bytes from a region of size 1 [-Wstringop-overread]
DEBUG: 29 | return __builtin___memcpy_chk (__dest, __src, __len,
DEBUG: | ^
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Ensure that the path to a dump image specified in the NGDump meta file
of a dump device points to a valid location within the dump device.
Especially, disallow escaping from a dump device with a dump image path
using references to '..' or symbolic links pointing outside of the dump
device.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilya Leoshkevich <iii@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace the popen() call to the external tool sha256sum with OpenSSL's
SHA256 digest algorithm to compute the checksum of a dump image
to improve security of NGDump.
The call to popen() is inherently insecure because a malicious user
controlling a dump device could manipulate the latter and let the user
applying zgetdump to the dump device execute arbitrary shell code.
Furthermore, getting rid of process and shell spawning performed by
popen() shall improve performance of calculation of dump image
checksums.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use the file descriptor opened in zg_open() before to obtain information
about the file. Theoretically, there is a tiny window for a race
condition between opening a file and obtaining its information with
stat(). A malicious user could use it to entice incorrect behavior
from zgetdump. Using the same file descriptor for both operations
prevents such situations.
Suggested-by: Peter Jin <pjin@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The name of a private NGDump function does not require to have a unique
prefix to avoid naming conflicts with public functions of other C modules.
Furthermore, be consistent with private NGDump functions not having
the prefix 'ngdump_'.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
dfo_elf_init() allocates the output ELF header buffer based on
HDR_BASE_SIZE, per-CPU note sizes, and per-memory-chunk overhead,
but does not account for the vmcoreinfo note. notes_init() then
writes the full vmcoreinfo string into the buffer via nt_vmcoreinfo(),
overflowing the heap allocation for any dump with a vmcoreinfo blob
larger than what fits in HDR_BASE_SIZE. The following ABORT check
fires after the heap was already corrupted.
Fix by extracting the allocation size calculation into a new
hdr_alloc_size() function that explicitly accounts for all items
written into the header buffer.
Remove the opaque HDR_BASE_SIZE and HDR_PER_MEMC_SIZE macros.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
vmcoreinfo_item() copies a key's value string from the vmcoreinfo heap
blob into the caller's buffer using memcpy() without checking the source
length. The length is derived from the distance between the '=' separator
and the next '\n' (or '\0') in the blob, which is bounded only by the
total vmcoreinfo size. A crafted dump with a vmcoreinfo value >= 1024
bytes would overflow the buffer.
Additionally, the len parameter of vmcoreinfo_item() was declared UNUSED
and never checked.
Fix by computing val_len before the copy and returning -1 if val_len >= len.
Change len type from int to size_t, which is natural for a buffer size,
drops the need for a negativity guard, and makes the call site passing
sizeof(str) type-consistent.
Write directly into the caller's buf, instead of going through the
intermediate str[].
Replace two strchr() calls with a single strchrnul().
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The 16-bit sec5_len field from the ADSR record was used directly as
the byte count for zg_read() and ebc_2_asc() into a pair of 1024-byte
stack buffers. A crafted VMDUMP file with sec5_len > 1024 would
overflow both buffers and write past the stack frame.
The overflow is only reachable when zgetdump is invoked with the -V
(verbose) flag, but that is a common diagnostic usage.
Section 5 contains a human-readable dump symptom string used only for
display purposes. Truncate sec5_len to sizeof(buf) - 1 so that
oversized values are silently clamped rather than causing an abort,
and the symptom string is still printed up to the buffer limit.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Building with ASAN=1 produces the following warning:
utils.c: In function 'sysfs_get_mkvps':
utils.c:416:9: warning: writing 8 bytes into a region of size 0
[-Wstringop-overflow=]
416 | memcpy(mk_reg->mkvp, &mkvp, sizeof(mkvp));
| ^
In file included from utils.c:32:
utils.h:51:17: note: at offset 4 into destination object 'mk_state'
of size 4
51 | int mk_state;
This is a false positive, field mk_reg->mkvp is defined as an array of
u8 with a length of 16 elements, thus it is 16 bytes in size, and thus
more than long enough to copy 8 bytes into it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When the BER encoded BITRSTRING field has a zero length, then skipping
the unused-bits byte that a BITRSTING normally contains will cause a
underflow and thus may cause an out of bounds read by the caller of
sk_ep11_parse_spki().
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Check for the size of struct cca_rsa_pub_key_section, instead of
struct cca_ec_pub_key_section.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When EVP_PKEY_get0_EC_KEY(), EC_KEY_set_ex_data(), EVP_PKEY_get0_RSA()
or RSA_set_ex_data() fails, the function returns -EIO without freeing
the data struct or the data->key_blob that were allocated before.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Field spki_size is defined as size_t, so it can never be negative.
Before the check, sk_ep11_valid_ep11_blob() ensures that hdr->len is
never greater than key_token_length, so the subtraction can never
overflow the result, but it still can be zero.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For long-length field encoding, check if the number of length bytes
exceed the data size.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A malformed CCA key token with a zero size section can cause an endless
loop in sk_cca_get_pka_section().
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Array element key_value_structure.public_exponent[0] is written twice,
but key_value_structure.public_exponent[1] is not set, leading to a
wrong public exponent value (i.e. 0x01) in the key value structure.
CCA key generation will fail is this case.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Functions SK_CCA_generate_ec_key_pair(), SK_CCA_generate_ec_key_pair(),
SK_EP11_generate_ec_key_pair() and SK_EP11_generate_rsa_key_pair() are
supposed to allow parameter key_token to be NULL. In this case the
required buffer size is returned in key_token_length only.
This size query does not work because the parameter checking rejects
the call with a NULL key_token returning -EINVAL.
Currently the size query is not used by any known caller, but lets
correct it anyway.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The party info contained in the response might be of an arbitrary size.
Check for an overflow before allocating the party info buffer for the
combined request and response party info data. With a very large
response party info size, the combined size might overflow (i.e. wrap
around), causing a too small buffer being allocated and the following
memcpy's would cause an out of bounds write.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
On large data sizes the calculation may cause an overflow, if done with
int type. Do the calculation with size_t instead to avoid an overflow.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix the error checking to check the correct variables using the right
conditions.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Don't attempt to free the local function parameter 'signature', but the
memory where *signature points to.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Function strtoull() silently accepts a leading '-' and returns a large
positive number (two's complement wrap). Reject this by checking for
the minus character.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Function gmtime() might return NULL which would then be passed to
strftime(). Return an error in case gmtime() return NULL.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A deeply nested or pathologically large KMIP node tree crafted by a
malicious server can wrap the length calculation around to a small
value. Detect this and return an error in this case.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Functions kmip_node_get_structure_element_count() and
kmip_node_get_structure_element_by_tag_count() return an unsigned int,
but the error case returns -1. This leads to a wrap around actually
returning 0xffffffff which the caller might interpret as a very large
number of elements.
Return 0 in case of an error instead.
Also fix some callers to not unconditionally subtract -1 from the
returned value, but return an error if the returned value is zero.
These callers check the preconditions upfront, so the error case
won't be hit anyway.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Limit the value_len to not be larger than INT_MAX, because later on
BIO_read() is called with value_len and it uses the int type for
length parameter and return value.
This check also prevents the 'value_len + 1' from overflow, because
value_len is a size_t and this accepts larger values than int (even
on 32 bit architectures).
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When decoding a value that is exactly at the boundary of the available size
(i.e., *size == value_len), and the value length is not a multiple of the
TTLV block length, then *size wraps to a huge value when the pad_len is
subtracted.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
If length is >= 0x80000000 (2 GB), length * 2 wraps around to a small
value, calloc allocates a too small buffer, then the loop writes
length * 2 bytes into it causing a heap buffer overflow.
Fix this by using a size_t for size calculation, and also checking
the length before multiplication (needed on 32 bit platforms).
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In C, operands of '<<' are subject to integer promotion. So the unsigned
char array elements are promoted to signed int and then shifted producing
signed overflow — undefined behaviour in C.
Fix this by first casting to uint32_t and then shift.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
KMIP STRUCTURE elements can be nested, which causes a recursion of
functions kmip_decode_ttlv(), kmip_decode_xml(), and kmip_decode_json().
A malformed KMIP response may thus cause stack exhaustion.
Limit the KMIP STRUCTURE nesting level to 32 levels. This is more than
enough for currently defined KMIP responses. The practically used
nesting level is 8 or 9, dependent on the type of KMIP response.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When creating or writing files, make sure that the file is not a
sysmlink. Such files created by libkmipclient are typically stored inside
the zkey repository and the owner and mode of them are changed to.
allow read/write for the owner user and the 'zkeyadm' group. It
would allow a symlink-following attack if the file being created are
symlinks. Make sure to open such files with the 'O_NOFOLLOW' flag.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When creating or writing files, make sure that the file is not a
sysmlink. Such files created by libekmfweb are typically stored inside
the zkey repository and the owner and mode of them are changed to.
allow read/write for the owner user and the 'zkeyadm' group. It
would allow a symlink-following attack if the file being created are
symlinks. Make sure to open such files with the 'O_NOFOLLOW' flag.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When creating or writing files, make sure that the file is not a
sysmlink. Such files created by libseckey are typically stored inside
the zkey repository and the owner and mode of them are changed to.
allow read/write for the owner user and the 'zkeyadm' group. It
would allow a symlink-following attack if the file being created are
symlinks. Make sure to open such files with the 'O_NOFOLLOW' flag.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Files in the zkey repository can be created by any member of the
'zkeyadm' group as well as 'root'. Such files are owned by the creator
and the 'zkeyadm' group, and allow read and write for the owner user
and owner group.
When creating or writing files inside the zkey repository, make sure
that the file is not a sysmlink. That way, only files within the zkey
repository are set to be read/write for the owner user and members of
the 'zkeyadm' group. Make sure to open such files with the 'O_NOFOLLOW'
flag, and use 'lstat()' to check for files and directories.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Check the values that are incorporated into commands that might get
executed to not contain any characters that could be used for
shell-injection attacks.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:2.0.0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Pin the supported filesystem type to ext4 to prevent the risk of auto fs
parsing bugs. Additionally mount the boot partition with more
restrictive options.
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix the sel-ebc-pvebc.service unit to execute the failure action when
the sics directory does not exist instead of getting skipped.
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Return an error when the provided request data is smaller than the
expected request length. The previous condition used the wrong
comparison, which could lead to an out-of-bounds slice and panic.
Add a regression test.
Fixes: 34bef977e8 ("rust/pv: User-data signing and verifying")
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.5
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Perform certificate verification in two stages. First, verify the
certificate chain without CRL checks. Once the chain has been validated,
download the referenced CRLs and repeat the verification with CRL
checking enabled.
Fixes: c6f621d0dc ("rust: Add library for pv tools")
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
3-second timeout might be too short for slow networks therefore increase
it to 10s. In addition move this constant to a more prominent position
and add documentation.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.5
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a dedicated HKD verification error for CRL downloads that exceed the
maximum file size of 10 MiB and cover the max_filesize behavior in the
helper tests and add tests for it.
This commit adds a new development/test dependency as it verifies that
the correct messages are being logged.
Fixes: c6f621d0dc ("rust: Add library for pv tools")
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.5
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Adapt the script to generate the test certificates to use the prefix
'http://' for the CRL distribution points as otherwise the test would
fail with an upcoming change. Regenerate the certificates and adapt the
test case dist_points' accordingly as the distribution point has
changed.
Note: The files der.crt and der.crl are skipped as that would result in
binary changes which caues trouble with quilt. They are only used
by some basic tests read_crls and read_crts anyway
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.5
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix datetime.datetime.utcnow() deprecation and fix a TypeError.
File "create_certs.py", line 16, in createEcKeyPair
return ec.generate_private_key(curve=curve, backend=default_backend())
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
TypeError: curve must be an EllipticCurve instance
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace the existing mocks with a trait-based test infrastructure. This
allows testing download_first_crl_from_x509() functionally while
avoiding actual network access, resulting in more comprehensive and
realistic test coverage.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.5
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Rename the module to the more common test module name tests and remove a
superfluous comment.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use a trait-based abstraction for CRL downloads so the download
implementation can be replaced more easily, for example in tests that
should avoid real network calls.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.5
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The comment mentions certificate but it's a certificate revocation
list (CRL). In addition, use 1200 bytes as vector capacity as the
comment says 1200.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Although most errors are ignored and the next CRL distribution point is
tried, log the errors as debug messages.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
strip_right() strips spaces beginning at the end of the string moving
to the beginning. However, it doesn't check whether it's at beginning
of the array, and would continue reading if the string only contains
spaces.
Fix this by adding the necessary check.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
While iterating over the string, hmcdrv_path_copy() subtracts one byte
of the length to account for the NUL byte, but fails to account for
the '/' character it might add. Change the test to leave two bytes of
room.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add/use ->set_location() private method of struct component_footer
instead of checking component types every time when operating with
program components.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix add_component_file_range() to process components of all types
(not only of COMPONENT_TYPE_LOAD), similar to how it is going in
add_component_buffer().
Earlier components of COMPONENT_TYPE_SIGNATURE were processed only
by add_component_buffer(). Starting from 60bc1e3, signatures for
mirrors (i.e. base disks of #1 and larger ID) are processed also by
the function add_component_file_range(), which works incorrectly for
such type of components.
Fixes: 60bc1e38d0 ("zipl/src: Reuse data of buffer components in bootmap")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Calculate the alignment value as maximum of physical block sizes of
disks participating in the mirrored setup. Earlier the alignment was
calculated as a physical block size of the first disk of a mirrored
setup.
Without this change, the assertion in disk_get_blocklist_from_file()
'assert(reg->offset % info->phy_block_size == 0)' is triggered in case
when blocksize of base disk #J > blocksize of base disk #I && (J>I).
To reproduce the problem, build a mixed mirrored setup with first SCSI
disk, second DASD disk and prepare it for IPL.
Fixes: 731f00202c ("zipl/src: Enable heterogeneous mirrors support")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Change the format of zipl helpers output to support hybrid mirrors
(i.e. composed of disks of different types and geometry).
The new format imposes an additional requirement that any key-value
pair "targetbase=X:Y" titles a new section with a set of target
parmeters for the base disk identified by that pair.
Without this change, zipl reports "Inconsistent script output".
To reproduce the problem, build a mixed mirrored setup with first
SCSI disk and second DASD disk, and prepare it for IPL.
Fixes: 731f00202c ("zipl/src: Enable heterogeneous mirrors support")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The test cases uses the ml_kem functions, therefore disable the
directive for tests.
$ cargo test
...
--> pv/src/openssl_extensions/ml_kem.rs:5:11
|
5 | #![expect(unused)]
| ^^^^^^
|
= note: `#[warn(unfulfilled_lint_expectations)]` on by default
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
After a master key change, it can happen that the PKEY_KBLOB2PROTK3 ioctl
returns EBUSY. This is a temporary situation and the operation will
succeed, once the firmware has completed some internal processing related
with the master key change. Delay 1 second and retry up to 10 times.
A similar retry loop was previously used for the AF_ALG-based handling,
but the retry logic was not included for the new ioctl-based handling.
Fixes: 7fffdcfe8c ("zkey: Remove the use of AF_ALG for calculating key verification patterns")
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move check_disk() call before user input to fail fast
on unsupported or unavailable devices (FBA, read-only,
in-use, raw-track mode).
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Volkan Unal <vunal@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a HostKey enum (currently V1(PKey<Public>)) and introduce a
versioned Keyslot enum (V1(KeyslotV1)). Rename the existing Keyslot type
to KeyslotV1 to prepare for future format extensions.
Update pv, pvattest, pvimg, and pvsecret to use the new enums.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Keller <tkeller@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a Display implementation for SymKey that formats values as
`SymKey(<type>)`, delegating to key_type(). This provides a clearer
and stable human-readable representation for logs and CLI output.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Keller <tkeller@linux.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Return the Secure Execution header version in addition to tags. This
comes handy as soon as multiple Secure Execution header versions are
supported.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Keller <tkeller@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Split req.rs into multiple files so that additions can be done more
easily.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.4
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add interfaces for creating an ML-KEM keypair and encapsulation and
decapsulation.
The public part of it can be used to encapsulate a shared secret in a
ciphertext. The latter can be decapsulated with the private part of the
keypair to recover the shared secret.
In terms of code, a keypair of type `PKey<Private>` can be generated
with `generate_ml_kem` specifying `KeyType::ML_KEM_512`,
`KeyType::ML_KEM_768`, or `KeyType::ML_KEM_1024`.
To encapsulate a shared secret, generate a `PkeyCtx<Public>` with
`PkeyCtx::new`, initialize it with `encapsulate_init`, and encapsulate
with `encapsulate_to_vec`.
To decapsulate the ciphertext to the shared secret, generate a
`PkeyCtx<Private>` with `PkeyCtx::new`, initialize it with
`decapsulate_init`, and decapsulate with `decapsulate_to_vec`.
Note that when https://github.com/rust-openssl/rust-openssl/pull/2532
is getting merged into `rust-openssl`, these changes will become
unnecessary.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.4
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Keller <tkeller@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add more CCK tests to make sure that new changes do not introduce a
regression.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.4
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The function dinfo_get_uid_from_devnode() allocates memory for
readbuf but fails to free it in two code paths:
1. When the device name is truncated (error path)
2. At the successful function exit
Add the missing free(readbuf) calls to prevent memory leaks in
both paths.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Volkan Unal <vunal@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Refactor the firmware verification client such that adding a new
request/response versions is simpler.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When an unnamed counter is explicitly selected by numeric ID via
--counters (for example, --counters=218), show it even when --hide is
enabled.
Keep --hide effective for unnamed counters that were not explicitly
selected. To do that, evaluate the counter filter once per counter and
reuse the result to distinguish between a generic match and an explicit
numeric-ID match.
Suggested-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce verbosity levels of zipl session and verbosity classes of
messages. This is used by the next patches in the series to suppress
information not corresponding the default output of zipl tool that
could be confusing for user.
Add a new option "--debug" of zipl tool to set up verbosity level 2
(and higher) of zipl session.
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Although the script is to be run with root privileges virt-resize starts
as user qemu under the hood which depending on image location may cause
permission errors. To fix this use `LIBGUESTFS_BACKEND=direct`.
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
- Remove useless type conversion in uvdevice.rs
- Replace useless comparison in hostname.rs
- Replace unnecessary unwrap patterns in pvapconfig
- Use sort_by_key instead of sort_by in pvimg example
Command line used to get the findings:
$ clippy --all-features -- --cap-lints=warn
warning: useless conversion to the same type: `u64`
--> pv_core/src/uvdevice.rs:56:28
|
56 | rc = ioctl(raw_fd, cmd.try_into().unwrap(), cb.as_ptr_mut());
| ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
|
= help: consider removing `.try_into()`
= help: for further information visit https://rust-lang.github.io/rust-clippy/master/index.html#useless_conversion
= note: `#[warn(clippy::useless_conversion)]` on by default
warning: this comparison involving the minimum or maximum element for this type contains a case that is always true or always false
--> utils/src/hostname.rs:60:13
|
60 | assert!(isize::try_from(buf_len).unwrap() <= isize::MAX);
| ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
|
= help: because `isize::MAX` is the maximum value for this type, this comparison is always true
= help: for further information visit https://rust-lang.github.io/rust-clippy/master/index.html#absurd_extreme_comparisons
= note: `#[warn(clippy::absurd_extreme_comparisons)]` on by default
warning: `utils` (lib) generated 1 warning
Checking pvebc v0.12.0 (/home/mhartmay/git/s390-tools/rust/pvebc)
warning: consider using `sort_unstable_by_key`
--> pvapconfig/src/ap.rs:177:9
|
177 | self.0.sort_unstable_by(|a, b| b.gen.cmp(&a.gen));
| ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
|
= help: for further information visit https://rust-lang.github.io/rust-clippy/master/index.html#unnecessary_sort_by
= note: `#[warn(clippy::unnecessary_sort_by)]` on by default
help: try
|
177 - self.0.sort_unstable_by(|a, b| b.gen.cmp(&a.gen));
177 + self.0.sort_unstable_by_key(|b| std::cmp::Reverse(b.gen));
warning: called `unwrap_err` on `r` after checking its variant with `is_err`
--> pvapconfig/src/main.rs:55:29
|
54 | if $r.is_err() {
| -------------- help: try: `if let Err(<item>) = r`
55 | eprintln!("{}", $r.unwrap_err());
| ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
...
87 | on_error_print_and_exit!(r);
| --------------------------- in this macro invocation
|
= help: for further information visit https://rust-lang.github.io/rust-clippy/master/index.html#unnecessary_unwrap
= note: this warning originates in the macro `on_error_print_and_exit` (in Nightly builds, run with -Z macro-backtrace for more info)
warning: this `repeat().take()` can be written more concisely
--> pvimg/src/se_img_comps/bootloader/ipl.rs:95:21
|
95 | let comps = iter::repeat(ipl_pb0_pv_comp::default())
| _____________________^
96 | | .take(num_comp)
| |___________________________^ help: consider using `repeat_n()` instead: `std::iter::repeat_n(ipl_pb0_pv_comp::default(), num_comp)`
|
= help: for further information visit https://rust-lang.github.io/rust-clippy/master/index.html#manual_repeat_n
= note: `#[warn(clippy::manual_repeat_n)]` on by default
warning: this `repeat().take()` can be written more concisely
--> pvimg/src/se_img_comps/bootloader/ipl.rs:113:21
|
113 | let comps = iter::repeat(comp).take(num_comp).collect();
| ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ help: consider using `repeat_n()` instead: `std::iter::repeat_n(comp, num_comp)`
|
= help: for further information visit https://rust-lang.github.io/rust-clippy/master/index.html#manual_repeat_n
Reviewed-by: Timo Keller <tkeller@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The current code is easier to read as the suggested fix by Clippy.
Therefore adding directives to allow the unwrap.
warning: called `unwrap` on `a1.info` after checking its variant with `is_some`
--> pvapconfig/src/ap.rs:195:36
|
192 | && a1.info.is_some()
| ----------------- the check is happening here
...
195 | let i1 = match a1.info.as_ref().unwrap() {
| ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
|
= help: try using `match`
= help: for further information visit https://rust-lang.github.io/rust-clippy/master/index.html#unnecessary_unwrap
= note: `#[warn(clippy::unnecessary_unwrap)]` on by default
warning: called `unwrap` on `a2.info` after checking its variant with `is_some`
--> pvapconfig/src/ap.rs:199:36
|
193 | && a2.info.is_some()
| ----------------- the check is happening here
...
199 | let i2 = match a2.info.as_ref().unwrap() {
| ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
|
= help: try using `match`
= help: for further information visit https://rust-lang.github.io/rust-clippy/master/index.html#unnecessary_unwrap
Suggested-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
$ cargo doc
...
warning: unclosed HTML tag `u8`
--> pvebc/src/ebc_utils.rs:25:43
|
25 | /// Read all data from a reader into a Vec<u8>
| ^^^^
|
= note: `#[warn(rustdoc::invalid_html_tags)]` on by default
help: try marking as source code
|
25 | /// Read all data from a reader into a `Vec<u8>`
| + +
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The 'paes' and 'phmac' kernel ciphers and the respective kernel modules
are no longer used for calculating the key verification pattern. Instead,
the 'pkey' kernel module and its sub modules is used now.
In case the 'pkey' kernel module is not available, an appropriate error
message is already printed by open_pkey_device() when opening the device.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Instead of using AF_ALG to calculate key verification patterns, transform
the key blob into a protected key and calculate the key verification
patterns with CAPCF calls.
The 'zkey-cryptsetup convert' command also calculates key verification
patterns from clear keys. Support this, too.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To be able to calculate the key verification pattern of a key blob without
the use of AF_ALG, the file descriptor of the /dev/pkey device needs to
be passed through to all functions that might need to calculate the key
verification pattern.
Also make sure that all commands that might need to calculate the key
verification pattern have 'need_pkey_device = 1' so that the device is
opened.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To be able to calculate the key verification pattern of a key blob without
the use of AF_ALG, the key blob needs to be transformed into a protected
key via the PKEY_KBLOB2PROTK3 ioctl.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When reading a properties file with a line containing a binary zero as first
character, an array access at index -1 is attempted, because strlen considers
this as an empty string (len = 0). The following array access 'line[len - 1]'
accesses the array at index -1.
Fix this by checking the line length and skip empty lines.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix a copy & paste error on handling the 'hmac(sha512)' integrity algorithm
with the 'convert' command.
Fixes: 97136585da ("zkey-cryptsetup: Support PHMAC integrity with convert command")
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Key files read by read_secure_key() may not be just a key blob, but it
might also contain an additional integrity key blob.
Correct the upper bounds checking and allow up to 3 key blobs to be read.
This allows for an AES-XTS key blob consisting of 2 key blobs plus an
integrity key blob concatenated to the encryption key blob.
Fixes: 771c794580 ("zkey-cryptsetup: Support PHMAC integrity with setkey command")
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix compile warnings like
warning: assignment discards 'const' qualifier from pointer target type
[-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
by declaring the variables as const.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix compile warnings like
warning: assignment discards 'const' qualifier from pointer target type
[-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
by declaring the variables as const.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix compile warnings like
warning: assignment discards 'const' qualifier from pointer target type
[-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
by declaring the variables as const or cast appropriately.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix compile warnings like
warning: assignment discards 'const' qualifier from pointer target type
[-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
by declaring the variables as const or cast appropriately.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The previous function, EVP_PKEY_meth_remove(), was deprecated in OpenSSL
3.0 and fully removed in OpenSSL 4.0. As a result, it fails detection of
OpenSSL 1.1+ if OpenSSL 4 is present.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/204
[seiden@linux.ibm.com: Add link to GH PR]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Gallagher <sgallagh@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For consistency reasons implement the --version option handling for the new
pvics tool.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/203
[seiden@linux.ibm.com: Add link to GH PR]
Signed-off-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Bump MSRV to 1.85.0 and upgrade all dependencies using 'cargo upgrade'
from cargo-edit. The bump to 1.85.0 is requiered to get at least openssl
version 0.10.79 including fixes for a couple security issues.
Link: https://crates.io/crates/cargo-edit
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This lint also covers dependencies that generate code i.e. derives.
Those dependencies might introduce non-ascii chars deliberately as e.g.
zerocopy 0.8.32+ does.
Remove it to avoid any confusing warnings regarding non-ascii chars.
Link: https://github.com/rust-lang/rust/issues/151025
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Add link to reported issue]
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
+ Sort and group the imports
+ Normalize and format comments (100 characters width)
Command used:
$ cargo +nightly fmt --
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With glibc 2.43 const-ness is preserved for standard library functions
and a compiler warning will be issued if this is violated.
pai parse_cpulist() receives user input via the parm function
parameter. The parameter is defined as 'const char *' and used as input
value for strchr(). The target pointer (cp) is defined as mutable
'char *' leading to violation of const correctness and this compiler
warning:
pai.c: In function ‘parse_cpulist’:
pai.c:907:20: warning: assignment discards ‘const’ qualifier from
pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
907 | cp = strchr(parm, ':');
Since the user input is coming from optarg 'non-const char *', it is
unnecessary to have the function parameters carrying this data defined
as const.
Remove the unnecessary const definition in the function call chain to
fix the described issue.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Juergen Christ <jchrist@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Speed up the check of the option -m argument and improve
the error message. The argument number must be a power of 2 number
and this check is improved.
Furthermore split the error message and provide one message for
invalid characters and one error message for the argument
not being a power of 2 number.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Eduard Stefes <eddy@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Juergen Christ <jchrist@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Juergen Christ <jchrist@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add functions to properly parse required and optional input/output
parameters that have to be combined into one.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
All pvattest subcommands use the command line option -i <input> and -o
<output> to specify file input and output respectively. pvsecret however
uses mostly positional arguments for <input> and <output> exclusively,
e.g. pvattest check input.bin output.yaml
$ pvsecret add secret.bin
This provides an inconsistent user interface within the Secure
Execution tools and may confuse users.
Add the -i and -o option to the subcommands if applicable.
Input/output can then be specified like so:
$ pvsecret add -i secret.bin
$ pvsecret list -o list.yaml
$ pvsecret verify -i FILE -o out.yaml
$ pvsecret retrieve -i ID -o id.yaml
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Most pvattest subcommands use the command line option -i <input> and -o
<output> to specify file input and output respectively. pvattest check
however only uses positional arguments for <input> and <output>, e.g.
$ pvattest check input.bin output.yaml
This provides an inconsistent user interface within the tool and may
confuse users.
Add the command -i and -o option to the check subcommand to bring it in
line with the rest of the tool.
$ pvattest check -i input.bin -o output.yaml
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Show -i & -o option and display them in the help output. Showing the
additional options to the user may provide a better experience. Users
may expect -i /-o options as other subcommands have them as well.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The error texts printed a hardcoded .0 instead of the actual value.
Fix this by using the proper string format arguments.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes: 61c5d7d431 ("rust/pv: Attestation generation and verification support")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For guests that do not make use of the EBC feature the boot should not
be impacted by this module. This requires removing the boot.mount unit
because it will unconditionally create a dependency on a unit that
conflicts with that idea. The downside is that mounting of the boot
partition has to be done manually.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/202
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Include the required kernel modules unconditionally when this module is
installed into an initramfs.
The new .conf file contains a list of kernel modules that are loaded by
the systemd-modules-load.service systemd unit.
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Set job->data.dump.no_compress (job->data.mvdump.force) only after
making sure that the job is 'dump' ('mvdump') respectively. Othrewise,
the second assignment can potentially corrupt the value that was set by
the first assignment.
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
pvics (PV Image Customization Support) is a comprehensive tool for
converting existing qcow2 KVM guest images to IBM Secure Execution for
Linux (SEL) images with Early Boot Customization (EBC) support and
encrypted root filesystems.
The tool provides four main actions:
- list: Retrieve information about boot loader entries in a base image
- convert: Convert a base image to an EBC-ready SEL image
- encrypt: Encrypt the root filesystem and prepare EBC resources
- full: Perform both conversion and encryption in one operation
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.1
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add 95ibm-sel-ebc dracut module for secure boot-time customization of
SEL guests.
Introduce the IBM SEL EBC dracut module (95ibm-sel-ebc) that enables
Early Boot Customization for SEL guests during the initramfs phase.
The module implements a critical security architecture to prevent
injection attacks: all EBC resources (.asr and .pol files) are copied from
/boot/sics (which resides in the qcow2 image on the host filesystem) to
/run/ibm-sel-ebc (a tmpfs/RAM-backed directory). Since guest RAM is
protected by the Ultravisor, this prevents malicious hosts from modifying
EBC resources during boot.
Systemd units and their purposes:
- ibm-sel-ebc.target: Groups all EBC-related units
- boot.mount: Mounts /dev/disk/by-label/boot to /boot
- ibm-sel-ebc-ensure-sics.service: Fallback to create /boot/sics/ if boot
partition mount fails (supports Kata VM scenarios)
- ibm-sel-ebc-pvebc.service: Main unit that copies EBC resources to RAM,
invokes pvebc tool to verify integrity and add ASRs to UV, retrieves
LUKS passphrase from UV secret store
- ibm-sel-ebc-override-crypttab.service: Replaces /etc/crypttab with
prepared IBM SEL EBC crypttab, reloads systemd daemon, starts cryptsetup
service
- ibm-sel-ebc-paes-enforce.service: Verifies root filesystem uses PAES
encryption to prevent root filesystem substitution attacks
All units write logs to /boot/sics/log for debugging, accessible even if
root filesystem fails to mount. Units are triggered by rd.ibm-sel-ebc
kernel parameter and only execute in initramfs
(ConditionPathExists=/etc/initrd-release).
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.1
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add pvebc tool for parsing and verifying EBC Add-Secret-Request structures
Introduce pvebc, a CLI tool that parses and verifies the integrity of
Add-Secret-Request (ASR) structures used in Early Boot Customization for
SEL guests.
The tool processes an integrity-protected ASR structure consisting of:
- toc.asr: Meta secret that links to toc.pol via relative filepath and
SHA512 hash, integrity-protected by its AES GCM authentication tag
- toc.pol: Policy file containing AES GCM authentication tags (last 16
bytes) of all user-provided ASRs
- User ASRs: Individual Add-Secret-Requests containing encrypted secrets
This structure guarantees:
- Prevents ASR removal: toc.pol lists all expected ASR authentication tags
- Prevents ASR insertion: Unlisted ASRs are rejected
- Prevents ASR modification: AES GCM authentication tags provide
cryptographic integrity
- Prevents toc.pol tampering: toc.asr's integrity protection secures the
link
The tool verifies completeness by checking that all ASRs listed in toc.pol
are present and their AES GCM authentication tags match. This prevents
attackers from removing, inserting, or modifying ASRs during transport over
unsecured channels.
After verification, pvebc adds all ASRs to the Ultravisor (UV), which
decrypts them using the guest's secret key and makes them available to
the guest during early boot.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.1
Acked-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add two new command-line options to pvsecret create for Early Boot
Customization (EBC) Table of Contents (TOC) support:
1. --policy FILE
Links an Add-Secret-Request (ASR) to a policy file by embedding a
PolicyReference in the ASR's user data field. The PolicyReference
contains the relative file path and SHA512 hash of the policy file,
enabling integrity verification of the policy. This option conflicts
with --user-data as both use the same user data field in the ASR
structure.
2. --toc-policy FILE
Appends the AES-GCM authentication tag (MAC tag - last 16 bytes of
the encrypted ASR) to the specified TOC policy file. This enables
the TOC policy to maintain a list of all ASR MAC tags for
completeness verification during boot. The TOC can verify that all
expected ASRs are present and unmodified by checking their MAC tags
against this list. This option also conflicts with --user-data.
Both options support the EBC multi-party workflow where an ISV/CSP builds
a generic SEL image and customers customize it with their own secrets. The
TOC mechanism ensures the integrity and completeness of all EBC resources
during the boot process.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.1
Acked-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add EBC (Early Boot Customization) utility functions to pv_core library
for parsing and verifying Add-Secret-Request structures.
Introduce the core library functionality needed for EBC:
- Add ebc_utils module to pv_core with ASR parsing and verification
- Export ebc_utils in pv_core lib.rs
- Re-export ebc_utils in pv lib.rs for downstream consumers
- Update pvsecret Cargo.toml dependencies
The library provides the foundation for tools that work with
integrity-protected ASR structures used in SEL guest customization.
Assisted-by: IBM Bob:1.0.1
Acked-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
util_fmt now provides support for JSON Lines text format. Adapt certain
checks in the code and document the newly supported format in the man
page accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
util_fmt now provides support for JSON Lines text format.
Document the newly supported format in the man page accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
util_fmt now provides support for JSON Lines text format.
Document the newly supported format in the man page accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
util_fmt now provides support for JSON Lines text format. Adapt certain
checks in the code and document the newly supported format in the man
page accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
util_fmt now provides support for JSON Lines text format. Adapt certain
checks in the code and document the newly supported format in the man
pages for lshwc and lspai accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
util_fmt now provides support for JSON Lines text format. Adapt certain
checks in the code and document the newly supported format in the man
page accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
JSON Lines text format (JSONL) [1] is a line-delimited JSON format where
objects are separated by the new line character (\n, LF) as opposed to
the JSON Sequence text format (json-seq) where JSON text is encapsulated
in an ASCII Record Separator (0x1E, RS) and ASCII Line Feed character
(0x0A, LF).
Whilst JSONL is also used for data streaming, this simpler format is
better suited for logging and works also well with traditional
line-oriented Unix tooling (e.g. grep or sed).
Add this format to util_fmt so that users have more choice and control
over formats that are required for their usecases.
Add helper functions that let the user determine whether a given format
type is JSON in general or a JSON streaming format (such as json-seq or
jsonl).
For better readability and more clarity use the helper function
util_fmt_is_json_stream() where the same decision is made for both
JSON streaming formats FMT_JSONSEQ and FMT_JSONL.
[1] https://jsonlines.org/
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Sending signal SIGINT/SIGTERM to a running pai process causes immediate
termination of that running process. This usually interrupts a
select() system call waiting for more input to read from the installed
events and its mapped memory buffers. As there is no signal handler
installed, a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal simply terminates the process,
sometimes leaving incomplete recorded output file paicryto.XXX
(where XXX is the CPU number).
Install a signal handler to intercept signal SIGINT or SIGTERM and run
one more data collection loop to read out pending data and close all
recording output files properly.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The associated type bound for Iterator::Item was unsatisfied for Self.
Fix this by requiring Sized for IntoEnumIterator.
Fixes: 1d2a89b387 ("pvimg: Improve the readability of Display output for control flags")
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
If pvsecret {add, list, retrieve} is executed with options on a non-s390
system the user gets misleading error messages as the options are not
defined.
> pvsecret add -i secret.bin
error: unexpected argument '-i' found
This may lead the user to think wrong arguments where chosen, which is
not entirely true as they are valid on s390. The more helpful error
message would be
error: Command only available on s390x
Which is already the case if no arguments are given.
Solve this by allowing non-s390 systems to parse the options:
> pvsecret add -i secret.bin
error: Command only available on s390x
Reported-by: Carlo Della Giusta <carlo.dellagiusta@suse.com>
Fixes: dd82c26f87 ("rust: Add tool to manage UV-secrets")
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
If pvattest perform is executed with options on a non-s390 system the
user gets misleading error messages as the options are not defined.
> pvattest perform -i attestation_request.bin -o attresp.bin
error: unexpected argument '-i' found
This may lead the user to think wrong arguments where chosen, which is
not entirely true as they are valid on s390. The more helpful error
message would be
error: Command only available on s390x
Which is already the case if no arguments are given.
Solve this by allowing non-s390 systems to parse the options:
> pvattest perform -i attestation_request.bin -o attresp.bin
error: Command only available on s390x
While at it ignore some unused code warnings in the exchange format code
that appear on non-s390 systems as not all code is used.
Reported-by: Carlo Della Giusta <carlo.dellagiusta@suse.com>
Fixes: 16610a211f ("rust: pvattest-Rust")
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Force the autocompletion script generator to always write to a new
empty file, thus preventing the potential corruption of script contents.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Szabina Korbai <szkorbai@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With OpenSSL 4.0.0 function SSL_set1_host() is deprecated and should be
replaced by SSL_set1_ipaddr() and SSL_set1_dnsname().
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With OpenSSL 4.0.0 function X509_NAME_get_entry() returns a const pointer.
Make the local variable also const to avoid compile warnings like:
warning: assignment discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type
[-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With OpenSSL 4.0.0 function X509_NAME_get_entry() returns a const pointer.
Make the local variable also const to avoid compile warnings like:
warning: assignment discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type
[-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With OpenSSL 4.0.0 function X509_cmp_current_time() is deprecated and
should be replaced by X509_check_certificate_times().
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Generating and then including C source files from another C file can
lead to unexpected compilation errors in certain environments.
Switch the usage text generation from %_usage.c to %_usage.h. The
generated header provides the usage_text definition directly, and
chzdev.c and lszdev.c include the corresponding *_usage.h instead.
Update depfile prerequisites and the clean target to match the new
generated artifacts.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Consolidate the duplicated sed command sequences used to generate
*_usage.c files into a shared CSTR_SED definition and a single pattern
rule:
%_usage.c: %_usage.txt
This removes the copy/pasted rules for chzdev_usage.c and lszdev_usage.c
and keeps the Makefile easier to maintain.
Also drop the explicit chzdev.o/lszdev.o prerequisites on the generated
sources as dependencies are already tracked via the .*.o.d depfiles.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove the uname()/sscanf()-based kernel version gate (Linux < 2.6),
which is long obsolete and does not belong in user-space argument
validation.
While touching the code, replace the repeated warnx() + exit(1) pattern
with errx(EXIT_FAILURE, ...) in the option sanity checks to reduce
boilerplate and keep error paths consistent.
Behaviour is unchanged for supported environments; the version gate is
dropped because it is obsolete.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
- Use __packed instead of __attribute__ ((packed))
- Rename EBCtoASC to ebc_to_asc following naming conventions
- Consolidate multi-line error message into single line
No functional changes.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Normalize the man page source to UTF-8/US-ASCII and remove a mojibake
artifact that could not be represented cleanly.
Documentation only, no functional changes.
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Future updates might change the outcome of the resulting scripts and the
comments describing the script output would need to be updated every
time as well. It's not worth the effort.
Remove the comments that list script examples from the functions
generate_bash_autocomp() and generate_zsh_autocomp().
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For Bash, when compspecs are found the generated script is returned as
the full set of possible completions and default completions are
disabled [1]. This leads to the behaviour that command line arguments
are not completed, only options defined by the script.
Zsh has the same issue.
Fix the issue by always adding the bash defaults to the generated
script. For zsh the corresponding file completion is always added to the
end of the argument list and the -A "*" option is added to allow
completion after positional arguments.
[1] https://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/html_node/Programmable-Completion.html#Programmable-Completion-1
Fixes: 638cbbe332 ("libutil: Implement zsh and bash autocompletion")
Reported-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Szabina Korbai <szkorbai@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Apply coding style changes by reducing line breaks for a more compactly
generated script and add double quotes to fix ShellCheck findings.
Furthermore, remove the unused variable previous_word and use mapfile to
read the output of compgen into the COMPREPLY array to avoid unwanted
splitting and glob expansion.
Reviewed-by: Szabina Korbai <szkorbai@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When installing IPL on mirrored targets, zipl builds multiple program
tables (one such table per each mirror). If the option "--add-files"
was specified, then zipl uses the in-bootmap files, that was written
at the prevoius iteration (for the mirror ID #0) to build program
tables for mirrors with ID #1 (and larger). The in-bootmap files
already don't contain trailers. Despite this, the building process
cuts off the tail of trailer size, which results in corrupted boot
data.
This bug may result in crashing the kernel when booting from mirrors
with ID #1 (and larger) and manifests only if the boot components are
signed and the option "--add-files" is specified for the installation
session.
Don't count the trailer, when building program tables using in-bootmap
files written at the previous iteration.
Fixes: 431e4542ca ("zipl/src: Reuse data of file components in bootmap")
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
New trace tags "sysuas*" added in kernel to trace zfcp sysfs unit add
store events.
Print the trace events under HBA with new record ID 6. The fields under
this tag are WWPN, FCP LUN and return value of the device having issues.
Example zfcpdbf output for unit add store events:
Timestamp : 2026-02-02-10:50:02:474983
Area : HBA
Subarea : 00
Level : 4
Exception : -
CPU ID : 0003
Caller : 0x000001d89a86bd0e
Record ID : 6
Tag : sysuas2
Description : sysuas2 HBA, Sysfs unit add store failure, unit add failed
Request ID : 0x00000000ffffffff
Request status : 0xffffffff
FSF cmnd : 0xffffffff
FSF sequence no: 0xffffffff
WWPN : 0x500507680b26c449
LUN : 0x01d0000000000000
Return Value : 0xfffffff4
Timestamp : 2026-02-02-10:50:02:475037
Area : HBA
Subarea : 00
Level : 4
Exception : -
CPU ID : 0003
Caller : 0x000001d89a86bd0e
Record ID : 6
Tag : sysuas2
Description : sysuas2 HBA, Sysfs unit add store failure, unit add failed
Request ID : 0x00000000ffffffff
Request status : 0xffffffff
FSF cmnd : 0xffffffff
FSF sequence no: 0xffffffff
WWPN : 0x500507680b26c449
LUN : 0x01d1000000000000
Return Value : 0xfffffff4
Signed-off-by: Chinmaya Kajagar <chinmayk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The stage3 linker script places .sb.trailer so that it must end at
COMMAND_LINE_EXTRA. The current script derives the start address from
SIZEOF(.sb.trailer) before the section is emitted:
. = COMMAND_LINE_EXTRA - SIZEOF(.sb.trailer);
With binutils older than 2.39 before commit 648f6099d4dc ("-z relro
relaxation and ld script SIZEOF") this can result in .sb.trailer being
placed at COMMAND_LINE_EXTRA instead, moving the trailer into the
following area and breaking the expected layout.
The trailer has a fixed size, so use an explicit constant for the
placement calculation and keep the ASSERT to verify the final section
size. This makes the placement deterministic again.
Fixes: a1126352ec ("zipl/boot: Improve linker scripts")
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Improvements for lszcrypt and chzcrypt:
* lszcrypt -b and lszcrypt -d now check for default domain
available and gives a warning if the current default domain
is not in the usage_domain_mask of the AP bus.
* lszcrypt without any further device also checks for the
default domain and emits a warning string if the default
domain is not available.
* chzcrypt --default-domain emits a warning if the newly
set default domain is not enabled in the usage_domain_mask
of the AP bus.
Suggested-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The blkiomon warnings "bad trace magic 0" and "blkiomon: bad trace" are
benign startup artifacts caused by early pipeline reads before blktrace
produces a complete record. These messages do not affect processing and
valid reports are still generated. Filter them out so only real errors
trigger failures.
Signed-off-by: Ajaykumar Rajappa <ajaykr@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Nihar Panda <niharp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Hyptop should be able to accept abbreviations of the long command line
options as getopt() is able to match them. Ex;
$ hyptop --batch-mode
$ hyptop --batch
$ hyptop --bat
From getopt(3) man page:
"""
Long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is unique
or is an exact match for some defined option.
"""
After the introduction of commit c5695e43c4 ("hyptop/opts: Replace long
option formats for consistency") long command line options for hyptop
received additional definitions to support dash separated option formats.
Unfortunately these definitions were defined as new and unique options
and caused an ambiguity for getopt() when abbreviations matched both
definitions. Ex;
$ hyptop --batch
hyptop: option '--batch' is ambiguous;
possibilities: '--batch-mode' '--batch_mode'
Map both long option formats to the same short option to fix the
issue and restore the functionality.
Fixes: c5695e43c4 ("hyptop/opts: Replace long option formats for consistency")
Reported-by: Gorkem Kilinc <kilinc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Hyptop's "--sort_field" command line option has always been documented
as "--sort", while the code _only_ explicitly has "--sort_field".
Specifying the shorter "--sort" happened to work due to an unnoticed
getopt() behavior.
From getopt(3) man page:
"""
Long option names may be abbreviated if the abbreviation is unique
or is an exact match for some defined option.
"""
With the addition of "--sort-field" as another unique identifier via
commit c5695e43c4 ("hyptop/opts: Replace long option formats for
consistency") "--sort" is no longer unique. getopt() won't be able to
use that as an abbreviation, since there is ambiguity between
"--sort_field" and new "--sort-field" as they are defined as separate
options.
Replace "--sort-field" and "--sort_field" with plain "--sort" to adhere
to the documented hyptop command line argument specification and resolve
the broken behavior.
Fixes: c5695e43c4 ("hyptop/opts: Replace long option formats for consistency")
Reported-by: Gorkem Kilinc <kilinc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
An empty device list is not an error case, if `lszcrypt` is called
without a specific device list or device filter. Return with rc == 0 in
such cases.
Remove the message about the empty device list on stderr.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Kernel support for LCS devices was removed with commit 6cccb3bb0561
("s390/net: Remove LCS driver") in kernel v6.15. Remove the associated
lsznet support for the lcs device type.
Reviewed-by: Aswin Karuvally <aswin@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
znetcontrolunits provided two arrays and a search function that were
only used by lsznet. Since lsznet has it's own implementation of this
function now and the CU array was a duplicate of CU_TCPIP anyway, remove
znetcontrolunits as it serves no purpose.
Reviewed-by: Aswin Karuvally <aswin@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
lsznet sources znetcontrolunits to use search_cu() and set the variable
cu_idx. lsznet's own function search_cu_tcpip() is doing the same thing
as search_cu() without setting cu_idx.
Declare and move cu_idx to the global variable CU_IDX and consolidate
the functions by letting search_cu_tcpip() set CU_IDX. Call
search_cu_tcpip() instead of search_cu() and replace cu_idx with CU_IDX
accordingly. search_cu() is removed and the CU_DEVDRV array is moved to
lsznet.
Reviewed-by: Aswin Karuvally <aswin@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With SECURE_BOOT_DISABLED always set in add_dump_program() no signature
entries for a dump kernel are written. This might lead to security
violation error from the IPL Loader on the systems with secure boot support
on the attempt to boot the dump kernel:
MLOLOA6269321F A security violation error was encountered when loading from device <device>
MLOLOA62693212 Audit: No signed components found for program 0 loaded from device <device>
Propagate '--secure' zipl option to add_dump_program() in order to sign
relevant components upon dump program installation and thus support
secure boot execution for List-directed dump kernels.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Kernel support for LCS devices was removed with commit 6cccb3bb0561
("s390/net: Remove LCS driver") in kernel v6.15. Remove the associated
zdev support for the lcs device type.
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The Virtual Tape Server (VTS) only supports 3490 tape devices. Remove
all other older device types from the man pages.
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Data compaction is only supported by 3490 tape devices. For Virtual Tape
Server (VTS) this is the only supported device. Reading device
characteristics and checking the type is unnecessary.
Remove the corresponding code and simply enable data compaction.
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Load Display (LDD) X'9F' is still accepted by the Virtual Tape Server
(VTS) but does not perform any action. Remove code that still uses this
command in tape2dump.c.
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
There is only one supported tape device type left. A filter command line
option doesn't make any sense anymore.
Remove the functionality and documentation of the --type option.
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The device models 3480 and 3590 are no longer supported by the tape
device driver. Remove them from the device list
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The tape390_display tool was used to send text to the display of tape
storage server. The corresponding command is still accepted by the
Virtual Tape Server (VTS) but no action is performed. The tool is
useless, remove it.
The tape390_crypt tool was used to manage encryption for tape devices.
However, only 3590/3592 models did support encryption. Support for these
models is removed from the Kernel as there is no support for these tape
models in general anymore. The tool is not required anymore, remove it.
Note: VTS uses encryption transparantly for its virtualized 3490 models.
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The magic number used in the dump header for all stage2 dumps (including
tape dump) is DF_S390_MAGIC_EXT since commit ff475d9c7d0a ("zipl: Extend
DASD stand-alone dumpers to drop zero pages").
Adjust dfi_s390tape code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add documentation for the JSON structure outputted by 'pvimg info
--format=json ...'.
Created with assistance from IBM Bob AI.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a new '--print-schema <FORMAT>' option to the 'pvimg info' command
that prints the schema, if available, describing the given output
format. For example, 'pvimg info --print-schema json' prints the JSON
schema for the 'pvimg info' command output.
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add '--show-secrets' flag to 'pvimg info' to make secret output explicit
and avoid accidental disclosure.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Auto-detect default format for 'pvimg info' command. If stdout is a
terminal, use 'text', otherwise 'json'.
Adapt the tests accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add human-readable output format to 'pvimg info' command. The format
'text:normal' shows only basic information about the Secure Execution
header, but skips the keys and other binary data; the format 'text:full'
shows everything.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The Display implementation should produce human-readable output. Convert
the flags into a descriptive flag list to improve readability.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use the s390-tools JSON meta data for the JSON output of 'pvimg info' to
make the JSON output more stable and to provide an stable API.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce S390ToolsMetaData struct, it can be used to generate the
s390-tools specific JSON metadata.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Improve error messages for errors when reading the SE header protection
key or when the decryption/verification of the SE header has failed.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add two JSON output variants: pretty and minify. The desired variant can
be selected via '--format json:pretty' and '--format json:minify'. Using
'--format json' without a variant defaults to pretty.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a warning to notify the user when the Secure Execution (SE) header
is present but its integrity and authenticity has not been verified.
This makes the lack of validation explicit and helps avoid unintended
use of untrusted data.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Improve the documentation of flags and secured components.
Created with assistance from IBM Bob AI.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Update pvattest and pvsecret mapnages and README.md, as for example the
'pvsecret create update-cck' was not documented.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zdev uses util_readlink() now and there are no users left
for misc_readlink() anymore. Remove it.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Avoid code duplication and inconsistent error handling by replacing
readlink() with util_readlink(), which is used project-wide to
standardize readlink() usage.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Avoid code duplication and inconsistent error handling by replacing
readlink() with util_readlink(), which is used project-wide to
standardize readlink() usage.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Avoid code duplication and inconsistent error handling by replacing
readlink() with util_readlink(), which is used project-wide to
standardize readlink() usage.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Avoid code duplication and inconsistent error handling by replacing
readlink() with util_readlink(), which is used project-wide to
standardize readlink() usage.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Avoid code duplication and inconsistent error handling by replacing
readlink() with util_readlink(), which is used project-wide to
standardize readlink() usage.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace the readlink() branch with readlinkat() and normalize
parameters: use AT_FDCWD with filename when relname is NULL. This
removes duplicate code paths while preserving behavior, including the
growth loop and size limits. readlinkat() is a superset of readlink().
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce util_readlinkat() to read symbolic links relative to a
directory file descriptor, and util_readlink() as a convenience wrapper
using AT_FDCWD.
util_readlink() delegates to util_readlinkat() instead of duplicating
logic, ensuring a single implementation for both interfaces.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Convert comment encoding from ISO-8859-1 to UTF-8 to avoid encoding
mismatches and simplify future maintenance.
Align the libvtoc comments with the change introduced in the kernel
by commit 8f2bc80c6ef8 ("s390: ebcdic: convert comments to UTF-8").
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add util_startswith to util_str to check if a string starts with the
given prefix and returns a pointer to the rest of the string,
or NULL if it does not.
Signed-off-by: Wisdom Erhimwionsobo <werh29@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
chreipl passes additional boot parameters via the firmware scp_data
sysfs attribute. This mechanism is shared by multiple re-IPL types (FCP,
NVMe, and ECKD) and they all have the same scp_data size limit. The
BOOTPARMS_FCP_MAX name is therefore misleading.
Rename BOOTPARMS_FCP_MAX to BOOTPARMS_SCPDATA_MAX and update all callers
to make the intent clear and avoid implying this limit is FCP-only.
Reviewed-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
chreipl accepts --bootparms for list-directed IPL, but for ECKD re-IPL the
value was never committed to sysfs, so the requested boot parameters did
not take effect.
Write the boot parameters to the firmware scp_data attribute when
configuring an ECKD re-IPL target. Also validate that the ECKD re-IPL
sysfs interface exists and enforce the maximum supported boot parameter
length up front.
Fixes: 7c24855ba1 ("ipl_tools: add support for list-directed IPL from ECKD DASD")
Reviewed-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Some environments do not expose the /sys/firmware/reipl/*/clear attribute
(e.g. z/VM guests without "Load Normal" support). lsreipl currently tries to
read the attribute unconditionally for ECKD re-IPL and emits a confusing
"Could not read file .../clear" error when it is missing.
Re-IPL type: eckd
Device: 0.0.6d74
bootprog: 0
br_chr: auto
Bootparm: ""
Loadparm: ""
Could not read file /sys/firmware/reipl/eckd/clear: No such file or directory
clear: (null)
Secure boot: 0
Only print the "clear" field when the corresponding sysfs attribute is
present, avoiding the spurious error output.
Fixes: 7c24855ba1 ("ipl_tools: add support for list-directed IPL from ECKD DASD")
Reviewed-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
stage3 still contains a legacy fallback path that transfers control to
the new kernel via LPSW 0 when diag 0x308 is not available.
The current start_kernel() inline asm issues "diag %[code],%[code],0x308"
without enforcing the required even/odd register pairing for the first
operand. With recent distro toolchains (e.g. GCC 15.x as shipped by Fedora
43 and Ubuntu 25.10), register allocation picks an odd register for the
first diag operand in start_kernel(), which triggers a specification
exception. That exception is then caught by the program-check handler
and stage3 silently takes the fallback, booting the kernel via LPSW 0
instead of performing diag308 LOAD_NORMAL_RESET.
All supported environments are expected to provide diag308, and the rest
of the code already relies on it. Drop start_kernel() and the obsolete
LPSW fallback and always reset into the new kernel via the properly
coded diag308() helper. Mark start() as __noreturn.
Reviewed-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
warning: unresolved link to `GuestSecret::retrievable`
--> pv/src/uvsecret/guest_secret.rs:56:37
|
56 | /// Create Retrievables using [`GuestSecret::retrievable`]
| ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ the enum `GuestSecret` has no variant or associated item named `retrievable`
|
= note: `#[warn(rustdoc::broken_intra_doc_links)]` on by default
warning: unresolved link to `GuestSecret::RetrievableKey::name`
--> pv/src/uvsecret/guest_secret.rs:63:30
|
63 | /// SHA256 hash of [`GuestSecret::RetrievableKey::name`]
| ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ the enum `GuestSecret` has no variant or associated item named `RetrievableKey`
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
CoreOS uses VARIANT_ID instead of a unique ID in /etc/os-release.
Extend distro detection to identify RHCOS, other CoreOS variants
may be added later if needed.
RHCOS is showing in HMC as RHEL, because `system_level' is:
```
[core@cosa-devsh ~]$ cat /sys/firmware/cpi/system_level
0x010906023a050e00
```
But should be:
```
[core@cosa-devsh ~]$ cat /sys/firmware/cpi/system_level
0x070906023a050e00
```
Issue: https://jsw.ibm.com/browse/OCPVIP-1471
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/199
Signed-off-by: Nikita Dubrovskii <nikita@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix incorrect handling of tape devices leading to inability of
creating dumps on them.
Make the check for tape device go first, to not miss it on irrelevant
errors
Reported-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When the subchannel type read from sysfs does not match the requested
type, the allocated path is not freed before continuing to the next
loop iteration. This causes a memory leak as reported by valgrind.
Free the path before continuing.
Signed-off-by: Volkan Unal <vunal@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
At present, the hsci tool creates HiperSockets Converged Interface
(HSCI) with MTU of 1500 bytes regardless of the values of MTU for the
external and HiperSockets interface from which it is formed. This can
degrade performance or worse, affect network connectivity through the
converged interface.
Update the tool to automatically set MTU of HSCI as the lower of the
MTU values of external and HiperSockets interface.
Reviewed-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswin Karuvally <aswin@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce the new state 'unauthorized' to the three already existing
states disabled, enabled, and unsupported to CPU-MF counters.
CPU-MF counters are only available on LPARs.
The intent is to differentiate whether a system simply does not support
the CPU-MF counters like a z/VM guest or if they are supported like on
LPAR but have to be authorized via HMC/SE.
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Adapt commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce a new command line flag ("--format") to specify the output
format. Valid options are "pairs" for shell-compatible key
value pairs, "csv" for CSV, "json" for a formatted JSON document, and
"json-seq" for a stream of JSON text sequences as per RFC7464[1].
[1]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7464
Signed-off-by: Volkan Unal <vunal@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Change the default firmware hash verification to its final location.
For the old one, there is a redirection in place for the foreseeable
future.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Brendon Drew <bdrew@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The sysfs field 'depth' for AP queues now shows the real depth
and not the depth -1 as it is reported by the TAPQ instruction.
lszcrypt did under the hood already this +1 but now this increment
is done by the kernel and thus not needed in lszcrypt any more.
Suggested-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The structure perf_event_attr sometimes gets new members appended
at the end of the structure. Then the size of the structure increases.
This may lead to the situation where sizeof(struct perf_event_attr)
calculated at the pai program compile time during s390-tools build
differs from the one used to build application programs on the target
system.
The report files written by various tools write the contents of the
perf_event_attr structure followed by indivual samples to a binary file.
The second member perf_event_attr::size contains the size of that
structure in bytes.
Use that perf_event_attr::size from the target system to scan the
report files given as command line argument. This ensure the correct
size of structure perf_event_attr is used.
Output before:
Current situation: The pai program uses a perf_event_attr structure
which contains 8 bytes less than the one used on the target system.
The first sample header (8 bytes) then actually refers to the last
eight bytes of structure perf_event_attr, which are all zeroes. This
is an invalid sample entry and the program terminates with error.
# pai -r -V painnpa.0004043; echo $?
painnpa.0004043 size:1344
[0x000088] type 0 misc 0 size 0
1
Output after:
Use the correct size of structure perf_event_attr, which was read
from be binary file, written by the tools compiled on the target system:
# pai -r -V painnpa.0004043; echo $?
painnpa.0004043 size:1344
size perf_event_attr mismatch 136/144
[0x000090] type 9 misc 1 size 58 0x13537f71715 18 event 6144 \
sample pid 4043/4043 15:0x8a,16:0x88,22:0x112,25:0xc0
...
0
Also show an debug message when verbose mode is turned on.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
According to the valgrind man-page, "the behaviour of realloc() with a
size of zero is implementation defined in C17 and undefined in C23."
The current glibc implementation frees the specified buffer, returns
NULL and doesn't set errno. While this behavior is unlikely to change
in the near future, code relying on it may not be compatible with other
libc implementations. Also this realloc() use is flagged as an error in
valgrind runs, making valgrind output less usable.
Fix this by explicitly adding code to cover the realloc(buffer, 0) case
in util_realloc(). Also change libutil users of realloc() to use
util_realloc() instead.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add mkfs.ext4 to zipl dependency list. It is required to prepare
a NGDump dump partition.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add kernel module phmac_s390 to the initramfs hook and dracut config file
to ensure that the PHMAC cipher is available during early boot, in case
the root disk is integrity protected via PHMAC.
Also load phmac_s390 via modules-load.d to ensure that the PHMAC ciphers
are available.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case the volume is integrity protected, and the integrity algorithm is
PHMAC, then the convert command also checks the integrity key part of the
volume key, and then uses the secure integrity key, and sets the
verification pattern to the verification-pattern token.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case the volume is integrity protected, and the integrity algorithm is
PHMAC, then the reencipher command also reenciphers the integrity key part
of the volume key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case the volume is integrity protected, and the integrity algorithm is
PHMAC, then the setkey command also checks the integrity key part of the
volume key, and then sets the key into a new key slot, and sets the
verification pattern to the verification-pattern token.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case the volume is integrity protected, and the integrity algorithm is
PHMAC, then the setvp command also adds the verification pattern of the
integrity key into the token.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case the volume is integrity protected, and the integrity algorithm is
PHMAC, then also validate the integrity key and print its validation
status.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case the volume is integrity protected, and the integrity algorithm is
PHMAC, then the verification-pattern token as well as the reencipher-token
contain the verification pattern of the integrity key as well.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use 'u8 *' instead of 'char *' for pointers to key blobs everywhere.
This saves a lot of casts.
The libcryptsetup API still uses 'char *' as pointer type for volume keys,
so a few casts are required when passing those pointers to libcryptsetup
API functions.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The commands 'zkey cryptsetup' generates commands for formatting and
opening volumes of type PLAIN and LUKS2.
For LUKS2, if there exists an HMAC key that is associated to the same
volume as the AES key, generate a 'cryptsetup luksFormat' command for
combined encryption and integrity protection. This uses the '--integrity'
and '--integrity-key-size' options of the 'cryptsetup luksFormat'
command to specify the integrity settings.
The volume key specified with '--master-key-file' must contain the
encryption key and the integrity key concatenated to each other. The
size of the volume key specified with '--key-size' however must be the
size of the encryption key only, in bits. The 'cryptsetup luksFormat'
command will internally read the whole file, use the first part as
encryption key, and the second part as integrity key. The size of the
second part must be specified with the '--integrity-key-size'.
Note: This requires 'wrapped integrity key' support in the cryptsetup
package, as well as in the dm-crypt kernel module.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The commands 'zkey integritytab' generates /etc/integritytab entries for
volumes of type INTEGRITY.
The 'zkey integritysetup' generates integritysetup commands for formatting
and opening volumes of type INTEGRITY.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The commands 'zkey crypttab' and 'zkey cryptsetup' should only operate on
AES-type keys, but not on HMAC keys.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
You can only set a sector size for an HMAC key of a volume of type
INTEGTRITY. For combined integrity protection with encryption, the
sector size of a LUKS2 volume must be set on the AES key, but can
not be set on the HMAC key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For combined integrity protected with encryption, a LUKS2 volume can be
associated to exactly one AES type key and also to exactly one HMAC type
key.
For other volume types, a volume can only be associated to exactly one
key, either an AES type key, or an HMAC type key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Although HMAC keys can be associated to volumes of type 'LUKS2', the dummy
passphrase can only be set to AES-type keys, i.e. to keys that encrypt the
volume.
Reject trying to set a dummy passphrase for an HMAC key with a volume type
of 'LUKS2'.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Keys of type PVSECRET-HMAC can be associated to volumes of volume type
'INTEGTRITY' or 'LUKS2'.
Volumes of type 'INTEGTRITY' are set up for standalone dm-integrity via
the 'integritysetup' tool. Volumes of type 'LUKS2' are setup for combined
encryption and integrity using the 'cryptsetup' tool using the integrity
option.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Similar as for AES keys, a verification pattern is calculated from an HMAC
key by MACing an all zero message of 64 bytes. The first 32 bytes of the
result is the verification pattern.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add the definitions and utility functions for the PVSECRET-HMAC key type.
A PVSECRET-HMAC key token contains the secret id of a protected
virtualization secret. It does not contain the key material, just a
reference to the key in the ultravisor.
When such a key token is used to perform HMAC operations later on, the
PHMAC kernel cipher will obtain the protected key belonging to this secret
id with the help of the pkey kernel module.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For supporting integrity protected volumes with dm-integrity,
cryptsetup of version 2.8.2 or later is required.
Make cryptsetup of version 2.8.2 a build requirement for zkey, not
only for zkey-cryptsetup. Although zkey could be built with an older
cryptsetup version, the commands that it generates might not work
with older cryptsetup versions.
This makes the compile switch HAVE_LUKS2_SUPPORT superfluous, since
cryptsetup v2.8.2 always includes LUKS2 support. Remove the ifdefs
from the code and update the man pages to not mention LUKS2 support.
Also, starting with cryptsetup version 2.5.0 the luksFormat command
accepts option '--volume-key-file' to specify the volume key file
instead of --master-key-file'. Thus, use '--volume-key-file' in
cryptsetup commands generated by zkey.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix two issues in boot menu input parsing:
1. ebcdic_strtoul returns unsigned long but the value was stored in an int.
2. ebcdic_strtoul could overflow if @value exceeds ULONG_MAX.
Both problems are easy to trigger by entering an excessively large value
in the boot menu, which can lead to unsigned long overflow and memory
corruption.
Use a checked addition to prevent overflow and change menu_read() return
type to unsigned long.
Suggested-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
asm/types.h may be included after the guard. This happens eg. when
compiling with musl libc. When including the header directly the
include is always there and the fallback __vector128 is not needed
anymore.
The guard was introduced by commit 11bdab2629 ("include/boot/s390.h:
add guard for `struct __vector128`")
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/193
Signed-off-by: Sertonix <sertonix@posteo.net>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Adapt commit message]
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a tool that can be used to verify if a given IBM host-key document is
valid. This uses the same logic (and code) as the image/request tools
for IBM Secure Execution, pvimg, pvattest, and pvsecret.
This tool basically just does the first step of the above tools; but without
creating any request or image.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
This new macro allows (rust) tools reporting the s390-tools version
string via clap functionalities, instead of implementing that on their
own. That clap interface requires a string and not a void function that
prints the version string. Define a macro that provides this string.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Enhance the ziomon man page to document support for persistent SCSI device
symlinks under /dev/disk/ subdirectories (by-id, by-path, by-uuid, etc.).
The DESCRIPTION section now clarifies that multipath devices and/or device
symlinks resolve to their underlying regular block devices for monitoring.
Updated EXAMPLES to include a scenario demonstrating usage with a device
symlink alongside regular and multipath devices.
Signed-off-by: Ajaykumar Rajappa <ajaykr@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: M Nikhil <nikh1092@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Some (rust) tools may not provide man pages. In absence of a man file
the install process currently fails. Solve this by expanding the glob
using Make logic instead of sh logic.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fix two off-by-one errors:
+ One caused an out-of-bounds read when the loadparm value was 63
+ The other made a boot entry unselectable.
Currently, these bugs have no practical impact because:
1. The memory area beyond __stage2_params.config[63] is empty.
2. BOOT_MENU_ENTRIES is set to 63, which exceeds the number of boot menu
entries that can be written to disk.
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add functionality for generating autocompletion scripts,
allowing for tab completion of tool options for bash and zsh.
This functionality relies on reading the available options
from the util_opt struct at runtime.
The script generation happens on the build system.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Szabina Korbai <szkorbai@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
When a loadparm is presented by the user it's not checked whether it's
too large. Add this missing check to fix an out-of-bounds read.
The problem did not show up because the area behind the buffer is empty.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Currently, 'sclp_setup(SCLP_INIT)' fails if no SCLP line-mode console is
available. As a result 'menu_param()' is never called, even though it is
required to retrieve the 'loadparm' value.
However, reading the loadparm via SCLP remains useful even when a SCLP
line-mode console is absent, because this value determines which boot
entry should be selected. Therefore, the boot process should continue by
retrieving the loadparm without requiring an SCLP line-mode console.
It's safe to continue without a SCLP console as 'printf' and
'menu_param' tolerates the absence of a SCLP line-mode console.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/196
Reported-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Remove extern keyword from function signatures in header files.
Function signatures in headers are already extern implicitly.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
When machine parseable format is specified via hyptop --format csv
the summary row for csv does not have any indicator or and a blank
system name. Avoid this confusion by adding "SUM" as system name.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fields without a valid value are normally excluded from formatted output
of hyptop. Add "--all" option to force hyptop to display those fields
with null values.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Hyptop uses underscore("_") in between words for options, this breaks
consistency. Use hyphens ("-") in between words in options moving
forward. Underscore formats are still supported for compatibility.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Use the common helpers in lib/util_time instead of using hardcoded
values for time calculations.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce util_time as a place for time related macros, definitions,
and functions that are commonly used. Add NSEC_PER_USEC, NSEC_PER_MSEC,
USEC_PER_SEC and NSEC_PER_SEC definitions that are used for time
conversion calculations as a start. Add time conversion helper functions.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Physical machine information does not include any monotonically
increasing time field like other per CPU information blocks. This
Prevents the percentage calculation for the physical information fields
as the divisor(time_delta) is missing;
field% = (value_current - value_previous) / time_delta
To circumvent that, use the current partition's per CPU online time
values to calculate the time_delta. Integrate time_delta as a new
field(phys_delta_us) specific to the physical systems.
Explicitly CPU0 online time is used, since CPU0 is always online
and cannot be deconfigured on s390x. Its online-time deltas would
match those of the physical CPUs.
Since a new field has to be used for physical systems a new
column in the table also has to be created but instead map the
physical system field to the corresponding regular system fields
for a nicer table view.
Reviewed-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce a new row to represent the underlying physical machine
and the physical information hyptop gathers from diag.
Reviewed-by: Vasily Gorbik <gor@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Many distros and buildsystems use '-Wl,--as-needed' default-wise anyway.
For example, Ubuntu, Fedora, and Meson default to '-Wl,--as-needed'.
Considering some of the projects that use/support Meson, e.g. util-linux,
systemd, libvirt, or git, are all built with '-Wl,--as-needed' as well.
So add '-Wl,--as-needed' to DEFAULT_LDFLAGS to also default to that.
Note that with '-Wl,--as-needed' the order of flags, objects, and libraries
matters for the link step. The link rule in common.mak already has the
correct order, so using '-Wl,--as-needed' will not hurt.
%: %.o
$(LINK) $(ALL_LDFLAGS) $^ $(LDLIBS) -o $@
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The check_dep macro allows to pass additional compiler & linker
options as 5th argument. This argument might contain shared
libraries to link against (i.e. -lsomething). To ensure that
the check_dep macro always attempts to link to these libraries
'-Wl,--no-as-needed' is needed.
At least on Ubuntu '-Wl,--as-needed' is the default, and with
that, the library might get skipped if it is not really needed
by the program built by the check_dep macro. Furthermore, with
'-Wl,--as-needed' the order of the arguments matters, and thus
a library specified in the 5th argument is at the wrong position,
which leads to link errors and thus the check_dep macro will
report that the dependency is not fulfilled, although it might
be fulfilled.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add an additional trigger to the zdev-generated 41-ap.rules file. This
trigger will check the bindings_complete_count value during coldplug
replay of the ap bus, which allows the udev rule to handle the case
where zcrypt has already fired the BINDINGS==complete with
COMPLETECOUNT==1 before the udev rule was accessible (example: before
rootfs has been mounted). Without this, it's possible for the rule to
never fire despite the initial bindings having completed.
While it was always possible for zcrypt to be forced onto initrd, it
becomes far more likely with changes like 14c977768 ("zkey/dracut: Add
a dracut config file for zkey").
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove unused header files from these sources.
This simplifies maintenance and slightly reduces compile time.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Drop unused headers from the internal s390-tools library. These headers
were only indirectly pulling in stdlib.h, which is now included
explicitly to support memory deallocation via free().
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove ctype.h and errno.h since they are not referenced in this
file.
Add err.h to explicitly declare the dependency on warnx().
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove lib/util_base.h and errno.h since they are not referenced in this
file.
Add err.h to explicitly declare the dependency on err() and warn().
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For s390-tools util_strlcpy() would be a safer replacement. However,
no code is changed, only .checkpatch.conf is updated to avoid false
positives in userspace.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce a .clang-tidy file to provide consistent code quality checks
across the project.
The configuration is not integrated into .pre-commit-config.yaml because
it depends on a recently generated compile_commands.json file.
Example usage:
clang-tidy --fix-errors **/*.[ch]
Note: Running clang-tidy should be considered optional, not enforced.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Ignore the removal of nonexistent $image file. This removes the
following error message:
$ mk-s390image /var/lib/libvirt/images/hades/vmlinux-s390x out.img
...
rm: cannot remove 'out.img': No such file or directory
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
If an input file is not readable return a proper error message indicating
this.
Before:
$ mk-s390image /var/lib/libvirt/images/hades/vmlinux-s390x out.img
mk-s390image: Unrecognized file format for /var/lib/libvirt/images/hades/vmlinux-s390x
After:
$ mk-s390image /var/lib/libvirt/images/hades/vmlinux-s390x out.img
mk-s390image: File /var/lib/libvirt/images/hades/vmlinux-s390x cannot be read, no read permission
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since Linux commit 5ecb2da660ab ("s390: support command lines longer
than 896 bytes") the s390x kernel supports longer command lines than 896
bytes. The indication of the maximum size is stored in a new field at
address 0x10430, older kernels without the support store a value of 0
there so in that case fallback to the old maximum length of 896.
In addition, use the checked size as limit to copy in the 'dd' call.
This prevents Linux kernel corruption in case the parmline has changed
in between.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/194
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Most of the fixes were auto-generated using the following command:
$ shellcheck --format=diff mk-s390image | git apply -
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Using the base dir only, will ensure to get all needed info independent of
configuration and future changes.
├── dasd
│ ├── devices
│ └── statistics
├── net
│ ├── anycast6
│ ├── arp
│ ├── bonding
│ ├── dev
│ ├── dev_mcast
│ ├── dev_snmp6
│ │ ├── encbdf0
│ │ └── lo
│ ├── sockstat
│ ├── sockstat6
│ ├── softnet_stat
│ ├── stat
│ │ ├── arp_cache
│ │ ├── ndisc_cache
│ │ ├── nf_conntrack
│ │ └── rt_cache
│ ├── vlan
The change in size and collection speed can be ignored.
Reviewed-by: Michael Storzer <MSTORZER@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jörn Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use 'none' as default io scheduler for virtio-blk devices. Performance
improvements for multi-queue setups and to reduce CPU consumption.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jin <pjin@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Performance measurements turned out that in certain situations the
paging/swap logic turns on the rotational feature for block devices. In the
past, this feature has been disabled for DASD devices. FCP and NVMe devices
are considered non-rotational by default (or exposed by the storage server).
Because those are the backing devices on Linux on Z/LinuxONE instances,
ensure that virtio-blk devices are always non-rotational.
Signed-off-by: Peter Jin <pjin@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Output all text input sections into one text section and map all input
sections .bss.* .text.*, .rodata.*, and .data.* as it's done by the
default linker script [1]. In addition, make the linker script easier to
read by replacing the magic value of 32 with 'SIZEOF(.sb.trailer)'.
[1] Check the output of 'ld --verbose'.
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Although stage2.head is not directly used in stage2, it is required by
other stages. To ensure it is retained during link-time
optimization (LTO), explicitly mark it as used. This improves code
readability and prevents LTO from mistakenly removing it.
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Rename .exec into .elf because they are ELF files, no reason to use a
different file extension.
This change improves the shell's autocompletion of tools such as
'readelf'.
Acked-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Function kmip_connection_tls_verify_server() erroneously always returns
zero, even if an error is detected inside the function. Fix this by
returning the return code value at the end of the function.
Found by clang static code analyzer.
Fixes: 56fecf1832 ("libkmipclient: Add KMIP client shared library")
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
No functional changes to the file content.
Signed-off-by: Ajaykumar Rajappa <ajaykr@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Adapt commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Collect Control-Program Identification (CPI) data of the KVM
guests. The CPI data contains system name, system type,
system level and sysplex name of the guests. It also provides
the timestamp in which these data were colleceted from the
guests.
Note:
CPI information for SEL guests require explicit enablement.
Signed-off-by: Shalini Chellathurai Saroja <shalini@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jörn Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The key check value (KCV) is the first 3 bytes of the ENC-ZERO key
verification pattern of a key. ENC-ZERO encrypts an all zero block with
the key using AES-ECB and returns the result truncated to 3 bytes as
key check value.
Report the KCV of a KMS generated key as part of its label. This is
especially useful for AES-XTS keys, where the KCV is reported on each
of the 2 individual AES keys that an AES-XTS key is built of. It allows
users to compare the KCV displayed by zkey with the KCV displayed by
the key management system where the key was generated on. If the KCV
value is the same, then the key values are the same, too.
The key verification pattern reported by zkey is also an ENC-ZERO
key check value, but for AES-XTS keys it is built by encrypting
the all zero block with AES-XTS, which produces a KCV for the complete
AES-XTS key, but does not allow to check the individual key parts.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When registering a zkey client at the EKMFWeb server, validate the
certificate if it's public key matches with the identity key of
the zkey client.
Only allow registration when the certificate matches. This helps to
prevent users from erroneously registering a wrong or outdated
certificate for a zkey client.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Function ekmf_validate_cert() checks if the public key contained in a x509
certificate matches the public key of the identity key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A KMS login may prompt the user for its credentials. Users may abort that
prompt by Cntl-C. Do not make any permanent changes to a key before the
KMS login, because those changes can not be undone when the user has
aborted during KMS login, leaving the key in a potentially inconsistent
state.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
lscss.c: In function 'is_sch_vfio':
lscss.c:392:20: error: implicit declaration of function 'basename' [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
392 | if (strcmp(basename(driver_path), "vfio_ccw") == 0)
device.c: In function 'device_read_active_attrib':
device.c:426:45: error: implicit declaration of function 'basename'; did you mean 'rename'? [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
426 | value = misc_strdup(basename(link));
| ^~~~~~~~
| rename
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/192
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Sort includes]
Signed-off-by: L. E. Segovia <amy@amyspark.me>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
NetworkManager stores new network profiles in keyfile format in the
/etc/NetworkManager/system-connections/ directory.
/etc/network/interfaces might be replaced by /etc/netplan on some systems
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Storzer <MSTORZER@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jörn Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The definition NO_PIE_CFLAGS has only two users and specifies only a
single compiler flag. There is no point having this definition anymore.
Remove the definition and specify -fno-pie directly for the two users.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Commit c5a91199e3 ("zipl: Always build and link without PIE.")
introduced -fno-pie (for compilation) and -no-pie (for linking) for
zipl. At the time the linker was still used directly before commit
5e46632767 ("zipl: Use the compiler for linking instead of ld")
eventually switched to calling the compiler for the linking step.
During that adaption -static was introduced to the linker flags. -no-pie
was carried over as well. However -static implies -no-pie and it is
therefore not required. For GCC see also man 1 gcc (-static) [1]. Whilst
not explicitly documented, Clang shows the same behaviour. Clang also
complains when -static and -no-pie are specified in the linker step at
the same time with the following warning:
clang: warning: argument unused during compilation: '-no-pie' [-Wunused-command-line-argument]
Since -no-pie is not required, remove it and get rid of the warning.
[1] https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Link-Options.html#index-static
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The command line options -fno-pie/-no-pie are required by boot loaders
as they have strict layout requirements. A check was implemented using
-dumpspecs to evaluate the compiler support as older compilers didn't
support the no-pie command line options.
However, -dumpspecs is a GCC specific option and the check will
therefore always fail for Clang. The objective is to enable Clang
compilation support for s390-tools in the long-run.
Since support for -fno-pie/-no-pie in GCC was introduced 2015 with
version 6.1.0 and in Clang 2010 with version 3.0.0, general support can
be assumed.
Simply remove the support check and get rid of another obstacle that's
in the way for full Clang support.
Suggested-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The 'clang' compiler generates a section with the name '".loader_parms"'
and gcc '.loader_parms' if the double quotes are used. Fix this by
removing the superfluous double quotes, this results in a section with
the name '.loader_parms' for both clang and gcc.
Reported-by: Richie Buturla <richie@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Euan Bourke <euan@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zdev provides dracut logic for configuring devices early during boot via
kernel command line parameters rd.dasd and rd.zfcp. A copy of resulting
configuration directives is made available to the booted Linux using
chzdev's export function.
The use of command line option --all in this export step results in
chzdev loading all kernel modules required by supported types, even if
no device of that type exists on the booted system, or if no zdev kernel
parameter was specified.
Loading unused kernel modules during boot increases memory usage,
prolongs boot time, and expands the kernel's attack surface
unnecessarily.
Fix this by replacing command line option --all with --configured to
instruct chzdev to export only data for devices with a persistent
configuration, while not loading any kernel modules.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
On SEL guests, the default configuration does not permit the
Control-Program Identifiation (CPI) data to be sent by the cpi
service, resulting in a failure message in systemctl/log output
on start of the cpi service.
This is not a failure because it is expected behavior and the
cpi service is a one-shot service whose function is already
performed when the exit code is returned. Prevent the error log
by filtering the associated exit code in systemd.
Signed-off-by: Shalini Chellathurai Saroja <shalini@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Modify the symbolic name of the exit code 6 to
EXIT_NOTCONFIGURED, which is according to the Linux Standard Base
(LSB) specification.
Signed-off-by: Shalini Chellathurai Saroja <shalini@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
cargo update -p openssl -p curl -p usafe-libyaml
By default users of the libs will use the version tagged in the
lockfile. Let make things easier for them and update the lock entries
with versins that have some CVEs fixed.
Note that this does not affect code shipped by distros as they ignore the
lockfile.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add command-line option --counters "AAA,BBB,...,ZZZ" to specify a
comma-separated list of counter names to display. Counter names must
match exactly, ignoring case. All counters not listed are excluded
from output.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move ctr_in_list() from cpumf/lspai.c to a shared location to enable
reuse in other binaries that require counter list filtering.
Reviewed-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The code within 'menu_param()' previously assumed that a read from sclp
will never fail.
If 'sclp_param()' fails then 'endptr' is never initialised and
'loadparm' is compared with 'endptr' which is undefined behvaiour.
If a sclp read fails, an undefined 'endptr' is never accessed, and upon
a failed read, will return a new error code 'SCLP_ERROR' instead of
returning 'NUMBER_FOUND' which is incorrect logic wise.
Remove compare conditions and assignments of 0 in 'value', as 'value'
is initialised with 0 ('DEFAULT_MENU_ENTRY') and cannot be non zero,
only in the case where a number is found and we go to boot.
Logic:
Check if we got a number and boot from it.
If 'PRINT_PROMPT', break out to menu print logic.
If an 'SCLP_ERROR' occurs, print an error message and boot the default
since 'value' is initialised with 'DEFAULT_MENU_ENTRY'.
If 'NOTHING_FOUND', check if the menu is disabled. If disabled, go to
default boot. Otherwise break out to print logic.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Richie Buturla <richie@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use snprintf() instead of sprintf() to avoid buffer overflow.
Also change the integer type from signed to unsigned.
Error:
dasdinfo.c: In function 'dinfo_create_devnode':
dasdinfo.c:297:52: warning: '%04d' directive writing between 4 and 11
bytes into a region of size 5 [-Wformat-overflow=]
297 | sprintf(filename, "dasdinfo%04d", retry);
| ^~~~
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The util_base.h header is no longer required in dasdinfo.c and can be
safely removed to reduce unnecessary dependencies.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The sysfs path is now constructed dynamically in an allocated buffer to
avoid potential buffer overflows. The default is '/sys', until the
SYSFS_ROOT environment variable is defined.
These modifications significantly improve testability by allowing sysfs
read and write operations to be redirected to an alternative file path,
which enables testing without affecting the active system state.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Including string.h is incorrect as it doesn't provide the required
function prototype for strncasecmp() used in this file. Note that
the missing function prototype doesn't cause a compilation error
at the moment as the declaration is provided indirectly.
Use strings.h to provide the declaration for strncasecmp() directly,
avoiding unnecessary include dependencies and improving clarity.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The variable filename was freed inside the loop and then incorrectly
used in the subsequent warnx() call. Replacing it with directory
reflects the indented context and avoids use after free.
Fixes: f25aaf32b8 ("zkey: Add support for key management system plugins")
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add command line option --counters XXX,YYY to specify a comma
separated list of counter names to be displayed. The counter names
have to match exactly beside case sensitivity.
All counters not listed in the list specified by the --counters option
are not shown.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Co-developed-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a command line flag '-a' to include the counter set values
from each individual CPU. Up to now only the total sum from
all CPUs was printed.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add command line flag -d to display the counter value in form of
a delta value. This format shows the increase of that counter value
compared to the previous value.
The first line is the base for the delta calculation and always
shows 'Total'. The remaining lines show 'Delta' in the third
column.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add command line flag -s to display the counter name in an
abbreviated form. The abbreviated form is a character for the
PAI counter set followed by a number.
PAI crypto counter set is abbreviated to 'C'.
PAI NNPA counter set is abbreviated to 'N'.
The number refers to the defined counter number ranging from
1 to X.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add command line flags -x and -X to print counter values in
hexadecimal format with leading 0x prefix (-X) and without (-x).
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add command line flags -i (read interval) and -l (loops) to
show the counter values for the specified number of iterations.
The CPUs to read the counter values from can be specified
on the command line. If none are specified, all online CPUs
are used.
For example the command '# lspai -l 2 -i 10 -t nnpa'
displays all PAI NNPA counter values two times with 10 second
interval.
Acked-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Co-developed-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Relocate remove_whitespace() from zdsfs to libutil/util_str.c, renaming
it to util_str_rm_whitespace() to make the helper available
project-wide.
Acked-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Relocated the perf_event_open logic into a shared helper to eliminate
redundant implementations across multiple files. Enhances consistency,
reduces maintenance overhead, and lowers structural complexity.
Acked-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix a potential compile error when symbol
EKMF_SUPPORTS_RSA_PSS_CERTIFICATES is defined. With this symbol support
for RSA-PSS can be enabled for the EKMFWeb plugin. Currently this symbol
is never defined.
Fixes: c570f51f5f ("zkey-ekmfweb: Generate certificate or CSR with identity key")
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Currently a certificate or certificate signing request generated by the
zkey EKMFWeb library erroneously always uses RSA-PSS as signing algorithm,
although EKMFWeb does not support RSA-PSS certificates in all versions.
This bug was introduced with the rework to use libseckey for secure
key crypto operations.
Fixes: 26c34a49b1 ("libekmfweb: Make use of the new libseckey")
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for '--image-key'. This new option can be used to select the
components encryption key (e.g. kernel, initrd, and kernel command
line). Previously, this was only available as an experimental
option ('--x-comp-key').
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Normally, secure keys generated by zkey are intentionally export
restricted. Export restricted keys can not be wrapped with a key
encrypting key (KEK).
However, keys that are generated inside a Secure Execution for Linux
guest that shall also be used outside of the Secure Execution for Linux
guest can only be transported to outside the Secure Execution for Linux
guest by wrapping them with a KEK and unwrapping them outside of the
Secure Execution for Linux guest. For that such keys must be exportable.
Add an option to generate and import exportable secure keys, which then
can be wrapped, and thus transported to outside of a Secure Execution for
Linux guest.
This applies to keys of type 'CCA-AESCIPHER' and 'EP11-AES'. Keys of type
'CCA-AESDATA' are always exportable, and can not be export restricted.
For keys of type 'EP11-AES' additionally allow to set the
'wrap-with-trusted' attribute. This restricts the key so that it only can
be wrapped with a trusted key encrypting key.
For keys of type 'EP11-AES' to be exportable, the access control point
(ACP) XCP_CPB_ALLOW_COMBINED_EXTRACT must be 'ON' on all APQNs used. This
access control point is only supported on newer EP11 firmware levels. If
the access control point is 'OFF' or not supported by the EP11 firmware,
then the IOCTL to generate the key fails with a generic error
(Input/output error - EIO). The zkey tool prints an appropriate error
message in that case.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
While parsing the rd.dasd kernel parameter, the dracut module
currently creates two separate udev rules for a single DASD — one
for ECKD type and one for FBA type. Because the kernel parameter
alone does not provide enough information to reliably determine the
DASD type, this dual configuration can lead to inconsistencies.
Update the logic to determine the DASD type dynamically by parsing
the modalias of available devices. If a device is not present during
boot, both udev rules will be generated.
Also add --no-module-load to the chzdev functions, because during this
time, we do not want chzdev to load the dasd module. The goal here is
to generate the right udev-rules only.
Suggested-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
During autoconfig, DPM systems currently configures DASD devices twice:
once for dasd-eckd and once for dasd-fba. Because the firmware
configuration file does not provide the DASD type, this can lead
to inconsistent and redundant configurations.
For example, lszdev may show two devices with the same ID:
TYPE ID ON PERS NAMES
dasd-eckd 0.0.f001 yes auto dasda
dasd-fba 0.0.f001 no auto
However, only dasd-eckd is actually present on the machine, and
the dasd-fba entry is incorrect.
Modify this configuration logic to determine the DASD type dynamically
by parsing the modalias for each device-ID, and configures only the
correct dasd-type. The resulting lszdev output accurately reflects
the actual DASD devices present.
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
When called with a device parameter, chzdev tries to load the kernel
module of the corresponding device type. This might not be desired in
certain situations like early initial RAM-disk processing.
To support this use cases, add a new command-line option
--no-module-load to prevent the loading of any kernel module by chzdev.
Suggested-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
module_load_suppress() currently ignores the state parameter. Modify
it to respect the state parameter, so that the module load suppress
can be both enabled or disabled.
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The 'temp_area' buffer was not zeroed out for a retry in case of an
invalid input to select a boot menu entry.
Before:
zIPL v2.38.0-build-20250822 interactive boot menu
0. default (1TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT...
1. 1TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT...
2. 2TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT...
3. 3TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT...
Note: VM users please use '#cp vi vmsg <input>'
Please choose (default will boot in 3 seconds):111
Error: undefined configuration
Please choose:1
Error: undefined configuration
After:
zIPL v2.38.0-build-20250822 interactive boot menu
0. default (1TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT...
1. 1TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT...
2. 2TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT...
3. 3TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT...
Note: VM users please use '#cp vi vmsg <input>'
Please choose (default will boot in 3 seconds):111
Error: undefined configuration
Please choose:1
Booting 1TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT...
Acked-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fix a design mistake leading to IPL programs corruption.
Use a matrix of component ranges to locate the added components in the
body of bootmap file instead of an array.
Earlier an array of NR_PROGRAM_COMPONENTS was used, which is incorrect
Now a matrix of (NR_PROGRAM_COMPONENTS X BOOT_MENU_ENTRIES) is used.
Don't duplicate environment block for each menu entry. Instead, reuse
the one that was added when processing the first menu entry.
Tested-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Use exists and rename instead of renameat2 which is only available in the
linux implementation of libc. To enable compilation of pvsecret on macos
the rust wrapper function renameat2 which calls the libc renameat2 function
is replaced with rust native std::fs::exists ad std::fs::rename functions
because macos' implementation of libc does not have the renameat2 function.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Apply previously introduced generic infrastructure to add an
environment block as a "buffer component".
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Don't duplicate data of components added via add_component_buffer()
and friends to bootmap file. Instead, reuse data that were previously
added when preparing a program table for the first mirror to create
metadata (block lists, program tables, etc) specific for other mirrors.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
If the option '--add-files' is specified, don't duplicate data of
components added via add_component_file() and friends to bootmap
file for each mirror. Instead, reuse the data that were added when
preparing a program table for the first mirror to create metadata
(block lists, program tables, etc) specific for other mirrors.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Drop limitations on identical target parameters of base disks per
logical device;
Fix verbose zipl output to include geometry of each mirror and
component load addresses that would be used when booting from each
mirror.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Replace struct install_set with a new type containing multiple
program tables and program components. Refactor the code accordingly.
When retrieving device INFO, for each mirror complete a respective
structure disk_info in the INFO.BASE array.
When building a bootmap, for each mirror create a separate program
table (or a pair of tables in case of DASD - for CCW-TYPE IPL and
for LD-IPL), using respective components in the arrays INFO.BASE and
BIS.MIRRORS
Make data of program components added via get_component_buffer() and
get_component_file() be duplicated per each mirror.
Make boot record on each mirror point out to a respective program
table in the bootmap (when booting from different mirrors, different
program tables in the bootmap are used).
This patch doesn't make functional changes. However, test cases
comparing boot meta-data dumps of different mirrors may fail (since
boot records on different mirrors now refer different copies of boot
data). This will be fixed by the next patches in the series which
allow boot data to be reused.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Replace struct disk_info with new 2 types.
Old type:
struct disk_info {
A; /* logical device info */
B; /* basedisk info */
};
New types:
struct disk_info {
B; /* basedisk info */
};
and
struct device_info {
A; /* logical device info */
struct disk_info C [MAX_TARGETS]; /* array of base disks */
};
Here A (logical device info) is the following:
dev_t device; /* logical device for bootmap creation */
char *name; /* name of logical device as reetrieved from
"/proc/partitions" */
char *drv_name; /* name of the driver managing the logical
device as retrieved from "/proc/devices",
or evaluated */
int fs_block_size;
Refactor the code respectively, to use only the first element of
the array C, so that this patch represents an equivalent transform.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add a man page note to clarify that BPS value scaling only applies to
human-readable output format.
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add options to select power-of-two based IEC units such as KiB/s
(1024 B/s) for scaling throughput values in human readable reports.
Option Scaling factor
================================
--scale ki 1024
--scale mi 1048576
--scale gi 1073741824
--scale auto-iec IEC units
Reviewed-by: Jimmy Brisson <jbrisson@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
chpstat uses power-of-two based IEC units such as KiB/s (1024 B/s) when
scaling throughput values in human readable reports. A user interpreting
these numbers can easily be confused by chpstat's default column header
("B/s") to assume that numbers are scaled using power-of-ten based SI
units such as kB/s (1000 B/s).
In addition, users that have worked with similar z/OS tooling to display
channel path activity are used to SI-based scaling, which increases the
chance of chpstat reports being misinterpreted.
To reduce this confusion, use SI units for throughput scaling:
Option Old factor New factor
==========================================
--scale k 1024 1000
--scale m 1048576 1000000
--scale g 1073741824 1000000000
--scale auto IEC units SI units
Note that machine-readable format produced via option --format is not
affected by scaling.
Reviewed-by: Jimmy Brison <jbrisson@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
In tabular output, chpstat adds an additional space between columns
of different groups (e.g. between READ and WRITE data). Currently this
is done by increasing the column width of the first column in a group.
Depending on the value displayed in this first column of a group, the
spacing may vanish, and under certain circumstances, the precision of
auto-scaled *_PART columns may be higher than the precision of the
related *_TOTAL columns, resulting in a confusing view.
Example:
DPU READ(B/s) WRITE(B/s)
ID PART TOTAL PART TOTAL
6 10.7M 10.7M 10.8M 10.8M
6 0.00 11.3K 0.00 0.00
^^ ^^
Fix this by consistently adding padding between column groups without
increasing the column width of the first column of a group. Also ensure
the same width for *_PART and *_TOTAL columns.
Reviewed-by: Jimmy Brisson <jbrisson@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fix segmentation fault when trying to process not supported dm-targets
Release allocated memory in error paths
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Use 'LDLIBS' to specify the libraries that the tool is linked against.
If it is specified as a dependency, the build system may attempt to
build it and fail.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Match "chccwdev --online" example's description with its function
and improve "--safeoffline" example's wording.
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use 'PVIMG_PKGDATADIR' as it is used by the 'pvimg_pkg_data' macro rule.
The problem only shows up if someone changes 'PVIMG_PKGDATADIR' to
something different than the default.
Fixes: f4cf4ae6eb ("rust: Add a new tool called 'pvimg'")
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The cpictl utility sends control-program identification data
from protected virtualization guests to hosts by default.
This behaviour leaks the below potentially sensitive
information to untrusted hosts.
- system_type
- system_level
- sysplex_name
- system_name
To prevent this behaviour, enhance the cpictl utility to stop
setting CPI information on protected virtualization guests by
default. If the user chooses to set the CPI information, it
could be set by one of the below options
- use the command line option --permit-cpi
- set the environment variable CPI_PERMIT_ON_PVGUEST to 1 to
control the CPI service behaviour during boot
Signed-off-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Shalini Chellathurai Saroja <shalini@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Rework command type selection and timeout trigger.
Add log entry when the timeout stopps a command or a non "zero" rc happens.
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Storzer <MSTORZER@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jörn Siglen <SIGLEN@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
lsiucvallow is just a symlink to chiucvallow for 'chiucvallow --list'.
Only a man page for chiucvallow is provided though. A corresponding man
page for lsiucvallow could be expected by the user. Certain linter such
as linitan warn about the missing man page, too.
Install lsiucvallow.8 as a symlink to chiucvallow.8 to make the
documentation of these tools more accessible.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With version 1.23 groff/troff disabled the non-portable font CW and
started to complain about a missing CW font when previewing some of the
man pages, with messages like
$ man --warnings cpumf/man/pai.8 > /dev/null
troff:<standard input>:244: warning: cannot select font 'CW'
Use CR to replace CW.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/187
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Adapt commit message]
Signed-off-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix two edge cases for generating and interpreting plaintext secrets:
1. The maximum payload size was two bytes to long. The space for the
length header was forgotten to take into account.
2. One of the checks for if the plaintext secret has a size was too
strict.
Fixes: fd024387d7 ("rust/pv: Retrievable secrets support")
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
cpictl tool supports options which start with - or -- alone. Getopt
command verifies options which start with - or -- alone. When an
option that does not start with - or -- is provided, the tool commits
the changes and does not report error as shown below.
$ ./cpictl abc
Inside cpi_commit function
Report error and do not commit for invalid options.
Signed-off-by: Shalini Chellathurai Saroja <shalini@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce a new command-line option --format FORMAT to control the output
format of lshwc. Supported formats include CSV, JSON, JSON-SEQ, and key-value
PAIRS. The output is now generated using the shared util_fmt infrastructure,
enabling consistent and machine-readable output.
This change also includes:
- Label generation for counters
- Integration of util_fmt for structured formatting
- Updated man page with documentation for the new option
- Updated man page with JSON output structure documentation
- Add option (-q) to force quoting all elements.
Reference: https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4180.txt
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for IBM z17 machine types 9175 and 9176 CPU Measurement
facility basic, problem, crypto and extended counter sets.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Move the check_hostkeydoc script to scripts. This eliminates the last file
in the genprotimg directory. Additionally, add a deprecation warning to
that script. Every pv tool can verify the chain itself using the pv
library.
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add a workaround for OpenSSL version that do not include the upstream
fix [1]. The missing fix results in an OpenSSL error when it tries to
download the CRL provided by DigiCert. The workaround is to identify
this situation and then fallback to download the CRL using 'curl'
instead.
[1] cdbe47bf3c
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
This patch modifies the default behavior of CSV header generation:
header cells are no longer enclosed in double quotes unless the
FMT_QUOTEALL flag is explicitly set. According to RFC 4180, quoting is
only required when a cell contains control characters, commas, or double
quotes.
The goal of this change is to produce cleaner and more readable CSV
output by default, and to avoid unnecessary quoting in header rows. It
also simplifies algorithms that rely on FMT_UTIL and improves
compatibility with downstream tools expecting unquoted headers.
Tools that expect unquoted headers include:
* SQL tools: Headers optional, usually unquoted
* R (read.csv): Uses header=TRUE, no quotes needed
* Pandas: Assumes headers, quoting not required
* Excel: Detects headers; quotes only for special chars
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
On s390 architecture a newly hotplugged CPU, should only stay offline if
it is on deconfigured state, otherwise it should automatically become
online. Introduce a new udev rule to enforce this behavior. This rule
should always be installed.
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Carstens <hca@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
DPU-related data fields dpu_num_cores, dpu_channel_exec_time_cpc, and
dpu_exec_time_cpc are missing from machine-readable output for CMG 5
channel-paths.
Fix this by adding them to the corresponding output routines.
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
chpstat reports incorrect DPU utilization values for CMG 4 and 5
channel-paths. Calculated values are too high due to counters being
interpreted as units of seconds while they are reported in units of
timer ticks. Also, a zero partition channel-path utilization value
(DPU PART) is incorrectly displayed as unavailable (-).
Fix this by using the correct timer unit in DPU utilization
calculations and making sure that zero DPU PART values are reported
correctly.
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for managing virtual I/O ccw (virtio-ccw) devices in
lszdev/chzdev.
New zdev device type virtio. Each virtio device type (blk, net,
gpu, vsock, etc.) is represented by a unique subtype of the virtio
base type.
If the virtio device type is recognized, then it will show up as
virtio-blk or virtio-net, or whatever the virtio device type is.
Otherwise, it will just show up as virtio-ccw.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/29
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Jin <pjin@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Adding a new tool (tamper_pvimg) for helping to test if the expected
RC and RRC values are received for several different reasons when
DIAG 308 subcode does not complete successfully. The reasons can include
issues related to host key hash, SE header, ALD/PDL/TLD mistmatch, etc.
This tool can read the SE image and manipulate one of the SE header
fields so that the SE image will fail to enter secure mode during the
stage3a booting process. The stage3a bootloader should receive UVC
command code id, RC and RRC values corresponding to the SE header
field that was manipulated. These values will be checked for
consistency in the tests for correctness of DIAG 308 subcode 10 RCs
and RRCs.
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: shortened commit subject]
Signed-off-by: Gautam Gala <ggala@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <sediden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Converting several variables to public and exporting some structures
for use in SE header tampering tool.
Signed-off-by: Gautam Gala <ggala@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When DIAG 308 subcode 10 is specified, and the configuration fails to enter
the secure mode, then the stage3a bootloader reads the DIAG response code,
UV RC, RRC and command id from bit positions 48-63, 32-47, 16-31, and
0-15 of the general register R1 + 1.
The bootloader now prints the error codes to help pinpoint the error cause.
For some cases that are reported to occur often the bootloader also prints
the cause when possible or prints hints to help understand the cause.
QEMU patch "DIAG 308: extend subcode 10 to return UVC cmd id, RC and RRC
values upon failure to enter secure mode" (commit-id: )
is needed with this patch.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Gautam Gala <ggala@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Ensure that the pkey sub-modules are also loaded, as well as the paes
cipher.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Provide a dracut config file that ensures that the required drivers and
executables, as well as the zkey repository is included into the initramfs.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zkey tool might be configured to use plugins. Include the plugins also
into the initramfs, otherwise zkey might not be usable at early boot time,
when it is configure to use a plugin.
Update the list of driver to include, pkey_sysfs does not exist, its built
into the pkey base driver.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Adding podman commands to dbginfo.sh, which is a successor for docker.
We reduce standard details for docker (it can be collected on demand).
Inlcuding /etc/containers for registry and container engine configuration.
Suggested-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jörn Siglen <SIGLEN@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Create a symbolic link to the 'pvimg-create' manpage of for 'genprotimg'
during the manpage installation. This helps the users to migrate to
'pvimg create'.
Suggested-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Describe the breaking changes to genprotimg in the notes section. This
helps the users to adapt to the new behavior.
Fixes: f4cf4ae6eb (rust: Add a new tool called 'pvimg')
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Currently zpcictl silently accepts incorrect command line options while
it should be displaying an error message for invalid ones. There is a
check for the case when no arguments are supplied, but invalid arguments
or only specifying a device without an action does not display an error
nor give a failure exit code.
Fix this by changing parse_cmdline() to return a boolean indicating if
any arguments were supplied while exiting with an error and message when
invalid options are detected.
Reviewed-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Re-enciphering an EP11 secure key may fail with an error message like:
"zkey-cryptsetup: Failed to re-encipher the secure volume key for device
'<device>'"
or
"zkey: Failed to re-encipher '<key>' from CURRENT to NEW master key"
or similar.
The verbose messages show the following debug message:
"Command XCP_ADM_REENCRYPT failed. rc = 0x20"
This is due to uninitialized variables, which might cause the EP11 admin
request to contain garbage data, causing it to fail with CKR_DATA_INVALID
(0x20).
Fixes: 0be7efc956 ("zkey: Add support for re-enciphering EP11 secure keys")
Fixes: 4e2ebe0370 ("libseckey: Fix re-enciphering of EP11 secure key")
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joerg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zdev's initramfs hook does not add directives for enabling the root
device to the initrd if the root device is only configured in the
active configuration. As a result, a reboot using the new initrd fails
because the root device cannot be found.
This situation can occur for example when the zdev initramfs hook is
called from within an installer, where devices are only enabled in the
active configuration.
Address this situation by considering both the active and persistent
configuration of the root device during initramfs configuration. In case
the device is configured in both configurations, the persistent
configuration takes precedence.
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The ultravisor supports a new secret type in `add-secret` to update
the customer communication key (CCK). Support this new secret
type (0x16).
[seiden@linux.ibm.com: Constify CCK Header struct usage]
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakob Naucke <naucke@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The CCK will be able to be updated by an ultravisor call. For security
reasons, this feature must be enabled at Secure Execution header
creation time.
Because this makes it possible to dump without having set a CCK
earlier, the requirement to specify a CCK when creating an image with
guest dump support is extended to also allow for CCK update instead.
Change a CLI test for this that was a duplicate anyway.
[seiden@linux.ibm.com: Allow --cck & --enable-cck-update simultaneously]
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakob Naucke <naucke@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With the recent upgrade to zerocopy 0.8 it is now possible to create
those structs at compile time. This removes the use of a magic array
constant.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This enables some const constructors, Dataful Enums,
Dynamically Sized Types and much more.
v0.8 introduces breaking changes including, but not limited to:
- Rename AsBytes to IntoBytes
- Fine-grain (derive) Traits that need to be implemented on top.
- Rename FromZeroes to FromZeros
for which this patch takes care of as well.
Also a direct FromZeros derive is no longer necessary. As it is touched
anyways, remove it where appropriate.
See: https://github.com/google/zerocopy/discussions/1680
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Denies the addition of secrets with an ID that is already stored in the
secret store. This can be overruled by using the force option.
This is considered a breaking change as adding duplicated IDs was
possible without the '--force' option before.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case of missing dfi_cpu_info in the dump, obtain the number of online
cpus of the dumped system based on the number of present entries in the
lowcore_ptr array (if vmcoreinfo is available).
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix is_device_mapper() predicate to not base on checking a hardcoded
major number (253), which not always correct, since on some systems
dm-devices have different majors".
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Warn a user that there are multiple secrets in the secret store with the
same secret id, but retrieve one of them anyways.
This helps users to notice issues before they happen, as retrieve may
not retrieve the expected secret due to duplicated IDs.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Warn a user that the secret-id to be added is already in the secret
store, but add it anyways.
This helps users to notice issues before they happen, as retrieve may
not retrieve the expected secret due to duplicated IDs.
Reviewed-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In certain situations util_file_read_fd_buf() might return a larger
buffer than printable characters were read (e.g. a file was padded with
zeros). This can lead to util_file_read_fd() returning NULL with a freed
buffer even though a certain amount of printable characters were read.
This behaviour causes a regression introduced with commit 9efd1df31d
("ipl_tools: Refactor read helper using util_file_read_text_file()") in
ipl_tools were the scp_data sysfs attribute is padded with 0 to fit an 8
byte alignment required by the architecture.
Fix this by comparing the size read with the actual string length and
use the smaller value for further processing.
Fixes: 9efd1df31d ("ipl_tools: Refactor read helper using util_file_read_text_file()")
Tested-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Invert the polarization of the successful state. The checks are
considered to be successful if there are no issues. Therefore, test for
an empty issue list and not for a non-empty.
Fixes: 697dcc0f6b ("rust/pvattest: Add check command")
Reported-by: Reinhard Buendgen <buendgen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for complex dm- over md-devices.
It includes an important particular use case in distro installation
process, when a linear dm-target is built on the top of software
RAID1:
dasda 94:0 0 20.6G 0 disk
\_dasda1 94:1 0 20G 0 part
\_md127 9:127 0 20G 0 raid1
\_rhel_a46lp05-root00 253:5 0 20G 0 lvm /
dasdb 94:4 0 20.6G 0 disk
\_dasdb1 94:5 0 20G 0 part
\_md127 9:127 0 20G 0 raid1
\_rhel_a46lp05-root00 253:5 0 20G 0 lvm /
\ # zipl_helper.device-mapper /
Expected result:
targetbase=94:0
targettype=CDL
targetgeometry=30051,15,12
targetblocksize=4096
targetoffset=4632
targetbase=94:4
targettype=CDL
targetgeometry=30051,15,12
targetblocksize=4096
targetoffset=4632
Actual result (incorrect):
targetbase=9:127
targettype=SCSI
targetblocksize=4096
targetoffset=256
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use util_path_sysfs() to form a fully qualified sysfs file name
for files S390_CPUMF_CF, S390_CPUMF_CFDIAG, S390_CPUMF_SF,
S390_SYSFS_PAI_CRYPTO and S390_SYSFS_PAI_EXT.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Newer CCA versions might report the version string with CSUACFV or CSUACFQ
with keyword STATCCA using a different indicator character after the
version information. Ignore the indication character and the remaining
data entirely. Only the version information as such is of interest.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Eliminated redundant code to improve clarity and maintainability.
Replaced with existing utility functions from the library.
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Function declarations in header files are implicitly extern, making
the explicit use of extern unnecessary. Removing it simplifies the
code without changing semantics and behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a unit test for flag parsing.
In order to ease this test, add derive Eq to ControlFlags and
Msb0Flags64. For the same test, add derive Default to
CreateBootImageArgs and the structs used in it. The latter can be
limited to only derive when testing to avoid confusion with any
user-level default.
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakob Naucke <naucke@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a command line flag to specify run time of lshwc command in
terms of days, hours, minutes and seconds. The command line flag
is named -t and has a number as argument followed by one of the
letters 's' for seconds (default), 'm' for minutes, 'h' for hours
and 'd' for days. Default is seconds when no trailing letter is
detected.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The build_arch field in s390 DASD dump header has originally been used to
indicate whether the dump tool has been built on s390 or s390x system.
Since no other architectures but s390x are supported for Linux on z, do
not process build_arch attribute. Bail out if any build architecture other
than ARCH_64 has been detected in s390_ext or s390mv_ext DASD dump header.
Remove build architecture line from 'zgetdump -i' output:
Build arch.........: s390x (64 bit)
The man file for zgetdump is updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
- Initialize dump and dump-tool architecture to DFI_ARCH_64 at the start
of dfi_init() and dt_init() respectively.
- Bail out if any dump architecture other than ARCH_64 has been detected
in s390_ext or s390mv_ext DASD dump header.
- Remove redundant dfi_arch_set() and dt_arch_set() functions.
- Get rid of l.arch local variables in dfi* and dt* source files and
drop dfi_arch() function.
- Drop the usage of DFI_ARCH_32 and compeletely remove DFI_ARCH_UNKNOWN.
- Drop special register and lowcore processing functions used
for DFI_ARCH_32.
- Drop df_s390_from_dfi_arch() and df_s390_to_dfi_arch() funcitons.
- Update the man file for zgetdump.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since DASD standalone dumper does not support non-extended s390
multi-volume dumps for years, drop zgetdump support of non-extended s390_mv
DASD dumps and dump-tools:
- Merge dfi_s390mv_ext and dt_s390mv_ext with related dfi_s390mv and
dt_s390mv counterparts.
- Update DFI and DT vectors of supported dump formats and dump-tools
removing dfi_s390mv and dt_s390mv entries and keeping dt_s390mv_ext and
dfi_s390mv_ext ones for s390_mv extended dump and dump-tool accordingly.
- Remove dfi_s390mv.c and dt_s390mv.c sources and update the Makefile.
- Make dfi_s390mv_ext_init() and dfi_s390mv_info() static.
- Remove magic number relevant to non-extended s390_mv DASD dumper.
- Completely drop DASD dumper version 5 case in df_s390_dumper_read().
Note: Since non-extended s390 multi-volume dumps can reside on DASD
partitions only and cannot be produced via DFO interface, we can drop this
dump format entirely.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since DASD standalone dumper does not support non-extended s390 dump
format for years, drop zgetdump support of non-extended s390 single volume
DASD dump-tool:
- Merge dt_390sv_ext.c and dt_s390sv.c counterparts.
- Update DT vector of supported dump tools removing dt_s390sv entry and
keeping dt_s390sv_ext entry for s390 single volume extended dump tool.
- Remove dt_s390sv.c source and update the Makefile accordingly.
- Remove magic constants relevant to non-extended s390 single volume DASD
dumper.
- Drop s390 single volume DASD dumper version 5 in df_s390_dumper_read().
Note: We still need support of non-extended s390 dump format since such
output dump files can be produced by 'zgetdump -f s390' via dfo_s390. Thus,
both dfi_s390 and dfi_s390_ext DFI vector entries remain in order to
process s390 dumps files as well as s390_ext dumps on the DASD partition.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Drop support of obsolete dump and dump-tool versions (single-volume DASD,
FBA and Tape) in order to simplify zgetdump logic:
- CCW dumpers written in assembler instructions as well as stage2 dumpers
of size less than 0x3000 (STAGE2_DUMPER_SIZE_V1 or STAGE2_DUMPER_SIZE_V2)
haven't been used for years. Remove its traces completely as a cleanup.
Keep the last version (version 5) of non-extended DASD dumper as well as
newer extended DASD dumpers.
- Rename STAGE2_DUMPER_SIZE_V3 and STAGE2_DUMPER_SIZE_ZLIB constants.
- Drop support of non-extended s390 dumps of version < 5. Dump files
of s390 format version 5 can be still produced by zgetdump (dfo_s390).
- Drop excessive dump version checking in df_s390_cpu_info_add() and
df_s390_hdr_add() considering that obsolete s390 dumps of version lower
than 5 no longer supported.
- Use cpu_cnt field in s390 dump header instead of the s390 dump version to
indicate no cpu info available (DFI_CPU_CONTENT_NONE) for dfo_s390.
- Make df_s390_dumper_read() return error code upon unknown dumper
version/magic detection.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace read_str() helper in ipl_tools/system.c with
util_file_read_text_file() to enhance maintainability and reduce
code duplication.
Additionally, allocate the buffer dynamically instead of using
fixed-size buffer to prevent potential overflows and data loss.
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Optimize dependency management by reducing header inclusions. This
reduces hidden dependencies, improves modularity, and enhances
compilation performance.
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Optimize dependency management by limiting header inclusions to
implementation files where possible. This reduces hidden dependencies,
improves modularity, and enhances compilation performance.
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a flag to display the counter value in form of a delta
value. This format shows the increase of that counter value
in comparison to the previous readout.
The first line is the base for the delta calculation and always
shows 'Total'. The remaining lines show 'Delta' in the third
column.
# ./lshwc -d -i 3 -l 5 -x -s :p
Date,Time,CPU,P32,P33
2024-11-27,15:45:55,Total,d7b,172
2024-11-27,15:45:58,Delta,2be403,2d58bb
2024-11-27,15:46:01,Delta,43e3b,22c41
2024-11-27,15:46:04,Delta,58e3a,35319
2024-11-27,15:46:07,Delta,5080e,2b81c
#
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use the directory specified by the shell environment variable TMPDIR
for temporary objects creation and ngdump job simulation. If TMPDIR is
not set, then use "/tmp" for the mentioned purposes;
While running ngdump job in 'dry-run' mode:
. Don't format/mount the target dump device. Instead, create the
bootmap file and the meta-file at the temporary mount point without
mounting anything to it. Thus, the mentioned files to be acrually
created in the "proxy" file system owning the temporary mount point;
. Retrieve base disk info from the read-only dump device and
complete that info with the block size of the proxy file system;
Separate the steps on retrieving/setting file system block size
into a dedicated procedure;
Use definitions instead of hardcoded file names;
Fix a bug in an error path (accessing freed memory);
Make misc_open_simulate() and misc_open_exclusive() static;
Update man pages with the requirements on the system environment
(resources) for ngdump job being executed in dry-run mode;
Provide hints for user (in stderr) in case when ngdump job in dry-run
mode failed due to inappropriate system environment.
Tested-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce misc_open_simulate() to mark individual files as "opened
for write simulation".
Introduce misc_open_device() to open a file either in "usual", or
in "simulation" mode, depending on the passed argument
Tested-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce a write simulation operation, which doesn't write actual
data and just updates the current position in the file.
This allows to emulate block lists for files located on raw devices
(not formatted with a file system). This is used by the next patches
in the series to implement '--dry-run' zipl option for dumps of all
types (not only ngdumps).
Introduce a 'misc file descriptor', which allows to mark individual
files as "opened in a simulation mode".
Whenever bulding a bootmap file, use either real write, or write
simulation depending on the mode set in the 'misc file descriptor'.
Tested-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Cpuplugd checks for system polarization before adjusting cpu hotplug
states. Currently, if the sysfs attribute for polarization is not
present cpuplugd does not make any adjustments. Add a new polarization
type PLR_NONE to reflect systems with no polarization state and allow
cpuplugd to adjust cpu hotplugging.
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Free all buffers allocated with malloc before program exit.
Handle memory leak in libcpumf_cpuset().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Allocate the memory required to save the per CPU CPUMF counter value
at the beginning of program execution when the involved number of
CPUs is known. This a bit faster then checking for memory allocation
each time a counter value is retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add command line option -H to hide counter value numbers from counters
which are not defined in a counter set. They are usually all zero and
are of no interest.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add option -s or --short to display the header using a short
counter name. With this option the counter symbol names, which can be
very long as in IDCW_ON_DRAWER_DRAWER_HIT are replaced by a shorter
name. That name consists of an abbrevation for the counter set
this counter belongs to and the counter number in that set.
The abbrevations are:
B --> Basic counter set
P --> Problem state counter set
C --> Crypto counter set
E --> Extended counter set
M --> MT_Diagnostic counter set
U --> Undefined counter.
Display E165 for counter name IDCW_ON_DRAWER_DRAWER_HIT
which is counter number 165 from the extended counter set.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move defines from a source file lscpumf.c to the header
file in the include directory to be reused in a follow on
patch. Also reshuffle the list of defines in proper
sequence of increasing numbers.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Get a summary of chrony ntp info.
Add config directories for audit and selinux.
Get dmesg log from crash directories.
Reviewed-by: Michael Storzer <MSTORZER@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For the parts of pvapconfig::ap to be moved to pv_core, use
pv_core::Result<a>, i.e. Result<a, pv_core::Error>, instead of
Result<a, String>.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Naucke <naucke@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move assembling APQN struct out of gather_apqns and print non-fatal
warnings afterwards. Allows for moving Apqn to pv_core including this
TryFrom.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Naucke <naucke@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
ApqnInfo is to be moved to pv_core. Move warnings about missing
master/wrapping keys to gather_apqns to avoid stderr output in library
code.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Naucke <naucke@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove sysfs_{read,write}_{i32,string} in favor of pv_core tools,
which support error contexts, making longer error handlings unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Naucke <naucke@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Like read_file, this is a function that reads from a file with error
handling conveniences, but that reads to a trimmed string instead of a
byte vector.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Naucke <naucke@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move pvapconfig::helper::u8_to_hexstring to pv_core::utils::encode_hex.
Discard pvapconfig::helper::hexstring_to_u8 in favor of
pv_core::utils::decode_hex.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Naucke <naucke@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
There are a couple place with incorrectly used font escape sequences.
$ man --warnings -E UTF-8 -l -Tutf8 -Z rust/pvsecret/man/pvsecret.1
troff:<standard input>:107: warning: cannot select font 'F'
troff:<standard input>:107: warning: cannot select font 'E'
$ man --warnings -E UTF-8 -l -Tutf8 -Z rust/pvsecret/man/pvsecret-verify.1
troff:<standard input>:119: warning: cannot select font 'F'
troff:<standard input>:119: warning: cannot select font 'F'
troff:<standard input>:119: warning: cannot select font 'F'
troff:<standard input>:119: warning: cannot select font 'F'
troff:<standard input>:119: warning: cannot select font 'F'
troff:<standard input>:131: warning: cannot select font 'F'
Use the correct escape sequences and regenerate the man pages.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The pvattest man pages are generated mostly from the rust doc entries
within the tool. Some escape sequences and whatis-entries are incorrect
as found by different linter:
$ man --warnings -E UTF-8 -l -Tutf8 -Z ./rust/pvattest/man/pvattest-create.1
troff:<standard input>:23: warning: macro 'create'' not defined
$ lexgrog -w -m rust/pvattest/man/pvattest-verify.1
rust/pvattest/man/pvattest-verify.1: parse failed
Fix this by regenerating the man pages with correct escape sequences and
whatis-entries.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Older versions of pandoc (<3.1.7) can sometimes produce incorrect man
page macros [1][2]. The chreipl-fcp-mpath man page had a few of those:
$ man --warnings -E UTF-8 -l -Tutf8 -Z chreipl-fcp-mpath/chreipl-fcp-mpath.7
troff:<standard input>:5: warning: cannot select font 'CB'
troff:<standard input>:160: warning: cannot select font 'C'
troff:<standard input>:174: warning: cannot select font 'C'
troff:<standard input>:183: warning: cannot select font 'C'
Regenerate the man page using pandoc 3.1.11 to fix those issues.
[1] https://github.com/jgm/pandoc/issues/9020
[2] https://github.com/bin-cli/bin-cli/issues/44
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The vmur man page uses the .SP macro a lot. This is not a valid macro
and it is not defined anywhere.
$ man --warnings -E UTF-8 -l -Tutf8 -Z vmur/vmur.8
troff:<standard input>:92: warning: macro 'SP' not defined
Remove it entirely as the initial intention is unclear and the rendered
man page doesn't change.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The .CL macro was copied from another man page but it is not defined in
the opticsmon man page:
$ man --warnings -E UTF-8 -l -Tutf8 -Z opticsmon/opticsmon.8
troff:<standard input>:70: warning: macro 'CL' not defined
Add the missing definition to fix this.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The SITE-ID parameter in the --site section is supposed to be formatted
as italic. Instead of .I .ID is used leading to misinterpretation and
the mentioning of the parameter missing in the rendered man page.
Found via:
$ man --warnings -E UTF-8 -l -Tutf8 -Z zdev/man/lszdev.8
troff:<standard input>:455: warning: macro 'ID' not defined
Use .I correctly to fix the issue.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The lsqeth man page uses the font change sequence \f without a
parameter, which is not allow:
$ man --warnings -E UTF-8 -l -Tutf8 -Z zconf/qeth/lsqeth.8
troff:<standard input>:13: error: a space character is not allowed in an escape sequence parameter
troff:<standard input>:13: error: a space character is not allowed in an escape sequence parameter
troff:<standard input>:13: error: a space character is not allowed in an escape sequence parameter
troff:<standard input>:13: error: a space character is not allowed in an escape sequence parameter
troff:<standard input>:13: error: a newline character is not allowed in an escape sequence parameter
Fix it by using proper espace sequence to format the specific parts of
the text correctly. This also brings the synopsis a bit more in line
with other qeth tools.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For the --available option the description contains a line starting with
". If", which is intended to be a punctuation and start of a new
sentence but is misinterpreted by groff as a macro. As a result, the
rendered paragraph is incorrectly displayed.
$ man --warnings -E UTF-8 -l -Tutf8 -Z rust/cpacfinfo/man/cpacfinfo.1
troff:<standard input>:128: warning: macro 'If' not defined
Even though it's not consistent with the rest of the man page, use the
font change escape sequence and surround the specific bold formatted
parts to fix this issue and correctly display the sentence.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A single paragraph opening .TP macro at the end of the man page is
causing errors found with:
$ man --warnings -E UTF-8 -l -Tutf8 -Z zconf/zcrypt/zcryptstats.8
troff: error: automatically ending diversion 'an-div' on exit
It also causes the footer of the man page not rendering correctly.
Remove the macro. While at it, remove whitespace damage as well.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
s390 is able to provide memory topology information of the current CEC
via a new userspace-kernel interface. zmemtopo is a tool to convert the
raw data into human readable form.
Usage: zmemtopo [OPTIONS]
Display CEC memory topology of allocated memory increments.
OUTPUT FORMAT OPTIONS
-l, --level NESTING_LEVEL Set the topology display depth to NESTING_LEVEL
-f, --full Display tree view with padded elements
-r, --reverse Reverse tree view hierarchy direction
-t, --table Use table view to display topology
-s, --sort FIELD Sort view by field
(nr, lpar, size)
-i, --ascii Use only ASCII characters
GENERAL OPTIONS
-h, --help Print this help, then exit
-v, --version Print version information, then exit
Upon calling zmemtopo displays available topology level's structure
and memory increments defined on each topology location.
Ex:
$ zmemtopo
LPAR/LEVEL SIZE
LPAR003 8G
└LEVEL4_0 8G
├LEVEL3_0 2G
├LEVEL3_1 2G
├LEVEL3_2 2G
└LEVEL3_3 2G
LPAR005 8G
└LEVEL4_1 8G
├LEVEL3_0 2G
├LEVEL3_1 2G
├LEVEL3_2 2G
└LEVEL3_3 2G
LPAR006 8G
└LEVEL4_3 8G
...
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The actual secure boot state ensures that a Linux instance has loaded
only trusted, signed software. During boot component signatures are
verified. If secure boot is enabled, unsigned or unverifiable components
prevent booting. Since Secure Boot on IBM Z is always triggered by the
hypervisor, its state is merely observable by the active system.
Secure boot: 1 - Linux booted secure (only trusted sources)
Secure boot: 0 - Booted from any source without verification
$ dmesg -t | grep Secure-IPL
setup: Linux is running with Secure-IPL enabled
$ cat /sys/kernel/security/lockdown
none [integrity] confidentiality
$ lsreipl
Re-IPL type: fcp
WWPN: 0x500507630710572c
LUN: 0x4022409600000000
Device: 0.0.1908
bootprog: 0
br_lba: 0
Loadparm: ""
Bootparms: ""
Secure boot: 1
References:
* https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/linux-on-systems?topic=using-verifying-secure-boot
* https://www.ibm.com/docs/en/linux-on-systems?topic=introduction-requirements
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The default sysfs path is always set to '/sys' unless the SYSFS_ROOT
environment variable is defined.
To address security concerns, secure_getenv() is used within
util_path_sysfs() to protect against malicious values in SYSFS_ROOT.
Additionally, constructing the sysfs path dynamically in an allocated
buffer, rather than using a fixed-size buffer, helps prevent potential
buffer overflows.
These modifications also significantly improve testability by allowing
sysfs read and write operations to be redirected to an alternative file
path, which enables testing without affecting the active system state.
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The function is no longer required since the removal of the PHYSDEVPATH
entry in /sys/block/%s/uevent with commit 39aba963d937 ("driver core:
remove CONFIG_SYSFS_DEPRECATED_V2 but keep it for block devices") in
2010.
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The default sysfs path is always set to '/sys' unless the SYSFS_ROOT
environment variable is defined.
To address security concerns, secure_getenv() is used within
util_path_sysfs() to protect against malicious values in SYSFS_ROOT.
Additionally, constructing the sysfs path dynamically in an allocated
buffer, rather than using a fixed-size buffer, helps prevent potential
buffer overflows.
These modifications also significantly improve testability by allowing
sysfs read operations to be redirected to an alternative file path,
which enables testing without affecting the active system state.
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The default sysfs path is always set to '/sys' unless the SYSFS_ROOT
environment variable is defined.
To address security concerns, secure_getenv() is used within
util_path_sysfs() to protect against malicious values in SYSFS_ROOT.
Additionally, constructing the sysfs path dynamically in an allocated
buffer, rather than using a fixed-size buffer, helps prevent potential
buffer overflows.
These modifications also significantly improve testability by allowing
sysfs read operations to be redirected to an alternative file path,
which enables testing without affecting the active system state.
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix typo in comment also helps to prevent pre-commit hook issues, w/o
functional changes or changes in behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove unnecessary empty lines to prevent pre-commit hook issues, w/o
functional changes or changes in behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jan Polensky <japo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The 'convert' command converts a LUKS2 volume that uses a clear volume key
and the 'aes' cipher to use a secure volume key and the 'paes' cipher.
Optionally, the volume can use the integrity option with LUKS2 using a
clear key integrity key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Starting with cryptsetup version 2.5.0 the luksFormat command accepts
option '--volume-key-file' to specify the volume key file. Option
'--master-key-file' is still accepted as an alias to '--volume-key-file'.
Follow this pattern with the zkey-cryptsetup tool and also accept both
options '--volume-key-file' and '--master-key-file'. The short option
form stays '-m' for compatibility reasons (cryptsetup does not have a
short option for that).
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Messages from libcryptsetup for logging level CRYPT_LOG_DEBUG
may or may not include an EOL, dependent on the cryptsetup version:
Between libcryptsetup version 2.1 and 2.2 debug messages do not
include an EOL character, but since 2.2 they do.
Append an EOL only if the message does not already end with EOL.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The key supplied in the plain bytes file with 'pvsecret create retrievable'
with type 'hmac-sha' is they key 'K_0' as of FIPS-198-1, i.e. the key 'K'
after any necessary pre-processing. The pre-processing must be performed
by the user prior to creating the retrievable secret.
Describe in detail how that pre-processing must be performed.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add installation targets for bash and zsh autocompletions for the PV
related tools. Do not use them by default.
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zpwr displays power readings of a partition and central processing
complex (CPC) from power information block (pib). pib is retrieved by
issuing diag324 ioctl to /dev/diag device.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The script scsi_logging_level was made available in sg3_utils 2007 [1]
copied from s390-tools. The last functional change in s390-tools was
made 2006.
The sg3_utils version saw at least some improvements over the years.
Providing otherwise identical tools can lead to unnecessary conflicts.
Delete the script from s390-tools and let sg3_utils provide it.
[1] 7502647d46
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/184
Acked-by: Nihar Panda <niharp@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix the padding of keys that are smaller than the architected slot for
the retrievable key. Previously the keys where appended with zeros.
However, processing software expects a left-padding.
Affected key types:
* Ed448
* SecP521
While at it, fix documentation in the retrievable key struct.
Fixes: fd024387d7 ("rust/pv: Retrievable secrets support")
Acked-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use STAGE2_DUMPER_SIZE_MV size for eckd_mv dumper v2
in df_s390_dumper_read() to verify the dump tool.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Update eckd2dump linker script to remove stage2 space constraints and
avoid linker section overlaps when using 'unfortunate' compiler
version & flags combination.
Since Multi-volume dumper size changes, we also update the dump-tool version
number for 'zgetdump' to distinguish.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/171
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The tooling already supports the PAI counters to the respective CPACF
functions introduced with MSA 10 and MSA 11 but the manpage did not
reflect that until now. The list of pai counters is moved to a new
section called APPENDIX to not block any important information with the
list.
Additionally a few double space after end of sentences are removed.
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
cpacfstatsd can be run successfully on z/VM and KVM mashines, but the
service unit did not allow that. A user would have to start the
cpacfstats daemon by hand every time until now.
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Define the network devices as global variable with closer selection
to avoid repeated calls with undefined interfaces.
Relable the OSA part of networks.
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes problems when users search for '--comm-key' in the help
message.
Fixes: 5b6d7a467d ("rust/pvimg: Add '--cck <FILE>' command line option and make '--comm-key' an alias")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Nico Boehr <nrb@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fix whatis-entries in the lshwc, lspai, and pai manpages by inlining the
tool name. The following command line can be used to test a local
manpage:
$ lexgrog -w -m cpumf/man/lshwc.8
cpumf/man/lshwc.8: "lshwc - extract CPU Measurement Facilities counter sets"
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Keys of type PVSECRET-AES can also be verified via the pkey IOCTL
PKEY_VERIFYKEY2, but the card and domain fields must be zero, because such
a key does not use a crypto card. Also XTS keys of type PVSRCRET-AES are
not represented by 2 concatenated keys but by just one key of type
PVSECRET-AES. Thus, special handling is required for XTS keys.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Keys of type PVSECRET-AES can not be reenciphered using 'zkey reencipher'
or 'zkey-cryptsetup reencipher'. Reject that with a proper error message.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Keys of type PVSECRET-AES can not be generated using 'zkey generate'.
Furthermore, APQNs can not be associated with keys of type PVSECRET-AES
via 'zkey change'. Reject that with a proper error message.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The 'pvsecrets import' command imports a protected virtualization secret
into the zkey key repository. Like other key import or key generation
commands, additional information can be associated with the imported key,
such as a textual description, the volume to encrypt with together with
the volume type, the sector size, and a dummy passphrase. You can not
associate a set of APQNs, since a protected virtualization secret does
not need or use a crypto card.
This command only works when running in a secure execution guest.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add the definitions and utility functions for the PVSECRETS-AES key type.
A PVSECRETS-AES key token contains the secret id of a protected
virtualization secret. It does not contain the key material, just a
reference to the key in the ultravisor.
When such a key token is used to perform crypto operations later on, the
PAES kernel cipher will obtain the protected key belonging to this secret
id with the help of the pkey kernel module.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The 'pvsecrets list' command lists the available protected virtualization
secrets. By default, only those pvsecret types are listed, that can be used
with zkey. If option '--all/-a' is specified, then all pvsecret types are
listed. Nevertheless, pvsecret types not supported by zkey can not be used
with zkey.
This command only works when running in a secure execution guest.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add functions to interface with the ultravisor device (/dev/uv) when
running in a secure execution guest to retrieve a list of available
secrets.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jorg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Before this change:
$ lexgrog -w -m man/pvimg-create.1
man/pvimg-create.1: parse failed
After this change:
$ lexgrog -w -m man/pvimg-create.1
man/pvimg-create.1: "pvimg-create - Create an IBM Secure Execution image"
In addition, pvimg is highlighted in the manpage description section.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/170
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since there have been breaking changes, let's fix them. Fortunately,
there was only one problem to fix.
Command line used:
$ cargo upgrade --incompatible -p 'thiserror'
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Secret IDs identify a secret in the store. Tooling (pvsecret) calculates
them by hashing a user-defined string. With this patch it is now
possible to skip the hash step and directly use the input string as the
ID. Up to the first 31 bytes of the input ASCII-string are used. The last byte
is the NUL char. During list pvsecret tries to interpret the secret
as ASCII string and if possible displays the ASCII characters alongside
the hex number.
Also, use the Upper/Lower Hex formatters for the hexstring formatting of
SecretId. Display will, additionally show the ASCII representation if
applicable.
While at it, use Self wherever possible.
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Schlameuss <schlameuss@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Make use of the enhanced list secrets UAPI for the uvdevice in the latest kernel
version. This allows fetching secret lists with more than 85 entries via
reserving more userspace memory in the IOCTL argument.
While at it, move the errno readout next to the ioctl-syscall.
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Schlameuss <schlameuss@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Improve the secret list implementation. Use structs+{As,From}Bytes
instead of arbitrary seeks and reads/writes to parse the secret list.
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Schlameuss <schlameuss@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
While at it, add a file global #[allow(dead_code)].
The file is a rustified copy of linux/arch/s390/include/uapi/asm/uvdevice.h
and there might be things that are not needed here but are defined in that header.
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Schlameuss <schlameuss@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move the script to 'genprotimg/samples/check_hostkeydoc' and create a
symlink at 'rust/pvimg/tools/check_hostkeydoc' in order to keep
compatibility with existing documentation. The problem with the original
fix was that the github.com website does not follow symbolic links.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Rename '--key' into '--hdr-key' and use '--key' as an (non-visible)
alias for '--hdr-key' in order to keep the command line backwards
compatible. The chances of someone using '--key' are very low, as this
version has not yet been released by any OS distribution.
This change makes the command line options for the different subcommands
more consistent and therefore easier to use.
Suggested-by: Reinhard Bündgen <buendgen@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A Secure Execution header V1 can be at maximum two pages large, optional
items are not supported, and the size of the encrypted part cannot be
larger than the total size of the Secure Execution header add this as
Deku assertions and additional conditions to the code. In addition, add
a check for the number of key slots.
Fixes: f4cf4ae6eb ("rust: Add a new tool called 'pvimg'")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix memory leak of @template_raw. The documentation of CString::into_raw
reads:
"Consumes the CString and transfers ownership of the string to a C
caller.
...
Failure to call CString::from_raw will lead to a memory leak." [1]
Let's fix the memory leak by always calling `CString::from_raw` and
therefore reclaim the ownership.
[1] https://doc.rust-lang.org/std/ffi/struct.CString.html#method.into_raw
Fixes: e56acf4f14 ("pv_core: add `TemporaryDirectory`")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
On kernels without support for the new "measurement_chars_full" CHPID
sysfs attribute, chpstat displays invalid utilization numbers (nan/inf).
This is due to an invalid buffer address calculation when reading the
old "measurement_chars" attribute.
Fix this by using the correct buffer address calculation.
Fixes: 026ecbafea ("chpstat: Add support for full CMCB")
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add '--hdr-key <FILE>' as a command line option to the 'pvimg create'
command. This key can then be used later to decrypt the Secure Execution
header of a Secure Execution image, e.g. 'pvimg info --key <FILE>
--format json <SE_IMG>'. While updating the manpages, add missing hyphen
escapes in the manpages.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case when target parameters are specified by user, the check
that a file locates on a specified device, compares a logical
device with a base disk, which is incorrect.
Fix the check to compare base disks (a specified one with the base
disk determined by disk_get_info() procedure called w/o any user
hints).
Fixes: c0f02d2f68 ("zipl/src: Fix problems when target parameters are specified by user")
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Steps to reproduce the problem:
\# lsblk
NAME MAJ:MIN RM SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT
loop0 7:0 0 5G 0 loop
|-loop0p1 253:15 0 128M 0 part
`-loop0p2 253:16 0 4.9G 0 part /mnt
\# ./zipl_helper.device-mapper 253:16
Expected result:
targetbase=7:0
targettype=SCSI
targetblocksize=4096
targetoffset=32784
Actual result:
targetbase=253:16
targettype=SCSI
targetblocksize=4096
targetoffset=32784
The problem is in a missed step which resolves the uppermost
logical dm-device to a physical device. Reproducible only for loop
devices.
Add missing step to correctly resolve to a physical device.
Fixes: 670bf3e870 ("zipl: refactor zipl_helper.device-mapper")
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix possible 'range start index 16 out of range for slice of length 0'
error by adding a check of the slice data length.
Fixes: f4cf4ae6eb ("rust: Add a new tool called 'pvimg'")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add '--cck <FILE>' as an command line option and make '--comm-key' an
alias of it. This makes the command line more similar to the other
Secure Execution related PV-tools (e.g. pvattest and pvsecret).
Suggested-by: Reinhard Bündgen <buendgen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With runtime attestation it might be useful to have non-encrypted Secure
Execution images. This patch adds the support for this to the 'pvimg
create' and 'genprotimg' commands.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Finding a PCI device given the name of a netdev seems generally useful
so pull this out into a new zpci_find_by_netdev() function in libzpci
and use this to simplify on_link_change() removing the need for
backwards goto.
Reviewed-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When on_link_change() gets called with a netdev that would be monitored
but hasn't entered zpci_list yet, reloads is 1 after the loops and
a reload occurs. Then the netdev is found in the list and reloads
becomes -1 which incorrectly triggers more reloads until underflow.
Fix this by returning once the device is found. Also just check for
reloads being larger than zero.
Fixes: c34adb9cab ("opticsmon: Introduce opticsmon tool")
Reviewed-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Create a symbolic link to the new location of the 'check_hostkeydoc'
script in order to keep compatibility with existing documentation.
Reported-by: Stephan Hartig <hartig@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The output of ziorep_utilization tool currently contains reports for both
the physical and the virtual adapter. As binding of physical and virtual
adapter reports together can be confusing for evaluation of results, introduce
--fcp-device tool parameter for reports separation. This parameter was
introduced to mark virtual adapter report as it represents utilization report
of FCP devices.
So, if --fcp-device was specified by the user, virtual adapter report is
printed. Otherwise physical adapter report is printed.
Parameter --fcp-device has no influence on CSV format report printing.
Refactor also print_reports() function for both reports for better
--fcp-device parameter handling.
Add clarification messages on how to use --fcp-device parameter.
Delete empty separator line between former two reports.
Add description of --fcp-device parameter to man pages.
Add examples for using of ziorep_utilization tool to man pages.
Signed-off-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sakshi Singh <005c7w@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: M Nikhil <nikh1092@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In ziorep_utilization tool physical adapter report represents PCHID
scope, rather than CHPID. PCHID column is added as a very first column of
physical adapter report for non-CSV format report.
Old version of physical adapter report with CHPID column only
looks like:
...
CHP|adapter in %-|--bus in %---|--cpu in %---|
ID min max avg min max avg min max avg
2020-05-14 14:00:41
60 0 0 0.0 1 1 1.0 0 0 0.0
61 0 0 0.0 1 1 1.0 0 0 0.0
...
New version of physical adapter report with additional PCHID column
looks like:
...
PCH |CHP|adapter in %-|--bus in %---|--cpu in %---|
ID ID min max avg min max avg min max avg
2020-05-14 14:00:41
01c0 60 0 0 0.0 1 1 1.0 0 0 0.0
01c1 61 0 0 0.0 1 1 1.0 0 0 0.0
...
For CSV-format report PCHID column is appended to the end of each record line.
For older kernel releases, where PCHID sysfs entry is not available, replace
PCHID column value with "n/a".
Signed-off-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sakshi Singh <005c7w@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: M Nikhil <nikh1092@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add an ability for ziorep_config tool to extract PCHID additional adapter
parameter from .config file. With this patch device_info structure will have
pchid field, which can be used by different printers classes. Also add
function for querying PCHID by using of devno for providing reports. Translate
"n/a" field from .config file record into invalid PCHID number.
Signed-off-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sakshi Singh <005c7w@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: M Nikhil <nikh1092@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The ziomon_fcpconf saves a lot of information about adapter into .cfg file.
With this patch ziorep_config tool will extract PCHID additional adapter
parameter from .cfg file and put it into .config file for future evaluation by
ziorep_* tools group.
This patch also adds notification for cases, when chid sysfs entry does not
exist for specified CHPID, for example for old kernels.
Before patch application typical line example from .config file looked like:
... 253:0 /dev/sde 8388672 8:64 Disk
After application of the patch typical line example from .config file
looks like:
... 253:0 /dev/sde 8388672 8:64 Disk 01c0
On older distros, which do not contain pchid sysfs entry, typical line
example from .config file looks like:
... 253:0 /dev/sde 8388672 8:64 Disk n/a
As PCHID value of FCP adapter can now be extracted from .config file,
add PCHID field to report of ziorep_config tool.
If there was no PCHID sysfs entry on the system, print following message into
ziorep_config command output:
...
PCHID: there is no PCHID entry in data source
...
Signed-off-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sakshi Singh <005c7w@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: M Nikhil <nikh1092@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add device bus-ID to ziorep_traffic output for better distinguishing
of paths in setups, which have paths in the same pathgroup with same
WWPN and LUN.
Output without device bus-ID column:
$ ziorep_traffic log
WWPN LUN ...
...
2019-10-21 11:44:38
0x50050763071bc5e3:0x4006404f00000000 ...
0x50050763071bc5e3:0x4006404f00000000 ...
Output with device bus-ID column:
$ ziorep_traffic log
DEVBUSID WWPN LUN ...
...
2019-10-21 11:44:38
0.0.1980:0x50050763071bc5e3:0x4006404f00000000 ...
0.0.19c0:0x50050763071bc5e3:0x4006404f00000000 ...
After patch application device bus-ID can also be seen in detailed
(with -D option) output and in CSV output format (with -x option).
Also adjust output headings correspondingly.
Signed-off-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sakshi Singh <005c7w@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: M Nikhil <nikh1092@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The optics monitoring tool opticsmon implements the user-space portion
of reporting optics data to the SE. Its basic functionality is to
collect optical module information equivalent to "ethtool --module-info"
for PCI Physical Functions and forwards this data to the SE using the
new SCLP Write Event Data Action Qualifier 3.
For the part of finding all PFs we need to look at all PCI
functions and determine which ones are PFs and what netdevs they
correspond to. This is a generally useful functionality so this part as
well as the SCLP issuing code go into a new libzpci library which also
includes a standalone example for listing PCI functions and their s390x
specific attributes. Medium term we plan to add this functionality to
lszdev.
For the opticsmon tool itself there are 2 basic operating modes:
* One-shot Mode: Without parameters opticsmon collects optical module
data and prints a summary of the netdevice in JSON format. With
--module-data it also includes a base64 encoded raw dump equivalent to
ethtool --module-info <netdev> raw on.
* Monitor Mode: With the --monitor flag opticsmon runs continuously
usually started via a systemd unit and collects new optical module
data on a time interval (default 24h) or when the operational state
("/sys/class/net/<netdev/operstate") changes. The tool listens for
changes via netlink so no polling on sysfs is necessary
Note: Both modes will *NOT* issues SCLPs without adding the
--send-report flag but will output a JSON summary for each data
collection so can be tested without firmware impact.
Reviewed-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add zpci_is_vf() helper based on the /sys/bus/pci/devices/<dev>/vfn
attribute which is non-zero for VFs unlike the common code VF number
which starts at 0.
Reviewed-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The upcoming optics monitoring tool will have to issue SCLP Write Event
data just like zpcictl so pull that functionality out and into libzpci.
While at it decouple getting SMART data from the actual SCLP handling.
No change in behavior intended.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The SCLP report currently always uses the maximum length even if no
extra data is proved at all. Instead use the actual length of either
just the timestamp and err_log_id or additionally the length of sdata.
Reviewed-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This introduces libzpci which is a library intended to handle s390x
specific PCI attributes and peculiarities. As a first step it introduces
code to list PCI devices on s390x including an initial set of s390x
specific attributes like FID, PFT, UID etc. It also collects information
on network device associated with a particular PCI function. The
included example serves as a demonstration of using libzpci to list PCI
devices.
Reviewed-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Without including stdio.h before util_file.h tye FILE type will not be
known leading to a build failure. Fix this by including stdio.h.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Halil Pasic <pasic@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The '--help-all' and '--help-experimental' flags are now considered
deprecated, but should still be available for backward compatibility.
Fixes: f4cf4ae6eb ("rust: Add a new tool called 'pvimg'")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Removes the C implementation of genprotimg and use the Rust
implementation instead.
Adapt the README.md accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for enabling/disabling the backup keys and HMAC-PCKMO key
encryption function plaintext control flags in the Secure Execution
header.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add metadata about the image to the Secure Execution image. This helps
to identify where the Secure Execution header is located in the image
and therefore it's less prone to errors to locate the header.
This patch adds the support for it to 'pvimg' as well as to the
'pvsecret' and 'pvattest' tools.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a new tool called 'pvimg' that can be used to create and inspect
Secure Execution images. It has several subcommands:
+ create: create an IBM Secure Execution image (genprotimg compatible
sytnax) and C-'genprotimg' is going to be replaced by a
symlink to this subcommand.
+ test: test various aspects of an existing Secure Execution image
+ info: print information about an existing Secure Execution
image (experimental API!)
+ version: print version and exit
As mentioned above, the 'genprotimg' tool is now a symbolic link to the
'pvimg create' subcommand and the CLI is backward compatible with the
original genprotimg CLI, with the following exceptions:
- '-v' increases the verbosity instead of showing the version
- '-V' is now deprecated in favor of '-v'
- an existing output file is no longer silently overwritten, but there
is a new flag '--overwrite' to get the original behavior
- experimental options are no longer described in the help
- the commands '--cert ...' and '--root-ca' are now mutually exclusive
- to '--no-verify'
- there is now a component check, e.g. it checks if the specified
Linux kernel looks like a raw binary s390x kernel. These checks can be
disabled by using the new command line flag '--no-component-check'
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Hardcode the location and size of the BSS section of stage3a to 0xc000
and 0x1000. This change is made in preparation for storing the Secure
Execution image metadata at the address of the BSS section of stage3a.
The idea behind this is that since there is no ELF loader involved, the
stage3a loader will memset it's BSS section and therefore the Secure
Execution image metadata to 0. This way, it's avoided having any
leftover metadata after running the stage3a loader.
In addition, add .bss.* as input sections for the .bss section.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This change is done in preparation for the Rust port of genprotimg.
While at it, format the code using `clang-format`.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The new Rust port of genprotimg will have the name 'pvimg' as it has
more functionalities than the original genprotimg tool. As preparation
add a Secure Execution header library and an example how to use it. The
example can be used by the KVM-Unit-Tests for creating the Secure
Execution headers needed by the tests [1].
[1] See dc4f7106f3
more information how to use.
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A manpage auto-generation tool can use this trait to get the exit codes
and their documentation of a program.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Refactor `seek_se_hdr_start` so it can be reused. While at it, improve
the documentation of it and format the code.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Command used:
$ cargo +nightly clippy
...
warning: doc list item without indentation
--> pvapconfig/src/ap.rs:71:5
|
71 | /// This may take some time and even loop forever if there
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix the ordering of the parameters in 'TryFrom<Confidential<Vec<u8> for
Confidential<[u8; N>'. While at it, convert 'LengthMismatch' error to a
named struct.
Fixes: 7608cf2de4 ("rust/confidential: Add `From` and `Into` for confidential byes arrays/vectors")
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes the following error:
$ make CROSS_COMPILE=s390x-linux-gnu- HOST_ARCH=s390x
../../../common.mak:117: *** Please specify CROSS_COMPILE=... and try it again!. Stop.
$ make --version
GNU Make 4.4.1
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add column 'UTIL DATA' that indicates the percentage of channel-path
data bandwidth currently in use. Since channel-paths are bidirectional,
this column represents the maximum of read or write bandwidth
utilization.
Also use this new column in place of 'UTIL BUS' for CMG 4 and 5 default
views since the bus utilization no longer provides a relevant value for
DPU-based channel-path types.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
New machine models introduce CHPIDs with two new CMG types 4 and 5.
Add support for decoding the associated channel-measurement data.
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Newer kernels provide the full, unfiltered Channel-Measurements
Characteristics Block (CMCB) via a new sysfs attribute named
"measurement_chars_full".
Add support for reading the full CMCB data if available in preparation
of new tool functions that will make use of this data.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The utilization visualization column does not provide meaningful data
when using structured output. Omit it when an output format has been
specified on the command line.
Reviewed-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjoern Walk <bwalk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce a new command line flag ("--format") to specify the output
format in batch mode. Valid options are "pairs" for shell-compatible key
value pairs, "csv" for CSV, "json" for a formatted JSON document, and
"json-seq" for a stream of JSON text sequences as per RFC7464[1].
[1]: https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc7464
Note: Specifying the --format flag implies the --batch_mode flag.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjoern Walk <bwalk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The separator line is written as part of the input processing step and
is better be moved to the place where the table is actually written.
Same goes for the terminating '\n' which is performed as the final step
while updating the terminal in batch mode.
While at it, use the designated print functions over raw printf().
Reviewed-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjoern Walk <bwalk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For structured output (i.e. JSON), some type information of the columns
is required, at least the ability to distinguish values that are strings
and possibly need to be quoted. Unfortunately at the time column values
are formatted this information is lost.
The column types are specified implicitly during the unit conversion of
the raw value. For example, online time is stored as a u64 value but is
converted into a "d:h:m" string.
Introduce a private flag per column that signifies if that column is to
be formatted as a string. This flag will be set in the appropriate unit
conversion function.
Reviewed-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Bjoern Walk <bwalk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This type helps to perform atomic operations by writing to a temporary
file and renaming it to the actual filename when the
`AtomicFile::finish` function is called. If the `AtomicFile::finish`
function is never called, the temporary file is automatically removed
when it goes out of scope. It utilizes the `renameat2` [1] libc function
and its semantics.
[1] https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man2/renameat.2.html
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Rename "Authenticated Encryption with Associated Data" (AEAD)
encryption/decryption functions and change the result type. This makes
the functions easier extendable. In addition, it's now possible to use
the functions as following:
`encrypt(decrypt(data)) == decrypt(encrypt(data) == data`
Add more AES and SHA related constants and use them whenever possible.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Rename `Aes256*` to `Aes256Gcm*` and add a deprecated constant with the
old name for backward compatibility. Adapt existing code to use the new
enum variant.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Combine linker scripts for single volume and multi-volume ECKD dumpers
to avoid duplicating. Use C preprocessor to define conditional symbols.
Cleanup the generic stage2 linker script(stage2.lds). Since it is still
used for FBA and TAPE dumpers (fba2dump and tape2dump) the .stage2dump.tail
section should be preserved.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Move MVDUMP_TOOL_SIZE contsant to loaders_layout.h and rename it
to STAGE2_DUMPER_SIZE_MV.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Write the secret metadata into the same directory as the generated
secret request. Before, the metadata was accidentally written into the
working directory.
Fixes: dd82c26f87 ("rust: Add tool to manage UV-secrets")
Suggested-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Check if the SE-guests machine firmware is in an IBM approved state.
The machine firmware version can be obtained via setting a flag in the
attestation request.
The opaque 320 byte value from firmware is forwarded to an IBM server
that verifies the firmware value and confirms if the machine is in an
IBM approved firmware state.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add a check to verify the hash over the Secret Store in the guest UV
storage. During 'create' the user can request that hash via a flag. During
'check' the user specifies the Add Secret requests and check whether the store is
locked. If the calculated hash over this state matches the one reported
by attestation, this check is successful.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add a new command: check. This allows users to perform policy checks on
the Attestation result.
The host-key hashes, and the user-data can be tested for certain values.
While at it fix some typos and enable CSV parsing for the Additional-data flags.
Example:
```
pvattest check attestresp checkresult -k hkd0.crt,hkd1.crt
--host-key-check AttKeyCheck
```
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add additional data for the Attestation request. The secret store hash
measures all added secrets and the state of the store (locked or not)
with a single hash. The hash is computed by concatenating all add-secret
request tags (16 bytes each) and a byte stating the locked state (1 for
locked, 0 for not locked). The firmware state is an opaque state
description of the systems firmware status to be interpreted by an IBM
service. Add request flags and fields in the additional data structure.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add an unrecognized field to the AdditionalData struct that contains any
data that is not known by the library. Generalize the intention of the
additional data read function and make extensions to Additional data
easier. Add tests for serialization.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Rename 'ATT_ADD_HASH_SIZE' to 'PHKH_SIZE'. The new name describes the
value better. It is the size of the Public Host-Key Hash and not the
size of a generic additional-data item.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fix the new `cargo clippy` and `cargo doc` findings that were triggered
with the recent policy addition.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
With the recent changes in the pkey kernel module to split it up into
sub-modules, as well as the addition to support Secure Execution
retrievable secrets, an update to the list of modules to copy to
initrd is required.
Besides the pkey module itself, all its sub-modules must be copied.
Furthermore, sub-module pkey_uv requires the uvdevice modules, so copy
this, too.
While at it, remove the old drivers zcrypt_cex2a and zcrypt_pcixcc,
those are not provided anymore since at least 2 years.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Sync all install targets implementations. Some did quote the target
directories some don't. Remove all quotations. This fixes wrong install
locations of install paths that have a '~'. With quotes '~' is
interpreted literally instead of using the home dir.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Enables API users to get the request tag of an Add-Secret request.
This enables them to check for attestation policies.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Allows API users to inspect the value of additional data to use it as
part of a policy check.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
This struct is not exported. Prevent any accidental exports by reducing
the visibility to pub(crate).
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Rename the previous "default" `new` constructor [1] to `with_prefix` and
add a new default `new` constructor that takes no argument is therefore
easier to use.
In addition, improve the overall documentation, add more tests, and
examples to the code.
[1] https://doc.rust-lang.org/nomicon/constructors.html
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Use the `enum_dispatch` macro for providing the `From` and `TryInto`
functionalities. In addition, it makes dynamic dispatching using enums
much easier.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Implement `From<SymKeyType> for Nid`. This makes it easier to implement
generalized functions.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
This is currently the only key type supported, therefore rename the
function to make this clear. In addition, improve the documentation of
the function as function is now exported.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The library is used by multiple PV related tools, not only for managing
the guest secret store.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Make EcPubKeyCoord available, after renaming it from EcdhPubkeyCoord.
This enables API users to calculate the hash of a public host-key and
compare it to a hash from attestation.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Create one implementation for the verbose option to be used by all
tools. While at it, add a quiet option to decrease the verbosity.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Newer s390 kernels provide the new sysfs /sys/firmware/dump/dump_area_size
attribute which specifies the exact size of machine's dump area size.
Use this value if it is present but fall back to the previous and
slightly improved way of computation of dump area size to support
also older s390 kernels w/o the new sysfs attribute. This has
the advantage that util_arch_hsa_maxsize() has no longer to be adapted
with every introduction of yet another machine type in the future.
Suggested-by: Heiko Carstens <hca@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The linear search in the nested loop over SCSI devices and over the indexed
array is still time consuming. So replace the indexed array with an
associative array. Build the array once outside of the nested loop by using
pathname expansion and extracting key and value from each item. Within
the SCSI device loop, an array entry is removed by means of the key without
linear search.
This commit is separate from the previous one so it is possible to revert
this one in case associative arrays would not be available and still get
the speed improvement from the indexed array in the previous commit.
Before:
$ time ~/git/s390-tools/zconf/lszfcp -De | wc -l
1036
real 0m17.605s
user 0m17.159s
sys 0m0.308s
After:
$ time ~/git/s390-tools/zconf/lszfcp -De | wc -l
1036
real 0m0.207s
user 0m0.175s
sys 0m0.032s
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Apparently the repeated string concatenation and word splitting was
much slower.
While at it, also remember in $ZFCP_UNIT_PATH whether the loop over
ZFCP_UNIT_ARRAY already found a zfcp_unit and re-use the path string to
replace the previous file glob construct generating the zfcp_unit path by
means of pathname expansion. This only works for the extended output case.
Before:
$ time lszfcp -De | wc -l
1036
real 2m15.387s
user 2m9.323s
sys 0m5.130s
After:
$ time ~/git/s390-tools/zconf/lszfcp -De | wc -l
1036
real 0m17.605s
user 0m17.159s
sys 0m0.308s
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Just go ahead and read the sysfs attribute directly as the syscalls are
needed anyway.
If necessary stderr could be redirected to /dev/null in the future,
but there was no case so far where the attribute did not exist.
This does not make a runtime difference when running on sysfs. Change it
anyway to avoid somebody searching for speed improvement options stumbling
over it again.
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
It's not on the hot path as the glob match is done only once.
But there is no point in matching anything but SCSI devices
such as "fc_transport" and "subsystem"
just to have an additional child process filter it once more.
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
A simple built-in parameter expansion removing the matching prefix
pattern (everything up to and including the last slash) is sufficient to
strip the path from the basename.
Speeds up "lszfcp -D" significantly.
Before:
$ time ~/git/s390-tools/zconf/lszfcp -D | wc -l
1028
real 0m5.322s
user 0m0.300s
sys 0m4.907s
After:
$ time ~/git/s390-tools/zconf/lszfcp -D | wc -l
1028
real 0m0.602s
user 0m0.100s
sys 0m0.492s
Above measurements are from the fast in-memory sysfs. The improvements are
likely amplified when running "lszfcp --sysfs ..." on collected debug data
in a regular file system.
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
An online CCW device, which is available and not defunct and not failed,
can have an undesired fc_host port_state, which is not Online and does not
have the special case Linkdown. Indicate such unexpected state.
Complements
v2.9.0 commit 4036e80b26 ("lszfcp: add new output marker for non-good FCP
devices (hosts)")
v2.9.0 commit be7b854969 ("lszfcp: also mark FCP devices (hosts) that are
not available")
v2.18.0 commit 45e3f016f4 ("lszfcp: add linkdown case to host marker of
extended output")
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Switch from atoi() to existing parse_int() helper function for parsing
the integer --cmg argument to better handle invalid values such as
numbers followed by an unsupported suffix (e.g. 1x).
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
At the moment the memory range of processed vmdump always corresponds to
the highest defined byte (q v storage) obtained from Address Space
Information Block ignoring memory ranges specified in CP vmdump command.
This might lead to the invalid dump size calculation upon conversion to
s390 format.
Use Requested Range Table from ASIZBK to identify actual memory ranges
being dumped. Consider the end of the highest memory range as a vmdump
upper limit (dump memory size). In case no range table entries present
fall back to the original method using 'storage_size_def_store' value.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
This patch adds support for zipl targets over partitions of md-devices.
With this patch it is possible to specify a zipl target over any
partition of an md-device, so that all the physical disks participating
in the mirrored setup will be prepared for IPL.
Unlike a whole md-device which has major number 9, its partitions
have major numbers 259 and the driver name is identified as 'blkext'
in '/proc/devices'. Handle this case in set_driver_name(): call ioctl()
to make sure that device is an md-partition.
Drop re-definition of some macros.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add "zhypinfo" as an overview on Hypervisor structure in runtime.out
Get an overview of all block devices in front of the detailed outputs
using "lsblk" into runtime.out
Starting OpenSSL3.0 "openssl engine" is deprecated and needs replacement by:
"openssl list --providers" (keep "engine" for older versions)
Suggested-by: Christian Rund <Christian.Rund@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Define and set the minimal supported Rust version (MSRV) to 1.75.0. This
is the (current) minimal supported version over all supported distros
that use rust in s390-tools.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
String is more or less a Vec<u8> with some extra invariants (i.e. only
UFF-8 chars). Zeroroize is implemented by calling the Vec<u8>
implementation. The zero byte is a valid UTF-8 symbol. The String
invariant is uphold by the clearing code.
Also, implement a into_inner function for clone-able inner types.
This allows converting confidential types into no-confidential types.
As Drop is implemented this requires a clone (see E0509).
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Generalize the `Confidential` impl over Vec<T> and [COUNT; T] instead of
specializing T to u8.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Migrate Confidential to pv_core crate. This has no impact on the public
API of pv as the migrated symbols are reexported.
This enables pv_core to manage confidential data as well.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The size of an EC-secp521r1 signature can be up to 139 bytes (if ASN1
encoded). There is no lower bound, although sizes lower than 137 are
very unlikely but possible.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The new cpacfinfo command provides information about CPACF, such as which CPACF functions are installed, and make use of the new MSA 13 Query Authentication Information function.
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add extra trace logs for vmdump processing.
Log number of Index Pages, Bit-Key Pages and actual stored pages in the
vmdump.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a new format option to HexSlice to print every byte with a separated
space in between. Additionally the old format option 'alternate'
together with the new one results in another new format which prints
every byte separated by a space AND every byte has a leading '0x'.
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Co-developed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
It's uncommon and prone to error to silently stop decoding/parsing a
hex-string if there is an invalid character. Therefore, add a new
function `decode_hex` which fixes this behavior and use it in the code.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Make it possible to convert internal key format to OpenSSL public key
format and vice versa. E.g. this can be useful when reading UV data
structures.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This makes it possible to reuse the constant. In addition, change the
type from i32 to usize since the value describes a size.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The size of an AES key depends on the mode of operation, so add this
information at least in the comments, as the API cannot be changed as it
is already published.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use Self instead of the struct name whenever possible.
Automagically replace struct name with Self:
`cargo clippy --fix -- -W clippy::use_self`
This streamlines the code.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When a queue is removed from a SE guest which was in a state other
than "usable" (for example "unbound") the state displayed by lszcrypt
switches to "usable" until the queue device is finally removed by the
AP bus scan running every 30s.
This intermediate state is caused by reading 0x00000000 on the
underlying /sys/devices/cardxx/xx.yyyy/ap_functions. lszcrypt only
extracts the BS bits from this value and maps these both bits to
string output
0: "usable"
1: "bound"
2: "unbound"
3: "illicit"
totally ignoring the fact that there is no AP function at all.
Now the code checks for a valid ap_functions value first, before
actually extracting and displaying the SE state. In case the
ap_functions reads as 0x00000000 lszcrypt now displays the string
"invalid".
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
According to vmdump format, each bit of the Index page represents a Bit-Key
page and indicates if that Bit-Key page exists.
Due to the bug in vmdump64big_init() only 4096 bits of the Index Page were
processed instead of 32768. Thus for vmdumps of guests with defined storage
above 64G we could have invalid memory_start_record calculated. This ruins
the VMDUMP mem chunk read callback function.
One of the problem symptoms reported was missing UTS data in
'zgetdump -i' output caused by inability to locate OS_INFO in the dump.
Fixes: 067dd5c7ef ("zdump: Add vmdump dfi for vmdump format to elf format")
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Newer rust std libary code checks if a fd is already closes and panics.
Test code created a file with fd=17 and relied that test code never
touched the file. This cannot be done anymore. Just use the working dir
as backing file.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
`sizeof` was added into the prelude in rustc 1.80.
This triggers a lint-warning for `unused_qualifications` if rustc 1.80+
is used. Fix this warning by using a use statement to stay compatible
for <1.80.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The RCs 30, 31, 32 may be caused by a malicious host or host bug.
Make this clear and advise to stop the SE-guest.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When checking CDL formatted DASD for installed dump-tool (zgetdump -d),
we might stumble upon an 'empty' boot record pointer in the volume label
filled with bytes of 0x40 (EBCDIC spaces). This leads to the following
seek error reported:
# zgetdump -d /dev/dasdb
zgetdump: Could not seek "/dev/dasdb" (Invalid argument)
Check for empty boot record and return proper error code by
ngdump_get_eckd_part_num() in order to end up with a regular
"No dump tool found" message.
Fixes: f3bcd94524 ("zdump: Add zgetdump -d support for ECKD ldipl-dump")
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes a segfault when the option '--dry-run' is specified for
device-based dumps (for which the bootmap file is created on a RAW
device, not formatted with a file system).
The actual status is that the option '--dry-run' for device-based
dumps is not implemented. The implementation is evaluated as not
trivial: In contrast with filesystem-based dumps, it is not possible
to simply make do with rename/unlink of temporary created bootmap.
The fixup returns error on any not file system based dumps being
created with the option '--dry-run'.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Drop a pair of duplicated assignmets
Replace the parameter 'struct job_data' with 'struct job_dump_data'
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move all checks from check_dump_device_late() to disk_is_approproate()
and drop check_dump_device_late() entirely
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In the function check_dump_device_late() drop the case of
(info->device != target_info->device) which never happens. Indeed,
the @info created in check_dump_device_late() coincides with the
@target_info previously created by
prepare_build_program_table_{file, device}.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since the following kernel commit:
"32db401965f1 s390/mm: Pin identity mapping base to zero"
we can have zero identity_base value in os_info. This makes zgetdump
check for non-VR kernel in vm_info_get() incorrect what leads to missing
data (e.g. UTS kernel version) in 'zgetdump -i' output.
Check for zero kaslr_offset value instead (like crash and makedumpfile
do) in order to identify non-VR kernel.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since memory chunks can overlap for vr-kernel dumps stored in elf
format (ngdump, zfcpdump), we need to consider this when converting to
s390 dump output format. For that sort DFI memory chunks by start
address and adjust dfo_s390 logic for identifying memory gaps.
Otherwise we might end up with bogus DFO memory chunks being created.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
On vertical polarization, kernel can be adjusting CPU capacities
dynamically, and cpuplugd can interfere this with hotplug operations
causing performance degradation. To prevent this, check if system has
switched its polarization state, and act accordingly.
If system is on vertical polarization when daemon starts, no CPU hotplug
action is triggered. If system changes to vertical polarization during
daemon runtime, revert cpuhotplug adjustments and stop further CPU
hotplug actions. If system switches back to horizontal polarization
during runtime of the daemon, start evaluating CPU hotplug rules and
trigger adjustments.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Simplify the cpu management parts of cpuplugd code by introducing
functions from libutil and rework some logic to drop some assumptions
about how kernel assigns cpuids.
Right now cpuplugd assumes that the cpuids are always sequential and
there are no gaps in between, however kernel does not guarantee that.
Make cpuplugd compliant by traversing cpu sysfs entries instead.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes c0f02d2f6 which results in problems when preparing qcow2
images for IPL:
zipl -V --blsdir /tmp/tmp.kdPooQjoBh/boot//loader/entries/ --config /
Program terminated with signal SIGFPE, Arithmetic exception.
Don't use pointer to not initialized struct disk_info after failed
auto-detection of disk parameters. Make the check that the file
locates on the disk in the form of a separate procedure.
Reported-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When detecting disk type, the function disk_get_info() is called.
It can fail for various reasons (e.g. when the logial target is not
eligible for boot record installation).
Once disk_get_info() fails, don't proceed with type detection.
Return error instead. When applicable, mark the dump job with
"is_ngdump" flag to avoid extra type detection calls.
Acked-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes d6b702d57 which introduces a problem: SCSI dump
installation fails:
zipl -V -d /dev/mapper/mpathd1
Error: Invalid dump device: Could not read partition table
The reasons:
1) Wrong (logical) device is passed as a target base;
2) In case of 'source_script' the check to make sure that specified
target is over a partition isn't applicable any more after zipl
support of complex logical targets (e.g. mirrors).
The fixup passes the physical device as a target base (instead of
the logical one). Also the fixup removes invalid check from
check_dump_device_late() and instead adds a more generic check to
the helper script that data starts beyong the boot area.
Reported-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This option is experimental, but can still be useful.
While at it, sort the options alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes 670bf3e8 which actually isn't an equivalent refactoring.
The generic dm-device resolution procedure was modified to not resolve
the topmost dm-device in the path. So that any calles who don't expect
it, should complete the resolutioin process by themselves. In case of
chreipl_helper such completion was missed. chreipl(8) utility doesn't
expect dm-devices at the output of chreipl_helper.device-mapper
Example:
NAME MAJ:MIN RM SIZE RO TYPE MOUNTPOINT
sda 8:0 0 20G 0 disk
|-sda1 8:1 0 20G 0 part
`-mpathb 253:0 0 20G 0 mpath
`-mpathb1 253:2 0 20G 0 part /
sdb 8:16 0 20G 0 disk
|-sdb1 8:17 0 20G 0 part
`-mpathb 253:0 0 20G 0 mpath
`-mpathb1 253:2 0 20G 0 part /
Expected result:
8:16
Actual result:
253:0
As a result, the chreipl(8) "node" option stopped working.
The fixup adds the completion.
Reported-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The .note.package [1] section is not used by the zipl/genprotimg bootloaders,
therefore discard them via linker script.
This fix solves the error:
/usr/bin/ld: Heap section doesn't conform to the described memory layout
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
make[4]: *** [Makefile:77: stage3a.elf] Error 1
make[4]: Leaving directory '/<>/genprotimg/boot'
make[3]: *** [Makefile:20: all-recursive] Error 1
make[3]: Leaving directory '/<>/genprotimg'
make[2]: *** [Makefile:56: genprotimg] Error 2
[1] https://systemd.io/ELF_PACKAGE_METADATA/
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/174
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/176
[seiden@linux.ibm.com: Add/edit fixes tags]
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Heimes <frank.heimes@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce target operations (struct target_ops);
For each supported device-mapper target implement
. check_target_status()
. get_target_data()
Add support for new 'raid' device-mapper target, which is now default
in LVM.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add a script to process mirrored zipl targets managed by Linux "md"
driver (AKA "software mirrors")
. In the file zipl_helper.device-mapper.c implement two handlers
identified by pairs (ZIPL_UTIL_ID, MD_DRIVER_ID) and
(CHREIPL_UTIL_ID, MD_DRIVER_ID) for the helpers zipl_helper.md
and chreipl_helper.md respectively
. zipl_helper.md: prints sets of target parameters (one such set
per mirror) for a specified logical zipl target managed by linux
"md" driver.
. chreipl_helper.md: for a specified logical zipl target managed
by linux "md" driver prints a random disk from the set of disks
participating in the mirrored setup.
. Add zipl_helper.md and chreipl_helper.md as symbolic links to
zipl_helper.device-mapper
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
For "mirror" device-mapper targets:
. Check status of all the mirrors;
. Return error if some mirror contain failures;
. Align the sample output properly
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
For "mirror" device-mapper targets:
. Don't assign a logical mirrored device as a zipl target base.
Instead, add one more branch in complete_physical_device() and
proceed (in that new branch) to the physical disk participating
in the mirrored target. This approach allowes to handle
heterogeneous mirrors properly;
. Provide a set of target parameters for each found physical disk
by calling dm_dev_to_zipl_params() recursively;
. Don't allow "nested mirrors" by checking/updating the
fail_on_mirror global;
. Remove the requirements on including block #0 to the mirrored
device-mapper setup (no more actual);
. Update comments.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
This is used by the next patches in the series to support mirror
setups not including boot sectors (e.g. mirrors over partitions).
. Rework the core procedure of device resolution (by walking along
the device-mapper tree during logical device resolution) to be an
explicit sequence of pairs (level-lookup, goto-parent-level);
. Add an "extended" device to keep a track of file system offset
while ascending the device tree;
. Identify all possible results of a single level lookup;
. Rename target_entry to dmpath_entry;
. Make the main() function to look like a call of a handler
identified by a pair (driver-id, util-id) and found by the name
of the executable.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fix mistake in @fs_offset calculation.
Since any logical dm-device can be built of partitions, @fs_offset
must not decrease while ascending the "device tree" during the
procedure of dm-device resolution (which always starts at the
formatted logical device, for which @fs_offset is 0).
This bug was not reproducible earlier because of restricted
functionality in a combination with side-effects. The fixup is
required however by the next patches in the series implementing
support of mirrored targets by zipl tool
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
. Modify disk_get_info() to process multiple sets of target parameters
provided by the helper script and store it in the array of "targets"
of the structure job_target_data;
. Besides the logical device, maintain an array of physical base disks
in the disk_info structure;
. Use the logical target device only to create bootmap (it is
automatically mirrored by the respective linux driver (dm, or md)
managing the mirrored target). In contrast, install bootstrap blocks
to each physical base disk individually, bypassing that driver;
. Report in verbose mode on which base disks the bootstrap
installation was performed;
. Use the following logic of setting @info->device (which is printed
as "Device...:" in verbose mode):
. source_auto - the target base disk is set;
. source_script - the target (logical) device is set;
. source_user - the device specified by user (via --targetbase
option), or config file is set.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add new command-line option --ipldev. When specified and IPL was done
from a supported device type, the IPL device is selected for the
requested tool operation.
Example to list IPL device information:
$ lszdev --ipldev
Example to create a persistent configuration for the IPL device:
$ chzdev --enable --persistent --ipldev
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reduce code complexity by adding a utility function for reading text
files based on a variable path.
Note: chzdev/lszdev tools apply special path-handling via command line
option --base to allow redirecting hard-coded paths therefore libutil's
util_file functions cannot easily be used.
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Steps to reproduce: Prepare some disk for IPL, specifying its
parameters via zipl "target options", and an image IMAGE_NAME
located on another disk. Don't specify "-a" option.
Actual result: Installation succeeded (resulting in unbootable setup)
Expected result: "Error: Could not add image file 'IMAGE_NAME': File
is not on target device"
The problem is in incorrect evaluation of device number (dev_t)
of the base disk where the image is located by the function
add_component_file_range() in case when target parameters are
specified by user.
Fixup: Retrieve info of the underlying disk without any user hints,
passing zeroed structure job_target_data
This is an improved version of fb0b6263d that was reverted by
63ff07ba3 afterwards. The shortcoming of the original ( fb0b6263d )
fix: it fails to prepare for IPL mounted qcow2 images.
The difference from the original fix: when making sure that boot
files are located on the target disk: in case of failed auto-detection
of disk parameters skip the check with warnings instead of aborting
the whole installation session.
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
MSA 10 and MSA 11 introduce new function codes containing Full XTS
functions for KM instruction and HMAC functions for KMAC instruction.
Additional Full XTS and HMAC for PCKMO instruction is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Perl logs warning message if a variable is not initialized.
get_device_data() set mp_dev with multipath device for a scsi disk device.
mp_dev remain uninitialized if there is no multipath device.
This can happen if a scsi device is not managed by dm multipath driver.
Warning message:
"Use of uninitialized value in subroutine entry at /usr/sbin/ziorep_config line 136"
Fix it by skipping the code dealing with mp_dev and continue with next
scsi device in the loop.
To reproduce, remove a scsi device from dm multipath.
$multipathd -k'del path sdh'
Then run `ziorep_config -D`.
Signed-off-by: Nihar Panda <niharp@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
We changed lscss for more detailed output.
Adding use of dasdview for a detailed view on DASD storage.
This data will be collected in a separate file, as many DASDs might flood
the runtime.out
Also updated man pages as a new step is added
Reviewed-by: Stefan Hberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The ap.rs code is already prepared for possible support
for CCA mode APQNs for the Secure Execution environment.
However, this patch marks these fields and structs with
pragma allow(dead_code) to prevent warnings during cargo
build of pvapconfig.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a new action type 'capabilities' for the 'get' event. This
will return a JSON list of events and actions that the callout
script recognizes and actually does something with. It omits
events like 'notify' and actions like 'list' that ap-check
currently ignores.
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
mdevctl introduces a new event type 'live' with action 'modify',
indicating that the specified configuration changes should be
made dynamically if possible. Use this as a trigger to perform
dynamic configuration changes to the specified vfio-ap device
if it is active.
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Anthony Krowiak <akrowiak@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
While unlikely, it is possible for a vfio-ap configuration JSON
to include the 'ap_config' attribute. In this case, process it
by overwriting the current list of adapters, domains and control
domains for the associated vfio-ap device struct.
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Anthony Krowiak <akrowiak@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For a given vfio-ap mdev, determine whether or not the device will
need dynamic config operations. This boils down to whether or not
the device is currently active + whether or not the kernel is
detected to support dynamic config operations (via the
'ap_config' sysfs attribute).
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Anthony Krowiak <akrowiak@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The qeth-udev-rule execution logs a warning as below in the journalfs.
Failed to write ATTR{/sys/bus/ccwgroup/drivers/qeth/group}, \
ignoring: Invalid argument
This occurs because the udev rule for qeth devices is triggered by
multiple ccw devices and can be invoked in parallel. This can lead to a
situation where each of the three parallel-running udev rules tries to
group the devices simultaneously. As a result, only the first rule
succeeds, while the others fail with an -EINVAL error because the CCW
devices have already been grouped.
To prevent this, schedule a new change uevent for the base device, which
will verify the sysfs before attempting the grouping. The change event is
triggered by all three devices, ensuring that the actual write to the
attribute occurs only once and only when the sysfs attribute is ready.
Hence the add events on different devices are serialized to change event
on the base device, which then prevent duplicate concurrent grouping
attempts.
Suggested-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The function copy_table_entry_write() maps/unmaps /proc/vmcore for each
64kB of the file in order to write its content to a dump partition.
This requires a page allocation of order 2 in kernel (crst_table_alloc)
each time a mmap() syscall is performed and which cannot always be
fulfilled due to external memory fragmentation. And this in turn
results in a OOM kernel panic while writing /proc/vmcore content to
a dump partition. To make zfcpdump more robust in the face of such
problems with page allocations of order > 0, we use a simple file
read/write loop to transfer the content of /proc/vmcore to a dump
partition. This solution is less efficient (by not much) than the old
one with mmap() because it requires additional user space copy but
we trade off here efficiency for robustness which is more important
for zfcpdump.
We use a statically allocated buffer to read data into from /proc/vmcore
and write to a dump partition to avoid repeated use of the memory
mapping kernel path which would be required for a buffer allocated
dynamically at each entry of copy_table_entry_write().
Another possible and very convenient solution would be to use sendfile()
which would avoid any user space copies but, unfortunately, sendfile()
doesn't work with large /proc files.
Example of failed mmap() call for /proc/vmcore
==============================================
[ 26.568654] init invoked oom-killer: gfp_mask=0x40cc0(GFP_KERNEL|__GFP_COMP), order=2, oom_score_adj=0
[ 26.568665] CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: init Not tainted 6.9.0-20240504.rc6.git0.9986ea583f39.300.fc39.s390x+zfcpdump #1
[ 26.568668] Hardware name: IBM 3931 A01 704 (LPAR)
[ 26.568669] Call Trace:
[ 26.568671] [<000003ffe03277c6>] dump_stack_lvl+0x76/0x98
[ 26.568676] [<000003ffe00f15c8>] dump_header+0x58/0x2d0
[ 26.568680] [<000003ffe00f219a>] out_of_memory+0x252/0x348
[ 26.568683] [<000003ffe0132f3e>] __alloc_pages_slowpath.constprop.0+0x65e/0x7c0
[ 26.568686] [<000003ffe01331a4>] __alloc_pages+0x104/0x128
[ 26.568688] [<000003ffe001ab46>] crst_table_alloc+0x2e/0xa0
[ 26.568693] [<000003ffe01164c4>] __pmd_alloc+0x24/0x160
[ 26.568696] [<000003ffe0116650>] pmd_alloc+0x50/0x68
[ 26.568698] [<000003ffe0117be4>] remap_pfn_range_notrack+0x194/0x310
[ 26.568701] [<000003ffe0117d7c>] remap_pfn_range+0x1c/0x28
[ 26.568703] [<000003ffe0015442>] remap_oldmem_pfn_range+0xb2/0x108
[ 26.568705] [<000003ffe01a0544>] mmap_vmcore+0x414/0x448
[ 26.568707] [<000003ffe01937c4>] proc_reg_mmap+0x84/0xa0
[ 26.568709] [<000003ffe011f264>] mmap_region+0x22c/0x6f8
[ 26.568711] [<000003ffe011fae8>] do_mmap+0x3b8/0x410
[ 26.568713] [<000003ffe01015cc>] vm_mmap_pgoff+0x9c/0xe8
[ 26.568715] [<000003ffe011d006>] ksys_mmap_pgoff+0x8e/0xb8
[ 26.568716] [<000003ffe011d0f4>] __s390x_sys_old_mmap+0x74/0x90
[ 26.568718] [<000003ffe0341a2a>] __do_syscall+0x1aa/0x220
[ 26.568720] [<000003ffe03478b0>] system_call+0x70/0x98
[ 26.568724] Mem-Info:
[ 26.568725] active_anon:1 inactive_anon:12 isolated_anon:0
active_file:83590 inactive_file:93939 isolated_file:0
unevictable:201 dirty:17845 writeback:4
slab_reclaimable:4259 slab_unreclaimable:1482
mapped:174 shmem:0 pagetables:810
sec_pagetables:0 bounce:0
kernel_misc_reclaimable:0
free:2694 free_pcp:105 free_cma:0
[ 26.568729] Node 0 active_anon:4kB inactive_anon:48kB active_file:334360kB inactive_file:375756kB unevictable:804kB isolated(anon):0kB isolated(file):0kB mapped:696kB dirty:71380kB writeback:16kB shmem:0kB writeback_tmp:0kB kernel_stack:544kB pagetables:3240kB sec_pagetables:0kB all_unreclaimable? no
[ 26.568732] DMA free:10776kB boost:0kB min:3496kB low:4368kB high:5240kB reserved_highatomic:0KB active_anon:4kB inactive_anon:48kB active_file:334360kB inactive_file:375756kB unevictable:804kB writepending:71360kB present:786428kB managed:764664kB mlocked:0kB bounce:0kB free_pcp:420kB local_pcp:420kB free_cma:0kB
[ 26.568735] lowmem_reserve[]: 0 0 0
[ 26.568738] DMA: 1069*4kB (UH) 757*8kB (UH) 11*16kB (H) 6*32kB (H) 1*64kB (H) 0*128kB 0*256kB 0*512kB 0*1024kB 0*2048kB 0*4096kB = 10764kB
[ 26.568747] 177773 total pagecache pages
[ 26.568748] 196607 pages RAM
[ 26.568748] 0 pages HighMem/MovableOnly
[ 26.568749] 5441 pages reserved
[ 26.568749] Tasks state (memory values in pages):
[ 26.568750] [ pid ] uid tgid total_vm rss rss_anon rss_file rss_shmem pgtables_bytes swapents oom_score_adj name
[ 26.568751] Out of memory and no killable processes...
[ 26.568752] Kernel panic - not syncing: System is deadlocked on memory
[ 26.568755] CPU: 0 PID: 1 Comm: init Not tainted 6.9.0-20240504.rc6.git0.9986ea583f39.300.fc39.s390x+zfcpdump #1
[ 26.568758] Hardware name: IBM 3931 A01 704 (LPAR)
[ 26.568759] Call Trace:
[ 26.568760] [<000003ffe03277c6>] dump_stack_lvl+0x76/0x98
[ 26.568763] [<000003ffe001f14e>] panic+0x10e/0x2e8
[ 26.568765] [<000003ffe00f21c8>] out_of_memory+0x280/0x348
[ 26.568768] [<000003ffe0132f3e>] __alloc_pages_slowpath.constprop.0+0x65e/0x7c0
[ 26.568771] [<000003ffe01331a4>] __alloc_pages+0x104/0x128
[ 26.568773] [<000003ffe001ab46>] crst_table_alloc+0x2e/0xa0
[ 26.568776] [<000003ffe01164c4>] __pmd_alloc+0x24/0x160
[ 26.568779] [<000003ffe0116650>] pmd_alloc+0x50/0x68
[ 26.568781] [<000003ffe0117be4>] remap_pfn_range_notrack+0x194/0x310
[ 26.568784] [<000003ffe0117d7c>] remap_pfn_range+0x1c/0x28
[ 26.568787] [<000003ffe0015442>] remap_oldmem_pfn_range+0xb2/0x108
[ 26.568789] [<000003ffe01a0544>] mmap_vmcore+0x414/0x448
[ 26.568791] [<000003ffe01937c4>] proc_reg_mmap+0x84/0xa0
[ 26.568793] [<000003ffe011f264>] mmap_region+0x22c/0x6f8
[ 26.568795] [<000003ffe011fae8>] do_mmap+0x3b8/0x410
[ 26.568797] [<000003ffe01015cc>] vm_mmap_pgoff+0x9c/0xe8
[ 26.568799] [<000003ffe011d006>] ksys_mmap_pgoff+0x8e/0xb8
[ 26.568801] [<000003ffe011d0f4>] __s390x_sys_old_mmap+0x74/0x90
[ 26.568803] [<000003ffe0341a2a>] __do_syscall+0x1aa/0x220
[ 26.568805] [<000003ffe03478b0>] system_call+0x70/0x98
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
For vr-kernel dumps use the offsets stored in os_info entries for
virt to phys address conversion when dump virtual address is to be
read, (e.g. vmcoreinfo symbols) using similar method as implemented
in crash-utility.
It is mainly required for reading "init_uts_ns" symbol and, in case
of crashed kdump, "lowcore_ptr" symbol along with a pointers to the
lowcore of every CPU.
Acked-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Support vmcore based dumps (ngdump, zfcpdump) with uncoupled physical and
virtual addresses. For that we just remove p_paddr != p_vaddr sanity check
for elf load headers.
Acked-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Output generated using libutil's util_fmt_*() functions contains
meta-data such as hostname and time of invocation. When writing test
cases that compare expected and actual tool output, this run-time
variable information needs to be filtered out, resulting in increased
complexity.
To address this, add a global option to suppress meta-data output via
environment variable FMT_NOMETA. If set to '1', no meta-data will be
generated.
Example:
$ FMT_NOMETA=1 chpstat --format json
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The previous implementation did stop after the first download was
successful, even if it did not contain a CRL. This behavior renders a
second, third, ... link as backup location useless as the code ignores
them if the URI e.g. contains a error message. That results in not
having a CRL and probably a failed certificate verification.
Fix this by trying again if the download was successful but did not
contain a CRL
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
In order to allow loop devices usage for DASD dump emulation in fvt-tests,
do not bail out on ZG_TYPE_DASD device type returned by zg_type() for
s390_ext dump.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
There are still a few scripts using the 'which' command to determine
either the full path or the mere existence of an executable.
Some of these scripts might run in minimal environments where 'which' is
not available due to dependency restriction. 'which' is also considered
unreliable for historical implementation details.
Use the POSIX defined [1] built-in 'command -v' instead to reduce
package dependencies and improve reliability.
[1] https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The new parameter 'SCP_DATA' can be used to pass additional kernel cmdline
parameters to a stand-alone SCSI/NVMe/ECKD dumper for debugging purposes.
Configuration example
=====================
ON_PANIC=dump_reipl
DUMP_TYPE=fcp
DEVICE=0.0.4711
WWPN=0x5005076303004711
LUN=0x4711000000000000
BOOTPROG=0
BR_LBA=0
SCP_DATA="dump_debug=6 ignore_loglevel earlyprintk=sclp panic_print=3"
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
When dump is copied to the filesystem in s390 format, follow on
'zgetdump -i' can fail with ioctl error:
# zgetdump /dev/dasdb1 -f s390 dump.s390
Format Info:
Source: s390_ext
Target: s390
Copying dump:
00000001 / 00008192 MB
00003688 / 00008192 MB
00006646 / 00008192 MB
00008192 / 00008192 MB
Success: Dump has been copied
# zgetdump -iVVVV dump.s390
zgetdump: Operation "BLKSSZGET" failed on "dump.s390" (Inappropriate ioctl for device)
Call ioctl(BLKSSZGET) only for s390_ext dump format (dump can be
stored on DASD partition only, not on the filesystem). For s390 format
a blocksize is not required for dump processing since s390 dump data is
not compressed.
Fixes: 271b809495 ("zdump/dfi_s390: Support reading compressed s390_ext dumps")
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
pvattest-C had a -a option for --arpk which the Rust implementation
missed.
Add this short option.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The commit fb0b6263d1 ("zipl/src: Fix problems when target parameters
are specified by user") breaks the case where the user has to provide
all target attributes via the zipl command line, because the target
device cannot be used to retrieve those attributes.
$ zipl -V --blsdir /tmp/tmp.xHmFUdgBCi/boot//loader/entries/ --config /tmp/tmp.dSv9MJ3svs
Looking for components in '/lib/s390-tools'
Using config file '/tmp/tmp.dSv9MJ3svs' (from command line)
Using BLS config file '/tmp/tmp.xHmFUdgBCi/boot//loader/entries//50_normal.conf'
Using BLS config file '/tmp/tmp.xHmFUdgBCi/boot//loader/entries//45_normal_swiotlb.conf'
Using BLS config file '/tmp/tmp.xHmFUdgBCi/boot//loader/entries//40_pv.conf'
Using BLS config file '/tmp/tmp.xHmFUdgBCi/boot//loader/entries//30_pv_reboot.conf'
Secure boot support: yes
Target device information
Device..........................: 2b:00
Device name.....................: nbd0 *)
Device driver name..............: nbd
Type............................: disk device
Disk layout.....................: SCSI disk layout *)
Geometry - start................: 2048 *)
File system block size..........: 4096
Physical block size.............: 512 *)
Device size in physical blocks..: 2095071
*) Data provided by user.
Building bootmap in '/tmp/tmp.xHmFUdgBCi/boot/'
Building menu 'zipl-automatic-menu'
Adding #1: IPL section 'Normal Guest' (default)
initial ramdisk...: /tmp/tmp.xHmFUdgBCi/boot//ramdisk-s390x
kernel image......: /tmp/tmp.xHmFUdgBCi/boot//vmlinux-s390x
zIPL environment block content:
Error: Could not add image file '/tmp/tmp.xHmFUdgBCi/boot//vmlinux-s390x': Could not get disk geometry
This reverts commit fb0b6263d1.
Acked-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Having timestamps in gzip leads to lintian warning
'package-contains-timestamped-gzip' and will harm reproducible builds.
Gzip option '-n' avoids saving original file name and especially timestamps
by default.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/169
Signed-off-by: Frank Heimes <frank.heimes@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
[seiden@linux.ibm.com: Fix commit message]
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Do some formatting that are in experimental stage but improve the code
readability.
Use rustfmt with a nightly toolchain and enable:
format_code_in_doc_comments = true
reorder_impl_items = true
comment_width = 100
wrap_comments = true
normalize_comments = true
(see .rustfmt.toml)
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Remove all the code just pvattest-C used from libpv.
z(get)dump is the only user as of now.
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
This will reduce code dependency to otherwise unused code in libpv.
This code will be removed with the next patch.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add a CLI compatible Rust implementation of pvattest-C.
- All (non-experimental) options are supported and work exactly as in
the C implementation. For some options/parameters new variants are
available.
- `perform` now also accepts positional arguments, while keep accepting
-i and -o that was mandatory in the C implementation.
- `version` may also be a command instead of an option now.
- -V is deprecated
- -v increases verbosity instead of showing the version
- all experimental options are dropped
Acked-by: Qi Feng Huo <huoqif@cn.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Renames pv crate to s390_pv and pv_core to s390_pv_core. pv was already
taken on crates.io.
Bump the versions of all crates to 0.10.0. From now on we follow Semver
compatibility rules when it comes to updates. patch-level updates will
not introduce any backwards incompatible changes. For now all crates in
this directory will have the same version number. A version update may,
therefore, not add any new things.
Library users in this repository still use the non prefixed names and
rename the crate in the Cargo.toml. Doc-tests have to use the new name
however.
Add some Cargo metadata to the Cargo.toml.
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Use `AsRef<Path>` instead of `&Path`, &str, .... to be more versatile
and accept more input types. In addition, use `PathBuf` and `Path` for
paths instead of `String` and `str`.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Denies compiling if one of the following lints find something in pv or
pv_core:
missing_docs,
missing_debug_implementations,
trivial_numeric_casts,
unstable_features,
unused_import_braces,
unused_qualifications
Those lint force developers to avoid unnecessary code and providing
debuggability & documentation for each public symbol.
Fix the compile time error introduced with those lints.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
crates.io does not like sub-crates in a crate. Unpack the
openssl-extensions sub-crate into a (private) module.
While at it, fix some styling issues.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add functionality for:
* sending attestation requests to the uvdevice and retrieve the
response
* create/read the attestation exchange format file format
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add a function to decrypt a block with aes_gcm.
Add functionality to perform HMAC operations.
Acked-by: Qi Feng Huo <huoqif@cn.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add a thin wrapper around [u8] to be able to represent an u8-slice as a
hex-string for Display and Serialize.
Acked-by: Qi Feng Huo <huoqif@cn.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Remove !#[allow(unused)] in pv_core and fix all unused warnings from the
Rust compiler.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Prepare pv & pv_core crates to be released on crates.io:
* Remove any unused API to stay flexible
* Remove utils dependency
* Move cli, tmpfile and version utilities to local utils crate
* Use the new utilities in the pv tools
* Rename Secret into Confidential to avoid confusion of Secret (now
Confidential) and AddSecret requests.
* Move the uvsecret module out of the request module and change the name
to secret.
* Cleanup dependencies
* Precise and correct minimal dependency versions
* Inline `Aes256Key::from_digest`
The cleanup ensures that the code also compiles with the dependencies
resolved to their minimal versions using:
$ cargo +nightly -Z minimal-versions update
$ cargo build
For more information refer to this blog post:
https://users.rust-lang.org/t/psa-please-specify-precise-dependency-versions-in-cargo-toml/71277/8
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add subcommands in the man description. Add description for the help option.
Fix some minor wording issues.
Add the curve type in the --user-data option of create.
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add a new tool named chpstat that can be used to view channel-path
statistics such as utilization and I/O throughput, and to query and
control the status of the channel-path statistics function.
Note: Channel-path statistics are only available on systems running in
an LPAR or DPM partition.
When run without further options, data for all channel-paths is
displayed repeatedly with a 5 second delay in table format.
Example output:
CHANNEL-PATH UTILIZATION(%) READ(B/s) WRITE(B/s)
ID TYP CMG SHR SPEED PART TOTAL BUS PART TOTAL PART TOTAL
1d 25 2 1 - 7.16 7.50 7.50 129M 129M 0.00 161K
21 1b 2 1 32G 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
34 1b 2 1 32G 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
61 25 2 1 - 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 2.00K 0.00 307K
63 25 2 1 - 0.00 0.01 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 381K
bd 11 2 1 10G - - - 529.8 532.1 616.3 616.3
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add helper functions for converting structured key-value data into
different formats such as JSON, text pairs, and CSV.
Using these functions the resulting output format can be dynamically
configured at run-time without the need to duplicate output-generating
code for each format type. Also format-specific requirements such as
quoting, indentation, and comma-placement are automatically taken care
of.
Basic API calling sequence:
util_fmt_init() => Select output format
util_fmt_obj_start() => Start a new object or list
util_fmt_pair() => Emit a key-value pair
util_fmt_obj_end() => End the most recent object or list
util_fmt_exit() => Cleanup
Notes:
- Supported data elements are objects, lists and key-value pairs
(mappings)
- Scalars are only supported as part of a mapping
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add function util_concatf() that appends the result of a format string
expansion to the end of an existing string while taking care of the
required memory allocations.
Usage example:
char *str = NULL;
util_concatf(&str, "list:");
for (int i = 1; i <= 3; i++)
util_concatf(&str, "%spart%d", (i > 1 ? "," : ""), i);
printf("%s\n", str); /* list:part1,part2,part3 */
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add helper macros to easily create, enlarge and append new elements to
dynamic arrays of arbitrary types.
Note: The use of dynamic arrays over lists may be preferable in some
cases to reduce complexity, and they may be required in cases where
elements need to be addressed directly by index.
Usage example:
struct {
int a;
int b;
} *array = NULL, element = { 1, 2 };
unsigned int num = 0;
util_add_array(&array, &num, element);
printf("array[0].a=%d\n", array[0].a); /* array[0].a=1 */
printf("array[0].b=%d\n", array[0].b); /* array[0].b=2 */
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The current implementation of util_hexdump_grp() enforces a minimum
indentation of 1 space which may not be suitable for all users.
Fix this by allowing a true zero indentation level.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The separator line emitted by util_rec functions may not be suitable for
all users. Fix this by making the hdr_sep parameter optional.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
By default, files opened via fopen are block-buffered. As a result,
I/O errors that occur during file write operations via util_file_write_*
are silently ignored because fputs() only buffers data while actual I/O
occurs during the flush operation that is part of the final fclose()
library call.
Fix this by indicating errors that occur during fclose() via the
util_file_write_* function return code.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Steps to reproduce: Prepare some target disk for IPL, specifying
its parameters via zipl "target options", and an image IMAGE_NAME
located on another disk. Don't specify "-a" option.
Actual result: Installation succeeded (resulting in unbootable setup)
Expected result: "Error: Could not add image file 'IMAGE_NAME': File
is not on target device"
The problem is in incorrect evaluation of device number(dev_t) where
the image is located by the function add_component_file_range() in
case when target parameters are specified by user.
Fixup: Retrieve info of the underlying disk without any user hints,
passing zeroed structure job_target_data
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
This patch fixes a bug in disk_get_info()
Steps to reproduce: Prepare a SCSI disk for IPL, specifying an image
("-i IMAGE_NAME") located on DASD and a target directory ("-t /mnt")
located on SCSI (dm). Don't specify "-a" option.
Actual result: Installation succeeded (resulting in unbootable setup!)
Expected result: "Error: Could not add image file 'IMAGE_NAME':
File is not on target device".
The problem is in incorrect evaluation of device number (dev_t) of
the device, where the image file is located, by the function
add_component_file_range(). To evaluate it, disk_get_info() is called
with the structure job_target_data (passed as the second argument)
previously completed by disk_get_info() called earlier to evaluate
parameters of the specified target device (SCSI dm) by the function
prepare_build_program_table_file(). Since the targetbase is already
set in the passed job_target_data (by the first call), in the second
call the source type is evaluated as "source_user", so the number of
the device where the image is located is calculated by the base SCSI
disk, which is incorrect.
Fixup: Rework disk_get_info(): introduce a dedicated function to
evaluate source type not depending on the job_target_data content.
Implement the core procedure as a switch by the evaluated source
type.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Use "bootmap_dir" field of struct job_target_data instead,
thus avoid allocation/releasing additional resources.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
This patch fixes a bug in disk_get_info()
Steps to reproduce: Prepare a DASD disk for IPL, specifying an
image ("-i IMAGE_NAME") located on SCSI (dm) and a target directory
("-t /mnt") located on DASD. Don't specify "-a" option.
Actual result: "Run /lib/s390-tools//zipl_helper.device-mapper /mnt
Error: Could not retrieve device-mapper information for device
'dasda1'"
Expected result: "Run /lib/s390-tools//zipl_helper.device-mapper 253:4
Error: Could not add image file 'IMAGE_NAME': File is not on target
device"
The problem is in incorrect calculation by disk_get_info()
parameters for @device associated with the image file. Specifically,
@target->bootmap_dir is passed to the script, which is wrong.
Fixup: Get rid of bogus branching in disk_get_info() in case when
target parameters are evaluated in "source_script" mode. Always pass
major and minor of the @device (whose parameters to be calculated)
to the helper script.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Hyphens are converted by groff to a different unicode character leading
to failing command execution of copy-pasted options or examples.
Ensure that all hyphens are properly escaped.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Hyphens are converted by groff to a different unicode character leading
to failing command execution of copy-pasted options or examples.
Ensure that all hyphens are properly escaped.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Hyphens are converted by groff to a different unicode character leading
to failing command execution of copy-pasted options or examples.
Ensure that all hyphens are properly escaped.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The man page title was incorrectly set to "LSDASD". Set the correct name
"DASDSTAT".
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Hyphens are converted by groff to a different unicode character leading
to failing command execution of copy-pasted options or examples.
Ensure that all hyphens are properly escaped.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Hyphens are converted by groff to a different unicode character leading
to failing command execution of copy-pasted options or examples.
Ensure that all hyphens are properly escaped.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Hyphens are converted by groff to a different unicode character leading
to failing command execution of copy-pasted options or examples.
Ensure that all hyphens are properly escaped.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Hyphens are converted by groff to a different unicode character leading
to failing command execution of copy-pasted options or examples.
Ensure that all hyphens are properly escaped. Fix whitespace damage
along the way.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Hyphens are converted by groff to a different unicode character leading
to failing command execution of copy-pasted options or examples.
Ensure that all hyphens are properly escaped.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Hyphens are converted by groff to a different unicode character leading
to failing command execution of copy-pasted options or examples.
Ensure that all hyphens are properly escaped.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Under QEMU user can attach disk with smth like:
```
-device virtio-scsi-ccw,... -device scsi-hd,...
```
So virtio block device appears as '/dev/sda' instead of '/dev/vda'.
chreipl assumes all '/dev/sd*' disks as FCP disks, which is not a
case in such setup.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/154
Signed-off-by: Nikita Dubrovskii <nikita@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer mhartmay@linux.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add helper function to get device's real path under SYSFS_ROOT devices
hierarchy.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/154
Signed-off-by: Nikita Dubrovskii <nikita@linux.ibm.com>
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Adapt commit message]
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer mhartmay@linux.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
If many invocations of mdevctl occur simultaneously (as can happen with
libvirt) then waiting for 5-60 seconds per lock retry is simply too long.
Anticipating this possibility, retry more frequently but also attempt
significantly more retries than before.
Reported-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The default values for repeated attempts at acquiring a file lock created
by util_lockfile are on the order of seconds. Let's leave this the
default, but allow for a caller to specify smaller values by adding
cw (custom_wait) functions and by switching from using sleep to usleep.
Reviewed-by: Anthony Krowiak <akrowiak@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Ensure that all hyphens in command options and examples are escaped properly.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Ensure that all hyphens in command options and examples are escaped properly.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
When formatting an ESE (thin-provisioned) ECKD DASD, dasdfmt(8)
defaults to the quick-format mode instead of full-format for normal
DASDs. This results in a significant performance impact during first
sequential write to each track, which may be unexpected for users.
To address this, change the default for dasdfmt to always use
full-format mode. Customers that require thin provisioning(*) still
override the default by specifying quick format explicitly using the
"-M" option.
Get rid of the related fallbacks; In case of unsuccessful space
release always fail. The customers that still require quick format can
proceed by specifying "--no-discard" option.
(*) Thin provisioning: while providing a large amount of logical
space, zero amount of actual space is provisioned and then
allocated on an on-demand basis.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Check for vmcore LOAD segment with zero paddr (instead of zero vaddr) to
identify HSA since physical and virtual addresses can be uncoupled on s390.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The 'lschp' command's output contains a 'type' identifier column. For
information about each value of this identifier, provide the
reference to the z/OS public documentation in the manpage.
Suggested-by: Mike Storzer <MSTORZER@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Get rid of all arch barriers in main.rs. cmd.rs handles the arch
barriers for the individual commands. Simplifies main.rs & cmd.rs and
makes it easier to read and understand the code.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Ruess <julianr@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix findings from `cargo clippy --all-targets`. `warning: calls to
`push` immediately after creation` The findings were in test code only.
Also, replace a while loop with a function from Vec.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Ruess <julianr@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
They add no value and code outside the crate does not need those constants.
Reduces unnecessary constant duplication. Introduce an error for to
large Add-Secret requests and check for this to render those contsnts
fully unnecessary for the API.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Ruess <julianr@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The BinGuestSecret type provides no benefits. The public GuestSecret
struct can handle everything. Therefore, move the two functions from bin
to the non-bin variant. While at it, use a struct to define the binary
structure instead of copy numbers to some positions in a Vec. This
simplifies the addition of further secret types.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Ruess <julianr@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This streamlines and unifies the use and (de)serialization of structs
using a secret id. As a bonus, the hidden `for_pv` module is not longer
needed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Ruess <julianr@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Provides a default for the cmd function for an UvCmd. This is enabled by
requiring an associated constant for the IOCTL nr of the command.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Ruess <julianr@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The content of `pv/src/uvsecret/uvc.rs` was moved with
9b51b8b882 ("rust/pv: Refactor pv crate") to pv_core.
The content was unused, but the file was not deleted.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Ruess <julianr@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix clippy waring `warning: very complex type used.` by introducing a
new struct containing the tuple, that was returned before.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Ruess <julianr@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
During the remove of mockito, lazy_static dependency was accidentally
removed as well.
Fix this by adding lazy-static as dev dependency again.
Fixes: aba8900074 ("rust/pv_core: Remove mockito dependency")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This adds the counter numbers to the corresponding counter names to the
cpacfstats output. This aims to ease using this tool with other related
tools which may use other names for the counters.
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
All files created by chzdev feature a common header; however, this
header is absent in temporary files. It is necessary to incorporate
the consistent "Generated by chzdev" header into temporary files
generated by chzdev as well, so as to properly identify these files
via option --is-owner.
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Enhance the 'chzdev' tool by introducing a new option to discern
files created by 'zdev-tools.' The command usage is as follows:
$ chzdev --is-owner <file-name>
When executed, the command will return an exit code of 0 for all
files generated by zdev-tools. In the case of an unknown file, the
tool will return the exit code 'EXIT_UNKNOWN_FILE i.e 33.'
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add zdev-specific definitions into a lightweight header file. Rather
than creating a new one, transform the existing "site.h" into "zdev.h"
to house all generic zdev-specific definitions that needs to be shared
between chzdev, lszdev and zdev_id going forward.
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Up until now cpacfstats assumes that on the running hardware either all
PAI and CPUMF are available or non at all. Which counters are supported
may be hardware dependent and can vary in the future. With
this commit cpacfstats dynamically loads the counters from sysfs entries
in (/sys/devices/pai_crypto/events/) and (/sys/devices/cpum_cf/events/)
respectively.
Additionally cpacfstats has a new way of determining which PAI counters
are meant for kernel usage.
Signed-off-by: Finn Callies <fcallies@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With f6c6f0cc71 ("rust/pv/test: Code + Certificate refactoring")
no code uses mockito anymore, but it's dependency was not removed.
Remove the mockito dependency from the rust workspace.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
OpenSSL 1.1 seems to use a non-const parameter to X509_name_dup(), but
x509_armonk_locality_fixup() is passing a const there. The compile then
fails on "discards 'const' qualifier", when -Werror is used. Thus
resolve with a type-cast like in c2b_name().
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/167
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
OpenSSL 1.1 seems to use a non-const parameter to X509_name_dup(), but
x509_armonk_locality_fixup() is passing a const there. The compile then
fails on "discards 'const' qualifier", when -Werror is used. Thus
resolve with a type-cast like in pv_c2b_name().
GitHub-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/167
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fix leak of temporary files: if prepare_build_program_table_file()
is called in no dry-run mode and there was an error then the file
@filename will not be deleted in free_bootloader()).
Fix leak of renamed files as well as corruption of previously
created bootmap files with the same name in case of unsuccessful
IPL installation.
Add a special flag to keep a track of file's "temporary" state;
Base the cleanup decision on this flag instead of checking dry-run;
Release resources captured by prepare_bootloader() in the error path;
Move the final rename to be called only after successful installation.
Original logic:
prepare_bootloader_ipl():
prepare_bootloader_ngdump():
always create temporary @filename
if (!dry-run) rename @filename;
install;
cleanup: if (dry_run) drop @filename (*** LEAK ***)
prepare_bootloader_device():
if (dry_run) create temporary @filename
install, don't rename;
cleanup: if (dry_run) drop @filename
New logic:
prepare_bootloader_ipl():
prepare_bootloader_ngdump():
always create temporary @filename and set @tmp_filename_created;
install;
if (!dry_run) rename @filename and clear @tmp_filename_created;
cleanup: if (@tmp_filename_created is set), drop @filename
prepare_bootloader_device():
if (dry_run) create @filename and set @tmp_filename_created;
install, don't rename;
cleanup: if (@tmp_filename_created is set) drop @filename.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/issues/165
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Convert the assertion to a GError since an out-of-disk-space situation
is a valid situation that should be handled.
ERROR:utils/crypto.c:1843:__encrypt_decrypt_bio: assertion failed: (num_bytes_written == out_len)
Bail out! ERROR:utils/crypto.c:1843:__encrypt_decrypt_bio: assertion failed: (num_bytes_written == out_len)
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The parser setup falsely set the argument type as filename array, but
code expected a single filename. Fixed by setting up the parser
correctly to expect a single file name.
Fixes: 3ab06d77fb ("pvattest: Create, perform, and verify attestation measurements")
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
New IBM signing keys will have Armonk as locality in the subject.
Ensure that CRLs with Poughkeepsie as issuer locality are still
discovered if they are signed with the signing keys private key.
Also, drop the check for issuer/subject comparison and only rely on
validity period and cryptographic signatures.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Schlameuss <schlameuss@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
New IBM signing certificates will have 'Armonk' as locality in the
subject. Make sure that certificate revocations lists (CRL) with
'Poughkeepsie' as issuer locality are still considered as valid as long
as they are signed with the IBM signing keys private key. In addition,
drop the check for 'issuer(HKD) == subject(HKSK)' as it doesn't improve
security. While at it, remove now unused functions and fix a memory leak
of @akid in `check_crl_issuer`.
Reviewed-by: Christoph Schlameuss <schlameuss@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
New IBM signing keys will have Armonk as locality in the subject.
Ensure that CRLs with Poughkeepsie as issuer locality are still
discovered if they are signed with the signing keys private key.
Also, drop the check for issuer/subject comparison and only rely on
validity period and cryptographic signatures.
Reviewed-by: Christoph Schlameuss <schlameuss@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
* Get rid of Mockito
* create certs with AKID
* simplify things in the `create_certs.py` script
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
For LUKS2 volumes, zkey generates 'cryptsetup luksFormat' commands with
options '--pbkdf argon2i --pbkdf-memory 32 --pbkdf-force-iterations 4'
for low memory and time requirements. Using the default Argon2i options
might cause out-of-memory errors when multiple encrypted volumes are
unlocked automatically at boot through /etc/crypttab.
When the system runs in FIPS mode, which is indicated by file
/proc/sys/crypto/fips_enabled containing '1', the Argon2i password based
key derivation function might be disabled by a policy, and such
'cryptsetup luksFormat' commands might fail.
Generate '--pbkdf pbkdf2' instead if the system runs in FIPS mode.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fix the support for staged installs. The Makefile variable `PKGDATADIR`
uses `DESTDIR` for all Makefile target, but actually it should only be
used for the `install*` and `uninstall*` targets. [1] Fix this by using
`DESTDIR` only for `install*` targets - uninstall* targets are not
supported by s390-tools.
Before this change, if `DESTDIR` was set for staged installs,
`genprotimg` has tried to find the bootloader binaries at the temporary
installation path `$DESTDIR$(TOOLS_DATADIR)/genprotimg/` instead of
`$(TOOLS_DATADIR)/genprotimg`.
[1] https://www.gnu.org/prep/standards/html_node/DESTDIR.html
Fixes: 65b9fc442c ("genprotimg: introduce new tool for the creation of PV images")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Make ngdump_get_part_path() public in order for unit-tests to access it.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Clear CCW-type DASD standalone dumper (if installed on the DASD) upon
successful installation of the List-Directed ECKD dump tool on the same
device. This helps to avoid 'zgetdump -d' confusion and have only one
'active' dump tool per disk.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add DF_S390_DUMPER_MAGIC_SIZE constant to s390_dump.h.
Use it instead of hardcoded length when processing dumper magics
in zgetdump code.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Move DUMPER_MAGIC constants from df_s390.h to the global header
include/dump/s390_dump.h in order to reuse it in zipl code.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Update dumpconf man page with list-directed ECKD dump information (new
attributes and configuration example for ECKD LDIPL dump).
Update etc/sysconfig/dumpconf with list-directed ECKD dump configuration
example.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
- Write the following sysfs attributes for list-directed ECKD devices
introducing setup_eckd_device() function.
br_chr: location of boot record
bootprog: boot program selector
- Remove redundant parameters from setup_ccw_device() and setup_fcp_device()
functioins.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reject conversion of other key types with a proper error message.
Also fix a typo in another error message of the convert command.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Use similar `install` mode option in Makefile as in commit
9b2fb1d4d2 ("zdev: add helper to convert from dasd_mod.dasd to zdev
config").
Fixes: 73c46a3056 ("zdev/dracut: fix kdump by only activating required devices")
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
s390-tools doesn't define a common C/C++ standard at the moment.
Set the standard to gnu11/gnu++11, which is also used by the Kernel, and
establish a common baseline for all tools.
The -std flag is added to ALL_CFLAGS and ALL_CXXFLAGS to avoid losing it
in case CFLAGS are set by an outside entity.
It is also added to CLAGS_FOR_BUILD for this one special cross build
case.
The -std flag is removed from all tools that set it manually until now.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduces the ability to `pvsecret` to add a signature (ecdsa or rsa)
to the program-reserved space (user-data) of an add-secret request
during the request creation. Additionally, some arbitrary data may be
inserted.
The new command `verify` checks if add-secret requests are sane (e.g.
start with the correct magic value). If the request contains a
user-signature `verify` will also verify this signature.
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Makes the source for the manfiles&README more readable. Fixes some nits
like double spaces, unnessecary indentations, line breaks, ...
Removes pvsecret-version.1 as this command maps to the --version
option.
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a function to read a private key in PEM or DER format.
While at it, fix some documentation issues in read_{certs, crls}.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
User-data can be added to add-secret requests. User-data can be unsigned
or containing a signature of the request using a custom private key.
The user-data is placed at offset 0x218 and 0x200 bytes long.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add four new user-data types an add-secret request could have:
Unsigned, Signed(EcSECP521R1, Rsa(2048, 3072))
As the user-data enum was not marked as non-exaustive this might be a
breaking change for users. (Not for any crate in this repo though).
The addition of such user-data is provided by following patches.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Improve the warning for the case where a host key document contains
multiple certificates (only possible for a PEM file). In case there are
multiple host key document only the first certificate is used.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix a panic in `pvsecret` when a empty file is used as a host key
document.
$ touch hkd
$ pvsecret create --no-verify -k hkd --output req.bin --hdr sehdr
...
The host key document in 'bla' contains more than one certificate!
thread 'main' panicked at pvsecret/src/cmd/create.rs:192:31:
Fixes: dd82c26f87 ("rust: Add tool to manage UV-secrets")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use the `TemporaryDirectory` type to create a temporary directory. This
type has the advantage that the directory is automatically removed once
it goes out of scope. The old implementation in test_sysfs_write_i32
leaks a directory if a previous subtest failed. Also, using a temporary
directory for the LockFile test fixes the following error:
$ RUST_BACKTRACE=1 cargo test -- helper::tests::test_lockfile
...
running 1 test
test helper::tests::test_lockfile ... FAILED
failures:
---- helper::tests::test_lockfile stdout ----
thread 'helper::tests::test_lockfile' panicked at pvapconfig/src/helper.rs:265:9:
assertion failed: r1.is_ok()
stack backtrace:
0: rust_begin_unwind
at /rustc/79e9716c980570bfd1f666e3b16ac583f0168962/library/std/src/panicking.rs:597:5
1: core::panicking::panic_fmt
at /rustc/79e9716c980570bfd1f666e3b16ac583f0168962/library/core/src/panicking.rs:72:14
2: core::panicking::panic
at /rustc/79e9716c980570bfd1f666e3b16ac583f0168962/library/core/src/panicking.rs:127:5
3: pvapconfig::helper::tests::test_lockfile
at ./src/helper.rs:265:9
4: pvapconfig::helper::tests::test_lockfile::{{closure}}
at ./src/helper.rs:263:24
5: core::ops::function::FnOnce::call_once
at /rustc/79e9716c980570bfd1f666e3b16ac583f0168962/library/core/src/ops/function.rs:250:5
6: core::ops::function::FnOnce::call_once
at /rustc/79e9716c980570bfd1f666e3b16ac583f0168962/library/core/src/ops/function.rs:250:5
note: Some details are omitted, run with `RUST_BACKTRACE=full` for a verbose backtrace.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-By: Harald Freudenberger <freude@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add the type `TemporaryDirectory` that creates a temporary directory
that is automatically removed when it goes out of scope.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-By: Harald Freudenberger <freude@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Recent changes makes it reasonable to update the version string of pv
and pv_base to 1.0.0. Recent changes introduced some non-backwards
compatible changes, like move some Error definition from pv to the new
pv_core crate. Also, the pv crates seem to be in a good shape to be
considered released.
Therefore, move up the Semver to 1.0.0.
See also:
https://doc.rust-lang.org/cargo/reference/specifying-dependencies.html
NOTE: As these crates are not published to `crates.io` as of now, the
version number is meaningless, as cargo will not pull them from
anywhere and just use the files provided by this repository.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Update the zerocopy dependency from v0.6.* to the non forward compatible
v0.7.*. Incompatible changes are the requirment of the FromZeroes trait
for FromBytes trait and the non-default derive feature which this
patches handles as well.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use a static Mockito server instead of creating multiple on-the-fly
during testing. Add the `mockito_server_available` test to quickly
verify that the mockito server could be constructed. Relocate the
verifier API test to the test folder as it tests the public API. Also,
make the Debug impl for CertVerifier public. The test relocation
requires this. Before, there could be a test local implementation of the
Debug impl as it was in the same crate.
While at it, get rid of the lazy_static crate in favor of the once_cell
crate. As the new std lib implementation is very near to the one from
once cell. The project will switch to the std impl when v1.70 is
available in all supported distros. See:
https://doc.rust-lang.org/std/sync/struct.OnceLock.html
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace all libc references to rust-std references if available.
This eliminates the need to include libc in the pv crate.
However, pv_base still refers to libc::ioctl and libc::ENOTTY.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The rust std lib already provides functionality to compare two slies.
Replace all `memeq` invocations with == and remove the `memeq` function.
As a side effect this eliminates some unsafe code in this crate.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Big refactoring patch of the pv crate. The main reason behind this
refactoring is to simplify testing and maintaining the pv crate while
keeping OpenSSL/libcurl dependencies optional. Using crate features
increases the number of targets that have to be tested. This refactoring
eliminates the use of features by splitting the functionality of pv into
a use OpenSSL and no-use-OpenSSL crate.
Split off some code from the pv crate into a pv_core crate. pv requires
pv_core and reexports all symbols. pv_base contains all code from former
pv that does not use OpenSSL or libcurl functionalities. The refactored
pv crate contains functionalities to generate requests and validate host
key documents. All features from pv are dropped as they are not needed
anymore and to streamline the codebase for easier use and testing. While
at it fix some documentation issues.
Users (pvsecret & pvapconfig) have next to no code change, besides the
different import of the crate.
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A function does the job as well. This improves code readability and
useability. While at it remove the implicit Buffer wrapper. Users are
currently not use the benefits of a buffered write. Also, streamline the
write_out helper function.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With kernel commit 496bb034f4ff ("s390/smp: disallow CPU hotplug
of CPU 0") it is no longer possible to hotplug CPU 0.
As a side effect, the sysfs handle /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/online
does no longer exist. Since cpuplugd relies on checking all online
handles of all CPUs, this change causes cpuplugd to fail as it
interprets a non existing online file as an indicator that no other CPUs
with higher IDs exist as well. This leads to cpuplugd assuming that
there are no CPUs available.
Instead of checking for the online file, it is preferable to check for
the existence of the parent folder to verify the existence of a CPU.
As a consequence, all other checks for non-existing online files must
now imply that the CPU is online, but not hotpluggable.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Huschle <huschle@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When pai records data it may fail in select() system call.
This error is not reported and the pai program exits with success.
Change this and exit with proper exit code.
Fixes: d7b1cbad8b ("cpumf/pai: Add Processor Activity Instrumentation tool")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Running command pai -r <file> might encounter entries of type
PERF_RECORD_SWITCH. Entries of that type are currently not handled
and cause an error message:
# pai -r ~/paicrypto.000
unknown header-type 14 unknown header-type 14 \
unknown header-type 14 ...
The error message is not terminated by a newline.
Handle entries of this type PERF_RECORD_SWITCH. These records
do not carry any payload at all, just a bit is set in the
header::misc member. This bit set determines context switch out.
Output after:
# ./pai -r ~/paicrypto.000
0x4b814018f4f3 6 cs-out
0x4b817bc3c936 6 cs-in
0x4b817bc5246c 6 cs-out
0x4b817bd90e9a 6 cs-in
....
#
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add pre-commit (https://pre-commit.com/) configuration to allow
developers to run certain checks on their commits automatically.
Currently enabled checks and hooks are:
- Generic checks (e.g. merge-conflicts, trailing whitespace, etc.)
- git clang-format
- Codespell
- Shellcheck (https://www.shellcheck.net/)
Note: For some hooks Rust is excluded as a lot of false positives are
produced at the moment.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
step "initrd config files" was added as 19th step to our data collection
updating for newer date and distro version in the sample output
Reviewed-by: Michael Storzer <mstorzer@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
pvapconfig is a new tool for automatically configuring the APQNs
within an Secure Execution KVM guest with AP pass-through support.
Based on a given AP configuration it tries to find a matching
APQN and bind and associate it with the correct secret.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Adds getter for SecretList and SecretEntry.
Adds enum to represent secret types.
Add Iterator functionality for SecretList.
While at it, make the datatype of the capacity of the list transparent
for users.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For each initrd, collect verbose content listing as well as
the content of files matching the file glob patterns in $CONFIGFILES.
For dracut-squash such as RHEL kdump, this includes squashfs content.
Code is intentionally compatible with dash, so no bashisms.
Ubuntu initramfs has zdev persistent device configuration udev rules under
/lib/udev/rules.d/ (as opposed to /etc/udev/rules.d/).
Ubuntu initramfs stores configuration under /conf/.
Ubuntu kdump-tools have initrds under /var/lib/kdump/.
SLES auxiliary boot stage with grub2-s390x-emu has initrds under /boot/zipl/.
Dracut initramfs stores configuration under /etc/cmdline.d/ and /etc/conf.d/.
Dracut kdump have initrds under /boot/.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/158
Reviewed-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Converts zdev configuration into the syntax of the dracut cmdline option
rd.znet. Only znet options with non-default values are emitted. The result
string occurs on stdout. It represents one device-specification for the
given network interface name.
Example:
/lib/s390-tools/zdev-to-rd.znet persistent encbdf0
qeth,0.0.bdf0,0.0.bdf1,0.0.bdf2,layer2=1
User:
https://github.com/rhinstaller/anaconda/pull/5250
to generate dracut cmdline entries such as
rd.znet=qeth,0.0.bdf0,0.0.bdf1,0.0.bdf2,layer2=1
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/158
Acked-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Useful for debugging (what happened during early boot).
Also useful for distro installers, which can import the early config into
their own environment early after starting:
chzdev --import /run/zdev.initrd.config --persistent --yes \
--no-root-update --force --verbose
After that, distro installers can modify/add the device config based
on interactive or unattended installation choices using
chzdev --enable --active --persistent ...
Finally, distro installers can likewise transfer the entire device config
to the installed system mounted under $SYSROOT:
chzdev --export /tmp/zdev.config --all --type --persistent --verbose
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/158
Acked-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add parsing of dracut cmdline option "rd.zfcp=..." at initrd runtime.
It delegates configuration to chzdev.
Implement `dracut --print-cmdline` and `dracut --hostonly-cmdline` for
initrd build time. Emit an rd.zfcp option for each zfcp-attached SCSI disk
in dracut's device dependency graph (to mount the root-fs, or to access the
kdump target).
This allows a distribution independent device configuration.
Configuration is consistent by using chzdev as backend.
It also prevents duplicate activations of the same device.
Along with the existing functionality of zdev/dracut, it makes the
following dracut modules superfluous:
https://github.com/dracutdevs/dracut/tree/master/modules.d/95zfcp
[rd.zfcp.conf is no longer needed and thus ignored here; the preceding
("zdev/dracut: fix marking hostonly files so delete option works")
makes rd.hostonly=0 work as a generic replacement]
https://github.com/dracutdevs/dracut/tree/master/modules.d/95zfcp_rules
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/158
Acked-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The existing code can already determine the required devices for the
actively running system, but this does not work for execution environments
in different (disaster recovery) sites.
Kdump likely does not notice when running in a different site and does not
re-generate the kdump initrd (because the kdump config itself does not
change).
The new code allows users to explicitly specify devices required for early
boot in initrd on different sites. Assuming this is a small number of
devices and could even overlap between the root-fs and the kdump case, do
not further distinguish those two sets of devices, but simply use the same
marker attribute "zdev:early=1" for both cases. With all this site
information available at the (initial) kdump initrd generation, the
resulting kdump initrd can work on any site without having to re-generate.
Complements commit 3c7adcc3c81d ("zdev: dracut: modifiy the
module-setup.sh").
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/158
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The existing code can already determine the required devices for the
actively running system. In case users would have a need to configure
additional devices for early boot in kdump initrd, import those devices
marked with "zdev:early=1" for completeness. Assuming this is a small
number of devices and could even overlap between the root-fs and the kdump
case, do not further distinguish those two sets of devices.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/158
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Additional debugging output can be generated with e.g. dracut option
"--stdlog 5" (or short -L5). It shows the chzdev export result, the output
of chzdev imports, and an overview of the resulting persistent config
within the initrd.
On systems, which default to using dracut option "--quiet", you might need
an additional "--verbose" to counter "--quiet" so -L5 has effect.
Typically combined with "--debug" to get a shell trace from building an
initrd (Note: --debug does not increase the log levels).
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/158
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Otherwise, dracut skips modules that are "not hostonly", i.e. not used /
loaded on the system when running dracut to build an initrd.
Without the fix, zdev device auto configuration only works for device
types for which a device driver happened to be loaded when building an
initrd. Likewise for specifying rd.* boot options.
Hostonly mode is often the default in Linux distributions.
Make zdev device auto configuration work nonetheless without users
having to know about and tweak dracut modes for initrd generation.
On the typical sloppy hostonly mode, the code disables hostonly for
installing kernel modules. This covers building regular initrds, where zdev
device auto configuration should even work for device types, for which
device drivers were not loaded when an initrd was generated. This can
happen when new devices of new types are configured for a DPM logical
partition. Also, users could want to start using dracut cmdline options
rd.{dasd,zfcp,znet} for a device type that was not used when the initrd was
built.
The special strict hostonly mode is used by some kdump implementations. In
that case, hostonly remains in effect intentionally because only support
for the really required devices as determined by dracut module 95zdev-kdump
should be included in a kdump initrd due to the memory-constrained kdump
environment. Cf. commit 73c46a3056 ("zdev/dracut: fix kdump by only
activating required devices"), which also provides more references on
strict hostonly mode. Even for non-kdump cases, let strict hostonly mode be
effective here in 95zdev in case some future use case appears for this
special mode beyond kdump.
Github-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/158
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The sscanf() format specifiers for signed and unsigned int mistakenly
used "%d"/"%u" prefix analogous to "%l" for long but those do not exist.
Fixes: 37348ef662 ("libutil: add util_file_read_i()/util_file_read_ui()")
Acked-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The crate dependencies were a bit to slack. Due to the rust dependency
resolver's strategy of always selecting the latest version this never
lead to any issues.
This has no impact on the workspaces Cargo.lock
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
With the last patch introducing the rust workspace the location of
Cargo.lock has changed. Therefore, remove all crate level lock-files and
add rust/Cargo.lock as the only lock-file.
Steps to reproduce:
```
cd rust
mv pvsecret/Cargo.lock .
cargo build
cargo update -p openssl
cargo update -p curl-sys
cargo update -p rustix
```
While at it update some dependencies to get fixes for security issues.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
A workspaces simplifies the build and packaging process significantly.
All build artifacts and binaries are now built in a single location
(e.g., rust/target/release/*), and a unified dependency resolution is
used. Hence one Cargo.lock for all crates at rust/Cargo.lock.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/156
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <marc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Since mdevctl commit acf78c1ff6c9 it is now possible for the
get-attributes event to occur between a pre-define and post-define.
This is done in order to obtain the active attributes for the device
before writing them to the config file, and implies that the
get-attributes cannot re-obtain the file lock. For other cases
where mdevctl calls get-attributes, the file lock is not already
held and must be obtained by ap-check before reading attributes from
active devices.
To solve this, let's use the knowledge that mdevctl is a single-threaded
tool and add a test to detect this scenario. If the file lock is
already held by the parent during a get-attributes, don't attempt to
re-acquire it.
Reported-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add a check to the stage3b that the kernel cmdline is always
null-terminated. While at it, ensure the coding style is consistent.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Make sure that the kernel command line used for the Secure Execution
boot image is always null-terminated. Before this change, users had to
ensure that the provided kernel cmdline was null-terminated, which was
error-prone. But since the default s390x Linux kernel command line is
set to `root=/dev/ram0 ro` the remaining reserved memory for the kernel
command line is zeroed out. Therefore, the problem only shows up if the
used kernel command line is shorter than the default kernel command
line.
Fixes: 65b9fc442c ("genprotimg: introduce new tool for the creation of PV images")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fix a valgrind finding. Fix an invalid read/write of one byte after the
actual struct to clear. Not fixing this may result in a illegal write or
memory corruption of the program. Fortunately, for the actual only user,
pvsecret this is not the case.
Fixes: c6f621d0 ("rust: Add library for pv tools")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Pai collects data from per CPU ring buffers and stores them in the
memory mapped output file. When data is collected from many CPUs at
the same time, writing data to output file can be slow.
Improve this and allow the pai recording to run with higher
real time priority. This is the same approach as done by the perf tool.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
in customer situation we found lsqeth listing devices like:
Device name : (unnamed net_device)
Device name : enc2000
Device name : enc3000
- the braket around the "unnamed" device is braking the function call and
leads to stop the dbginfo.sh script.
- this patch removes brakets > the functions call works and call of osaoat
will report an unknown device instead of braking the dbginfo.sh script
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Make the description of the --keep_volser option more generic and avoid
mentioning specific tooling.
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zipl bootloaders are s390x specific, so only build them if the
`HOST_ARCH' is set to s390x.
While at it, rename `INC_FILES` to `EMBEDDED_BOOTLOADERS`. Also
introduce `EXTERNAL_BOOTLOADERS` variable and use it in the `install`
Makefile target.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When checking if a card or an APQN is online, not only check the 'online'
sysfs attribute, but also check the 'config' and 'chkstop' attribute.
Cards and APQNs in check-stopped or deconfigured state can still be reported
as online via the sysfs attribute, although they are not available to be
used for zkey.
In case the 2 additional sysfs attributes are not available in sysfs, then
don't fail, but rely on the 'online' attribute only.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move the code responsible for installing stage3.bin to the
boot/Makefile. In addition, remove the stage3.bin from the Makefile
`all` target prerequisites in src/Makefile, as zipl can be built without
it. While at it, use $(INSTALL) instead of $(CP) for the bootloader
installation.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Linux stable kernels can reach greater than 256 sublevels [1],
which can cause the cpi tooling to generate an invalid string
that gets passed to the firmware and causes unusual responses:
$ uname -r
5.4.255
$ cat /sys/firmware/cpi/system_level
0x04260000000504ff
--reboot--
$ uname -r
5.4.256
$ cat /sys/firmware/cpi/system_level
0x4260000000504100
The first sublevel field is defined as one byte, so ensure that
a value larger than that isn't included.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/1612534196241236@kroah.com/
Signed-off-by: Eric Farman <farman@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Currently ZDEV_SITE_ID is derived with the help of an additional
udev-rule, 40-zdev-id.rules. The sole purpose of this rule is to
determine the ZDEV_SITE_ID environment value with the help of zdev_id
binary. This solution is minimal, but this has some unwanted side-
effects. The zdev_id logic get executed for all the events, even
those completely unrelated to zdev/or site, and imports the unneeded
envionment values to the udev-db.
Instead of having an additional rule file, add this logic as part of
the udev-rule of those devices which are configured with site-support.
The logic will then be available on all those rules with the
site-supported devices only.
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce dev_site_configured macro,which can be used to find the
availability of site configurations for the device during udev rule
creation.
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Previously SITE_FALLBACK and other site-specific configuration support
macros were defined in device.h. Instead, move them to a relatively
smaller header file which is exclusive for site-related definitions.
This way, light-weight zdev_id also can use the same header file.
Reported-by: Steffen Maier<maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Behaviour of the qeth performance_stats sysfs attribute has changed
with kernel commit
b0abc4f5df76 ("s390/qeth: overhaul ethtool statistics")
that went into kernel v5.1.
Before the kernel commit
- collection of statistics was turned on and off by writing 1 or 0
- default after device activation was 0
- statistics were reset by writing 0
After the kernel commit:
- collection is always on
- attribute always reads 1
- statistics is reset by writing 1; writing 0 is a no-op
Problems of chzdev on new kernels:
chzdev cannot reset statistics ('performance_stats=1' does nothing).
'chzdev --export' always lists performance_stats.
'chzdev qeth --help-attribute performance_stats' reflects old behaviour.
This patch will do the following:
'chzdev qeth --help-attribute performance_stats' reflects new behaviour.
'chzdev --export' does not list performance_stats on new kernels.
'chzdev performance_stats=1' resets statistics on new kernels.
'chzdev performance_stats=0' still resets statistics on old kernels,
does nothing on new kernels.
Suggested-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With many CPUs, such as triple digit counts, the by default many empty
sysfs directories are prohibitive to collect, especially if the number
of SCSI disk devices is also large, such as 4-digit counts.
Excluding them from being collected from sysfs saves hundreds times
thousands of archive entries and inodes on expansion.
Since the number device-mapper devices (multipath and other target types
such as LVM) is smaller and can include devices not backed by zfcp, keep
collecting
/sys/devices/virtual/block/dm-[0-9]*/mq/0/cpu[0-9]*/
Definitely keep collecting
/sys/kernel/debug/block/{sd,dm-}*/hctx0/cpu[0-9]*/
as it contains actual statistics files:
completed default_rq_list dispatched merged poll_rq_list read_rq_list
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace static_assert() with STATIC_ASSERT macro from zt_common.h in order
to get rid of glibc dependencies in zipl/boot and comply with older
C standards.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Set the maximum line length for branch description messages (`git branch
--edit-description`) to 72 characters.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Update zgetdump man page with the information of compressed DASD dumps
support as well as new verbose 'zgetdump -i' output entries.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move DF_S390_DUMPER_SIZE_* constants from zdump/df_s390.h to
boot/loaders_layout.h since ccw dumper size depends on the zipl boot
loader layout (to keep it all in one place).
Rename DF_S390_DUMPER_SIZE_* constants to STAGE2_DUMPER_SIZE_*
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Update verbose 'zgetdump -i' output with zlib info (internal zlib version
and zlib compression unit size).
The following new entriees are to be dispalyed:
Zlib version.......: 1
Zlib compression unit: 1 MB
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Increase the auxiliary buffer size from 8 pages to 1 megabyte in order to
significantly increase compressed dump processing speed.
For uncompressed dumps, the effect is minor.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Update dfi_s390.c to support reading of compressed dump segments.
For this, introduce a callback function for reading memory chunks
associated with compressed dump segments. Apart from the segment location
on disk this function requires the entry_offset array from the dump segment
header in order to process each compressed entry separately, thus allowing
fast seek processing for zgetdump (no need to decompress a big dump segment
to extract a single piece of data).
In addition, split mem_chunks_add_ext() in several functions.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since we are using the existing s390 extended dump format for compressed
dumps as well, set the version of the s390_ext dumper with compression
support and also dump header of the compressed dump to '2' (in order for
zgetdump to distinguish).
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
- Adjust progress_print() calls to pass updated address after the set of
blocks has been written to disk.
- Currently total_dump_size value is updated only after the entire dump
segment is written to disk what leads to ambiguos Dump file size values
displayed by progress_print(). Change write_addr_range() to re-calculate
total_dump_size after each set of blocks has been written to disk thus
printing the correct value at the end of each log entry.
- Avoid final log entry duplication.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With current implementation, printing progress while writing a compressed
data chunk might be very inaccurate. Thus, for compressed dump segments
skip progress_print() in write_addr_range() and call it after each
compressed memory chunk is written to disk. For that change
write_addr_range() to call progress_print() conditionally based on the new
print_progress parameter.
For non-compressed dump segments, call progress_print() from
write_addr_range() just as before.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add --no-compress option to explicitly omit compression for single-volume
DASD dumper. Used primarily for test purposes.
Since only the lowest byte of mvdump_force field (struct
stage2dump_parm_tail) has been used, split it in two byte fields and use
one for the new no_compress attribute.
Update zipl help and zipl man page with the new parameter info.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move struct stage2dump_parm_tail from stage2dump.h in to
include/dump/s390_dump.h
Pass the entire stage2dump_parm_tail structure to install_dump_* functions
instead of individual parameters.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use a separate linker script eckd2dump_sv.lds for single volume dumper with
compression support.
The new dump tool with zlib compression support now has a size of 8 pages.
Since DASD stand alone dump requires a block size of 4K, we are not
affected by the stage 2 size limitations and can load the dumper to
stage 2 as before. We just need to move the HEAP section for ECKD dumper
in the layout definitions up to 0xb000 address. Also expand the stack by
unused 0x400 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Integrate zlib DFLTCC deflate compression to single volume dasd dumper
using the existing s390 extended dump format. Compression takes place
only if DFLTCC facility is available, otherwise dump is written
uncompressed as before.
First megabyte of memory is always written uncompressed and afterwards
this area is used for zlib workspace and for the compression output buffer.
The compression takes place in chunks of data of equal size (currently 1MB)
and the offset of each compressed chunk is stored in the dump segment
header. Since existing dump segment headers of 1 page size are used, we
need to limit the maximum size of compressed dump segments.
Chunk is written uncompressed in case of compression error or if
deflate compression only makes it bigger.
Thus every chunk of data is compressed separately and can be decompressed
independently. The main reason for that is to enable zgetdump to make fast
read seeks. Otherwise, zgetdump would need to decompress a big dump segment
in the worst case to extract a single piece of data.
Put compression related functions and structures to eckd2dump_zlib.c
and eckd2dump_zlib.h
Update zipl man page with the general information of zlib compression
support.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move code from write_dump_segment() to write_addr_range() function to use
it later for writing compressed dump segments as well.
Verify that passed address range is a multiple of dasd block size.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Instead of using its own DF_S390_ constants and df_s390_ structs
in df_s390.h, include those from "dump/s390_dump.h" in order to minimize
duplicates. Adjust the code, where required, to use <stdint> types
instead of those defined in zt_common.h (e.g. use uint64_t instead of u64).
Adjust zdump include statements.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move common dump related structures and constants to the global header
"dump/s390_dump.h" in order to get rid of many duplicates in zgetdump code.
Adjust zipl include statements and update Copyright statements.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Mainly zlib code remains unchanged for the sake of further maintenance.
Only minor adjustments of zlib deflate parts for build purposes:
- Make is_dfltcc_enabled() always return true
- Define CONFIG_ZLIB_DFLTCC in zlib.h to build zlib code with DFLTCC support
- Remove inflate related prototypes from zlib.h
- Adjust oesc_msg() to use snprintf from libc.h
- Remove BUG_ON from zlib_deflate_workspacesize()
- Replace bitrev32() with bi_reverse() from defutil.h
- Include <assert.h> to dfltcc.h header because of static_assert() calls
- Fix other include statements
- Adjust the text in zipl.h following Zlib License requirements
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add required zlib_deflate parts based on kernel zlib code in preparation
to DASD dumper DFLTCC deflate exploitation. Omit inflate modules in
order to minimize the dumper size (no decompression is required for the
dumping).
Adjust include statements leaving other code as is.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The AP queue states within a SE guest may have a so called asynchronous
error pending. When that's the case, the sysfs read of some AP queue
attributes fails with EIO. lszcrypt was not really prepared for this
and instead showed some incorrect output.
This patch fixes this oddity and now lszcrypt -c shows "error" in case
of ap_bound or ap_associate read errors and lszcrypt -V shows also
"error" if the BS bits could not get fetched.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
`pkg-config` is mandatory for compiling s390-tools anyway therefore
let's replace `curl-config` and `xml2-config` calls whenever possible.
In addition, `pkg-config` has the advantage that cross-compilation is
supported. While at it, use `pkg-config` for libcrypto, json-c, and
libssl as well.
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The pkey kernel module supports two key blob formats for EP11 AES keys.
The first one (PKEY_TYPE_EP11) contains a 16 bytes header that overlays
the first 32 bytes of the key blob which usually contain the ID of the
EP11 session to which the key is bound. For zkey/dm-crypt that session
ID used to be all zeros. The second blob format (PKEY_TYPE_EP11_AES)
prepends the 16 bytes header to the blob, an thus does not overlay the
blob. This format can be used for key blobs that are session-bound, i.e.
have a non-zero session ID in the first 32 bytes.
Change zkey to generate EP11 keys using the new format (i.e. pkey type
PKEY_TYPE_EP11_AES), but existing key blobs using the old format can
still be used.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Joerg Schmidbauer <jschmidb@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add lspai program and man page to display Processor Activity
Information (PAI) facility counter sets in the same way as
lscpumf for the CPU Measurement Facility counter sets.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
When calculating smt utiliziation field, subresults are capped to a
minimum value of zero to prevent wrap around while converting values
from signed to unsigned integers. The capping of subresults cause slight
inaccuracies therefore capping has been moved from intermediate steps
and done at the end.
Fixes: 0209c11bc1 ("hyptop: Add real SMT utilization field")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
This complements v2.27.0 commit 73c46a3056 ("zdev/dracut: fix kdump by
only activating required devices"). On older distributions, the absence of
zdev_id can cause the following harmless error messages for each udev
event:
(spawn)[387]: failed to execute '/lib/s390-tools/zdev_id' \
'/lib/s390-tools/zdev_id': No such file or directory
Kdump is still functional nonetheless.
As of v2.24.0 commit 2e89722ef0 ("zdev: make site specific udev-rule for
ccw"), the invocations of chzdev within
zdev/dracut/95zdev-kdump/module-setup.sh generate
/etc/udev/rules.d/40-zdev-id.rules. And so even though zdev-kdump
intentionally does not install zdev_id and its previous singular user
zdev/udev/81-dpm.rules into the kdump initrd, because DPM device auto
configuration is not desired in the kdump environment, zdev_id meanwhile
has an additional functionality for site-support and the generated
40-zdev-id.rules calls /lib/s390-tools/zdev_id. By installing zdev_id into
the kdump initrd, 40-zdev-id.rules can work without error.
Fixes: 73c46a3056 ("zdev/dracut: fix kdump by only activating required devices")
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Other tools may need to process the configuration-unique id. Provide a
machine readable format by writing to a YAML file containing a `cuid`
entry and optionally an `add` entry. New CLI options `--format` and
`--output` are introduced for this. Currently, only the output format
`yaml` is supported.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Refactor the code responsible for printing the verification result into
a new function named `fprint_verify_result`. This function will be
reused in the future and a new output format will be added. While at it,
increase the dump data width for the addition data. In addition, add a
prefix `0x` to the values in order to indicate that these are
hexadecimal values.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add `beautify` parameter to `pvattest_hexdump`. If the parameter is set
to true, a offset and whitespaces will be added for better readability.
With beautify set to FALSE:
14141414141414141414141414141414
With beautify set to TRUE:
0x0000 1414 1414 1414 1414 1414 1414 1414 1414
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The only user of `pvattest_hexdump` uses GBytes anyway, therefore let's
use GBytes as parameter type for `pvattest_hexdump`.
While at it, change the order of the parameters, constify `@width` and
handle the `@width == 0` case, which results in an hex-string without
any line breaks.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes the following error (using GNU Make 4.3.0):
make[2]: command: Command not found
The reason for this is that `command` is a bash builtin. `command` is
used in `common.mak` for the `combdb` Makefile target.
While at it, remove the now useless `SHELL := /bin/bash` definitions in
the sub-Makefiles.
Fixes: 3d098416c6 ("common.mak: add `compdb` Makefile target")
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace local ifs_orig variables in different functions by a single
global IFS_ORI variable. This will reduce the risk of missing a local
saving and restore of the original IFS.
Reviewed-by: Michael Storzer <MSTORZER@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a README.md to the rust subdirectory as a guideline for writing
s390-tools tools in Rust. This includes build integration, dependency
handling, and a few coding style hints. Rust related information
is also added to the main README.md.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Adapt details in README.md]
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add `pvsecret` a tool to create, add, list, and delete Ultravisor
secrets. `pvsecret` uses the functionality from the pv-crate
to provide an command line tool to manage the secrets.
Add a new target group PV_TARGETS in rust/Makefile that additionally
requires openssl and libcurl as pv with the feature "request" uses
openssl and libcurl fearures.
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Adapt man pages and help output]
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a `pv` crate that bundles useful functions and structs for creating
requests like `Attestation`, `Add Secret`, or even `Boot` a.k.a.
Secure Execution Image.
Note pv includes a subcrate `openssl_extensions` that (temporarily)
bundles some needed `openssl-rust` functionalities that are not
upstream yet. The plan is to remove these, when they become
upstream.
The pv crate has multiple features:
* request - code to generate requests
* uvsecret - code to access the UV-secret api
with request enabled also generating requests is
possible
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The rust integration into the s390-tools build system consists of the
following steps:
- Add a subdirectory for the rust code.
- Add a Makefile that forwards rust builds to `cargo`.
- Add a `utils` crate for rust code in s390-tools.
- Add rust stuff for dotfiles:
- gitignore
- editorconfig
- codespellrc (while at it, add an ignore file)
With cargo the rust ecosystem has its own build system which also is
responsible to resolve rust dependencies via downloading the dependencies
from (default) crates.io and discover the source files. Therefore, the
Makefile just calls `cargo build` to forward the build to cargo.
If a rust crate does not require external dependencies, users might call
rustc directly.
A simple `make` will build all the rust targets as well (with --release
specified). Also `make install` will work as usual.
A few Makefile configuration variables are introduced for rust/Cargo:
- HAVE_CARGO (default 1) to toggle the build of rust code using cargo
- CARGOFLAGS to add custom cargo flags, e.g. --offline
- CARGO Cargo binary location defaults to
$(where cargo)
A new global make target is defined to get the current s390-tools
version:
$ make version
2.28.0
rust/Makefile also has the `print-rust-targets` target to print all rust
directories/crates that should be shipped/installed.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Command vmur issues a warning and aborts receiving a file from
the reader when either option -t or option -b is specified.
Example:
./vmur re -t 0x25,0x40 22 -H /tmp/xxx.txt
vmur: Conflicting options: -b and -t are mutually exclusive.
This is wrong as there is only one option specified.
The command should be aborted only when both flags are specified.
Fix this wrong behavior.
Fixes: d5f853c460 ("vmur: Remove option -c for dump file conversion")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
IBM Secure Execution guests may want to share additional secrets with
the Ultravisor in a secure manner. For this the concept of secret
requests and three new Ultravisor-calls were introduced.
Add support to genprotimg to prepare an Secure Execution image with the
requirement that add-secret requests must provide an extension secret
that matches the customer communication key (CCK) derived extension
secret.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In preparation for the next patch, add the parameter `NAME` to the
`MUT_EXCL_BOOL_FLAG` macro. This is useful for the case when the command
line flag has a different naming than the struct field.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Refactor arguments related to the SE header control flags into own
struct with the name `PvControlFlagsArgs`. This change makes it easier
to extend the control flags arguments further, without touching the
signature of `pv_img_set_control_flags`. While at it, rename the struct
members `allow_...` to `enable_...`. This matches with the command line
option names.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce a function for setting the control flags. This makes it easier
to add more control flags in the future.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Simplify the clean target since there are several redundant
things (*.bin) and files that aren't built at all (.xxx and .yyy).
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Only the bootloaders cannot be built as PIE and for that there are
already the -no-pie linker and compiler flags set by the boot/Makefile.
In addition, remove the `noexecstack` linker flag as it has no use
anymore (see commit 518bf7d7357 ("zipl/boot: use
`--no-warn-rwx-segments` linker flag")). It was originally introduced to
declare the ELF segment of the bootloader stack as non-executable. But
this ELF attribute had no effect for multiple reasons:
1. ALL_LDFLAGS is not used for the bootloaders
2. no ELF loader is used for the bootloaders that would take this ELF
attribute into account
This fixes the problem of overriding `-fPIE` set by the distributor.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Set the maximum line length for commit messages to 72 characters, and
the indentation style for Makefiles to TAB.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Currently, the debug information of the bootloader is discarded during
the raw binary creation. Change this by creating separate
<loader>.bin.debug files containing the debug information. The packager
will then be able to package these files as desired and the developer
can use them to debug the code.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When creating a tar archive, dump2tar incorrectly truncates the last
character of file paths that are exactly 100 characters long.
Paths up to 100 characters can be represented in the 100-byte name field
of a tar header entry, while longer paths are handled via an additional
tar data block. For 100-character paths, dump2tar determines that a
single header is sufficient, but then uses util_strlcpy() to store the
path into the name field. Since util_strlcpy() ensures nul-terminated
strings, the final character of the path is overwritten.
Fix this by using strncpy() instead of util_strlcpy(). Also mark the
affected name fields as "nonstring" to prevent associated compiler
warnings.
Reported-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes: d85cf20981 ("dump2tar: Change SET_STR_FIELD to copy strings correctly")
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Commit 62ec87680a61 ("common.mak: improve cross compilation support")
added one extra whitespace during the changes of the toolchain command
definitions. The rest of the commands did not receive that change.
Since then the pretty print output looks like this:
...
CC zipl/boot/eckd1b.o
CXX ziomon/ziorep_collapser.o
SED zdev/src/lszdev_usage.c
CC hyptop/sd_cpu_items.o
MV zfcpdump/zfcpdump-initrd
LINK dasdfmt/dasdfmt
...
Add the additional whitespace to all other tools definitions used during
the build process.
Note: This doesn't fix the misaligned indentation for commands like
$(CC_FOR_BUILD) as those inherit the whitespace from the original
command, here $(CC).
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix the following warnings:
troff: zkey-ekmfweb.1:455: warning: macro 'APP=LINUX'' not defined
troff: zkey-ekmfweb.1:457: warning: macro 'encvol'.' not defined
A single quote (') at the beginning of ta line is interpreted as macro.
Fix this by starting the line with a dummy character (\&).
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
include the version of dbginfo.sh just used for data collection into our
tar file - so we have the used version in case of data collection problems.
Reviewed-by: Michael Storzer <MSTORZER@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The `install` Makefile target of the top Makefile has `all` and
`install-recursive` as prerequisites. This leads to the two recursive
Makefile calls `make -C <SUBDIR> all` and `make -C <SUBDIR> install`.
The problem is these two targets try to build the same object files and
this leads to a race condition between these two targets in case of a
parallel build.
Fix this problem by removing the `all` prerequisite from the `install`
target, as it is not needed since all the `install` targets in the
sub-Makefiles already have proper prerequisites.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
- Instead of always clearing the memory on reipl after the ccw dump has
been taken, check for the special OS_INFO_FLAG_REIPL_CLEAR flag in
os_info flags entry (indicates if sysfs 'clear' attribute has been set
on the panicked system) and trigger diag308 with a proper subcode.
- Get rid of superfluous ipib_info structure in stage2dump.c.
- Collect ipl_pbt constants in boot/ipl.h header.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add DIAG308_LOAD_NORMAL diag308 subcode (used by FCP/NVMe normal ipl).
Rename other diag308_subcode and diag308_rc constants to be in sync with
kernel naming.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce new os_info flags entry pointing to the field with bit flags.
The flag OS_INFO_FLAG_REIPL_CLEAR indicates that 'clear' sysfs attribute
has been set on a panicked system.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
- Add os_info_check() function to verify os_info address, magic and
checksum.
- Add os_info_entry_is_valid() function to check whether requested entry
is present and valid.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
- Move zipl/boot/error.h to include/boot
- Adjust include statements in zipb/boot and genprotimg/boot
- Remove error.h from tunedasd/src/tunedasd.c as not needed
- Fix tunedasd/src/Makefile
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Make 'struct os_info *os_info' a const to ensure/indicate that no changes
are made to the given structure.
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
- Move struct os_info from kdump.h to the new header os_info.h.
- Place os_info.h to include/boot in order to use it in zgetdump
code as well.
- Replace hardcoded value of OS_INFO_CSUM_SIZE with a properly
calculated one.
- Rename os_info_check() of kdump.h to kdump_os_info_check().
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
While calculating real CPU SMT utilization, the SMT speedup factor needs
to be taken into account. Speedup factor depends on machine generations
and variations on workload the machine has. The users should be able to
determine the value according to their needs.
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
By using core utilization, thread utilization, and management
utilization, it is possible to determine how much capacity is left or
how much the real CPU SMT utilization is on lpars. Extending hyptop
with this new field provides useful information.
For more info about real CPU SMT utilization:
https://linux.mainframe.blog/smt_utilization/
Briefly:
ur = real SMT util
uc = core util
ut = thread util
um = *management util
s = **speedup factor
ur = ((uc * per_core_thr_count) - ut) / s + (ut - uc) + um
* management utilization:
logical core time spent on hypervisor instead of logical partition.
** speedup factor:
metric used to calculate the SMT utilization on that logical core. This
value varies depending on the workload and the machine generation due
to hardware optimization level.
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The compiler doesn't fully understand the code block that precedes the
usage of `site` in the condition and thus it thinks it could be
uninitialized. Silence the warning with an explicit initialization.
In function 'get_site_from_pers',
inlined from 'dev_table_get_value' at lszdev.c:1079:10:
lszdev.c:258:20: warning: 'site' may be used uninitialized [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
258 | if (site == SITE_FALLBACK)
| ^
lszdev.c: In function 'dev_table_get_value':
lszdev.c:234:13: note: 'site' was declared here
234 | int site, i, num = 0;
| ^~~~
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/152
Signed-off-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The compiler doesn't fully understand the code block that precedes the
usage of title_off in the condition and thus it thinks it could be
uninitialized. Silence the warning with an explicit initialization.
CC zipl/src/scan.o
In function ‘sort_bls_fields’,
inlined from ‘scan_bls’ at scan.c:1502:8:
scan.c:874:12: warning: ‘title_off’ may be used uninitialized [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
874 | if (title_off == 0)
| ^
scan.c: In function ‘scan_bls’:
scan.c:842:16: note: ‘title_off’ was declared here
842 | size_t title_off;
| ^~~~~~~~~
GitHub-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/152
Signed-off-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The last commit accidentally deleted the TOOLS_DIR for non-s390x
architectures.
Fixes: de013d2f ("Makefile: add genprotimg to non-s390x architectures target list")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
`genprotimg` can be useful on non-s390x architectures such as x86 or
arm. Therefore add `genprotimg` to the non-s390x target list.
How to build genprotimg on a non-s390x system (s390x cross-compiler
required)
$ # Build and install /usr/bin/genprotimg
$ make -C genprotimg
$ make install -C genprotimg
$ # Build and install the genprotimg bootloaders
$ make -C genprotimg/boot HOST_ARCH=s390x CROSS_COMPILE=s390x-linux-gnu-
$ make install -C genprotimg/boot HOST_ARCH=s390x CROSS_COMPILE=s390x-linux-gnu-
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The genprotimg bootloaders are s390x specific, so only build them if the
`HOST_ARCH' is set to s390x.
On x86 one can cross-compile and install the bootloaders as follows:
$ make -C genprotimg/boot HOST_ARCH=s390x CROSS_COMPILE=s390x-linux-gnu-
$ make -C genprotimg/boot install HOST_ARCH=s390x CROSS_COMPILE=s390x-linux-gnu-
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
It's cleaner if the bootloader installation code is located in the
boot/Makefile, rather than the top Makefile.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Under typical circumstances these sysfs attributes should be available
however if the device happens to be in the process of being removed
without the protection of the ap config file lock, this scenario can
be encountered. In this case, ignore the device and assume it is in
the process of being removed.
Reviewed-by: Tony Krowiak <akrowiak@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Since this callout reads sysfs values for the specified mdev, the
ap config file lock should be held to prevent other tools from
making changes to the ap configuration at the same time.
Reviewed-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Krowiak <akrowiak@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
`load_wait_psw` is defined in include/boot/s390.h but is implemented in
zipl/boot/libc.c. This results in a dangling definition for s390.h users
other than zipl, due to the missing implementation. Since the function
is only relevant for zipl, move the definition to the corresponding
header file zipl/boot/libc.h
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
include/boot/s390.h relies on s390 specific kernel headers. However,
some tools used this header for non-s390 code (outside of boot-loaders).
To solve this the PSW and PAGE_SIZE definitions are now in separate
header files. All includes for s390.h which are not in boot-loader code
are replaced with one of psw.h or page.h.
This fixes the compilation failure on ppc64le due to conflicting types
for `__vector128`.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/151
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Use a minimal assembly snippet to check for linker flags. This has the
advantage that it will work even if only the cross-toolchain is
installed, but not, for example, stdlib.
Using the C snippet, the check runs in a similar error like this:
/usr/bin/s390x-linux-gnu-ld: cannot find crt1.o: No such file or directory
/usr/bin/s390x-linux-gnu-ld: cannot find crti.o: No such file or directory
/usr/bin/s390x-linux-gnu-ld: cannot find -lc: No such file or directory
/usr/bin/s390x-linux-gnu-ld: cannot find crtn.o: No such file or directory
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Using option --by-interface with a non-existent network interface name
results in an unexpected duplicate warning message:
$ lszdev --by-interface xx
Could not open directory /sys/class/net/xx: No such file or directory
Could not open directory /sys/class/net/xx: No such file or directory
lszdev: Could not determine device that provides xx (xx)
Fix this by checking for the existence of the associated /sys/class/net
directory before initiating the associated directory traversal.
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zdev's --by-node option returns exit code 15 (EXIT_RUNTIME_ERROR) when
the specified device node cannot be found. This is inconsistent with
other selection options --by-path and --by-interface which both return
the more appropriate exit code 3 (EXIT_DEVICE_NOT_FOUND).
Fix this by changing --by-node to also return exit code 3 in case the
specified device node does not exist.
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
While changing the helper script to create the ngdump filesystem,
some lines were left in the script which now cause the zipl
installation to fail:
Run /lib/s390-tools/zipl_helper.prepare-ngdump /dev/disk/by-path/ccw-0.0.6a56-part1 0
Couldn't find disk by PARTUUID.
Error: Script could not determine dump parameters
Remove the superfluous lines to fix this.
Fixes: 41108c98aa ("zipl: move mkfs to ngdump prepare script")
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Do not fail to start the daemon if no crypto counters are supported, as
there is still a use case for the daemon to run, as the user can then
use the 'cpacfstats' tool to evaluate that no counter stats are
available. Previously, the user had to check the syslogs for the reason
why the daemon was not running and the cpacfstats command failed.
Before this change:
$ cpacfstats
cpacfstats: Can't access domain socket file '/run/cpacfstatsd_socket', errno=2 [No such file or directory]
cpacfstats: Maybe cpacfstatsd daemon is not running ???
cpacfstats: Can't connect to daemon
After this change:
$ cpacfstats
des counter: unsupported
aes counter: unsupported
sha counter: unsupported
rng counter: unsupported
ecc counter: unsupported
pai_user : unsupported
pai_kernel : unsupported
Also, it's no good practice to let systemd services fail, because
otherwise the system state will be shown as 'degraded':
$ systemctl status
* a46lp59
State: degraded
Jobs: 0 queued
Failed: 1 units
$ systemctl list-units --failed
UNIT LOAD ACTIVE SUB DESCRIPTION
* cpacfstatsd.service loaded failed failed CPACF statistics collection daemon process for Linux on System z
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Print the name of the section which specifes non-existing image
and/or ramdisk files.
It allows to quickly identify problems after using non-atomic tools
manipulating with bootloader settings.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The udev-rules generated with the current version of chzdev command
is missing the configuration label, incase of auto configuration,
resulting in an ineffective configuration logic.
Add the missing configuration start label for autoconfig.
Fixes: 2e89722ef0 ("zdev: make site specific udev-rule for ccw")
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
During the boot, the ZDEV_SITE_ID is derived with the help
of loadparm and will be saved in ZDEV_SITE_ID_FILE, which
will be the used by the udev-rules.
ZDEV_SITE_ID_FILE creation can have a surface of symlink attack
as we are directly using the fopen and fprintf on it. To avoid
this, make sure that we are writing the ZDEV_SITE_ID to a temporary
file, which will then be renamed to ZDEV_SITE_ID_FILE, which will
remove all the existing symlinks associated with the target file.
Reported-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
udev does not allow an empty value for keys when importing output
from an external program. Providing an empty value for any key
invokes a warning during the parsing. Currently, ZDEV_SITE_ID for
fallback sites are not assigned any value. Add an empty double
quotes as the value in case of failover sites.
This modification is tested on udevadm version 253 on fedora38.
Also verify that the ZDEV_SITE_ID is properly written, if not log
the error.
Fixes: c8ad5f57d0 ("zdev: modify zdev_id to read the site_id from loadparm")
Reported-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace memory allocation functions malloc() and calloc()
by counterparts provided in libutil.a library. Also remove error
handling when no memory could be allocated as those functions do
not return.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Make the listed changes which are needed to re-use some definitions
by the new zipl-debug(8) tool introduced by the next patch in the
series:
. Add definitions to boot_defs.h:
. a named union disk_bloclkptr (instead of the anonymous one);
. a named structure disk_program_table;
. Remove a 'typedef union disk_blockptr_t' from boot/stage2.h
(cleanup), use the named union in boot_defs.h instead;
. Move the definition of scsi_layout types and the function
get_scsi_layout() from install.c to install.h;
. Move definition of PROGRAM_TABLE_BLOCK_SIZE from bootmap.c to
bootmap.h
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
There are only two users of the `cleanup` label, so let's replace the
goto statements with the label code. This makes the code easier to read.
Especially since another label will be introduced in the next commit.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This patch adds support for Secure Execution with AP pass-through
support for chzcrypt.
chzcrypt details:
* new command: --se-associate <secret-id> <queue device>
* new command: --se-bind <queue device>
* new command: --se-unbind <queue device>
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This patch adds support for Secure Execution with AP pass-through
support for lszcrypt.
lszcrypt details:
* extension to -b: list AP bus features
* extension to -c: now also valid for queue devices, shows
bind and assoicate state in SE environment;
shows MK states (only for current MKs).
* extension to -V: new column SESTAT within an SE guest, shows text
for the BS bits within an SE environment:
"usable", "bond", "avail", "unuse".
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Autoquiesce is a mechanism that tells Linux to stop issuing I/Os to a
specific DASD after certain events.
Add support for configuring related DASD device attributes
that govern the following aspects of autoquiesce:
aq_mask - Configure which events lead to autoquiesce.
aq_requeue - Configure if autoquiesce will requeue all I/O to blocklayer.
aq_timeouts - Configure the number of timeouts before autoquiesce.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The 'clean' build targets can be specified alongside other targets,
which causes an immediate removal of build artifacts. Make 'clean'
targets mutually exclusive to avoid this issue and display an error if
'clean' is used in combination with other targets.
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
A subset of s390 tools can be useful on non-s390x architectures such as
x86 or arm. Limit the build targets for these architectures with
'pvattest' and 'libpv' as the first candidates.
A cross compilation on x86 for s390x will still build the entire package
provided that the HOST_ARCH variable is set properly:
$ make HOST_ARCH=s390x CROSS_COMPILE=s390x-linux-gnu-
Cross compilation on s390x for x86 will limit the build targets as
described:
$ make HOST_ARCH=x86_64 CROSS_COMPILE=x86_64-linux-gnu-
Co-developed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce `BUILD_ARCH` and `(CC|LINK|...|OBJDUMP)_FOR_BUILD` variables
in order to properly support the build of tools that generate code or
data during the build process. Replace existing variables `HOSTCC` with
`CC_FOR_BUILD` and `HOSTCFLAGS` `CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD`. The Makefile
variables for the `HOST_ARCH` are unchanged.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
In addition, add the ability that a Makefile that includes `common.mak`
can specify the `HOST_ARCH`. Usage example:
$S390_TOOLS/mytool/Makefile:
``` Makefile
HOST_ARCH := s390x
include ../common.mak
```
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
`pkg-config` is a well established tool and all of our required
libraries do provide .pc files. Therefore let's declare `pkg-config` as
required and use it. In addition, remove now useless code.
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Since GCC12 several warnings like the following are produced in
zipl/boot compile targets:
CC zipl/boot/stage2.o
stage2.c: In function ‘start’:
stage2.c:99:24: warning: array subscript 0 is outside array bounds of ‘struct stage2_descr[0]’ [-Warray-bounds]
99 | stage2_descr = *(struct stage2_descr*)STAGE2_DESC;
This is the same issue as reported for the Kernel [1][2]. There is
currently no sane fix available, therefore simply disable the warning
for the zipl/boot/ targets.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/yt9dzgkelelc.fsf@linux.ibm.com/
[2] https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=99578
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
In certain storage setups the Release Allocated Space (RAS) command to
free up space on the storage server previously allocated for an ESE DASD
might not work. At the moment dasdfmt will error out if RAS is failing.
This however is not ideal for the default case when a user is expecting
dasdfmt to simply format the disk.
One workaround would be to specify --no-discard to disable RAS
completely. However, a sane default handling that tries to work every
time is more reasonable.
Change the default handling as follows: If an ESE is detected default to
QUICK mode and try RAS. If RAS fails, fall back to the FULL format mode
and display a warning accordingly.
If -M (--mode) QUICK is specified explicitly dasdfmt will still error
out on a failing RAS. A combination with --no-discard will still allow
for a QUICK format on an ESE DASD in that case, if desired.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
`od` in contrast to `xxd` uses the system endianness for displying the
hexdump by default which leads to invalid results on little endian
systems.
Use the `--endian=big` option to fix the endianness problem.
Fixes: 3cc0b4cd ("pvattest/tools: remove xxd dependency from scripts")
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The script uses bashisms (e.g. `local` keyword) therefore make sure that
bash is used by setting the shebang line to `#!/bin/bash`.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
icastats is accounted by user and does cover root only today
adding the --all will collect stats for all users
Reported-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
For dasd devices, we need to enable the device before we can use it.
Add the required dasd device to the kernel commandline when installing
ngdump to a dasd device.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The current code first assembles the ngdump init ramdisk, and creates
the filesystem on the dump disk afterwards. ngdump uses uuids to mount
the dump device. Because the filesystem uuid is changing with the final
mkfs, ngdump has to use the partuuid of the device. This does work for
nvme, but not for dasds. Another problem is that dryrun likely wouldn't
work if there's no partition table on the dump device. To fix these
issues, move the mkfs to the ngdump helper script so we can use the
filesystem uuid. When --dryrun is specified the script passes /dev/null
as ngdump device to make mkinitramfs happy. As the initramdisk is never
used in this case, this shouldn't be a problem.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
CCW and LD-IPL records cannot be used at the same time for dumps because
CCW dump uses the standalone dumper, while LD-IPL uses ngdump. The first
one writes data to the raw disk without any filesystem, while the second
one uses an ext filesystem. Therefore we need a way to tell zipl which
kind of dumper it should install, as both cannot be installed at the
same time. The device given is the same for both types, so we cannot use
this to decide which type to install. Therefore add a '--ldipl-dump' option
so the user can decide which type of dump to use.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add the following options to dumpconf so that LDIPL ECKD devices
can be configured for dumping:
br_chr: (optional) location of boot record
device: ccw device
bootprog: boot program selector
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
In order to allow installing only a list-directed ipl entry, remove
the last-table/number-of-tables logic which always required a legacy
program table. With the new code there's no longer a loop in
prepare_bootloader() which requires a certain start index or order
of tables.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Instead of depending on array index to decide whether we
did already the preparation work for installing the bootloader,
add an explicit skip_prepare flag to struct install_set.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
In preparation of decoupling the program table position from
the block pointer format, rename:
PROGRAM_TABLE_0 to LEGACY_BLKPTR_FORMAT_ID
PRAGRAM_TABLE_1 to BLKPTR_FORMAT_ID
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
To make the code easier to maintain and prepare for ECKD LD-IPL,
split up install_bootloader() into two functions: One which is used
for IPL, and one for dump partitions.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The relative subdirectory path of a build target is determined via a
separate shell command that issues 'cd' and 'pwd'. Spawning a separate
shell is very costly and can lead to extremely slow builds in some
circumstances.
Replace the shell command with the make built-in command 'realpath' to
accomplish the same result more efficiently.
Tested-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Related Valgrind output:
==1073934== 241,722,000 bytes in 30 blocks are definitely lost in loss record 2 of 2
==1073934== at 0x484417C: malloc (in /usr/libexec/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-s390x-linux.so)
==1073934== by 0x1006B8D: misc_malloc (misc.c:33)
==1073934== by 0x1006B8D: misc_read_file (misc.c:150)
==1073934== by 0x100DACD: check_common_ipl_data (job.c:774)
==1073934== by 0x100FE2F: check_job_ipl_data (job.c:827)
==1073934== by 0x100FE2F: check_job_menu_data (job.c:999)
==1073934== by 0x100FE2F: check_job_data (job.c:1139)
==1073934== by 0x100FE2F: job_get (job.c:2011)
==1073934== by 0x1006335: main (zipl.c:141)
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Since SMT is being used by default on z systems, hyptop should show
thread utilization by default on both system and system list window.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Valgrind finding:
==1083976== 19 bytes in 1 blocks are definitely lost in loss record 1 of 1
==1083976== at 0x484417C: malloc (in /usr/libexec/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-s390x-linux.so)
==1083976== by 0x48F3C97: __vasprintf_internal (vasprintf.c:71)
==1083976== by 0x1006861: vasprintf (stdio2.h:218)
==1083976== by 0x1006861: misc_asprintf (misc.c:49)
==1083976== by 0x100C7E1: scan_update_bls_path (scan.c:1874)
==1083976== by 0x100FF4B: get_job_from_config_file (job.c:1901)
==1083976== by 0x100FF4B: job_get (job.c:1997)
==1083976== by 0x1006335: main (zipl.c:141)
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Before commit 5fb6434548 ("zipl: add get_common_components() and
finalize_common_address_data()") the default kernel parmline was only
overwritten if a parmline was specified. After the commit it was always
overwritten, even if no parmline was specified. Let's change this
behavior back by adding a NULL-pointer check. For dump types this change
changes the behavior before commit 5fb6434548 ("zipl: add
get_common_components() and finalize_common_address_data()").
Fixes: 5fb6434548 ("zipl: add get_common_components() and finalize_common_address_data()")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Linux kernel commits
a029a4eab39 ("s390/cpumf: Allow concurrent access for CPU Measurement Counter Facility")
453380318ed ("s390/cpumf: Allow multiple processes to access /dev/hwc")
removed this restriction. Both commits are included in linux 5.16.
Therefore remove the restriction in the man page.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
OpenSSL function i2d_ECDSA_SIG() returns a negative value in case of
an error, so check the returned length for <= zero to detect an error.
Reported-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The provider functions OSSL_FUNC_keymgmt_import_types() and
OSSL_FUNC_keymgmt_export_types() do not get the provider context passed.
However, the implementation of these functions in the secure key provider
need the provider context to pass the call to the default provider
and append some of its own types to the result.
Up to now, the provider context was obtained using a global variable
holding the secure key provider handle. This may not be save if multiple
instances of the provider exist.
Just recently OpenSSL added support for an extended form of these
functions, namely OSSL_FUNC_keymgmt_import_types_ex() and
OSSL_FUNC_keymgmt_export_types_ex(), that get the provider context passed
as argument. Make use of these new functions, if compiled against an
OpenSSL version that supports them. For older OpenSSL versions still use
the global variable as before.
See OpenSSL commit 5e3b84505e
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
If system configuration contains zfcp-attached SCSI devices of Peripheral
Device Type disk, but without block device, e.g. because the storage reports
Peripheral Qualifier 1 in INQUIRY, ziorep_config tool issue the
following type of errors during generation of .config file from .cfg
file:
$ ziorep_config -I -i test.cfg
Unpacking configuration ...Done.
Use of uninitialized value in subroutine entry at /usr/sbin/ziorep_config line 36.
Use of uninitialized value in subroutine entry at /usr/sbin/ziorep_config line 36.
Use of uninitialized value in subroutine entry at /usr/sbin/ziorep_config line 54.
Use of uninitialized value in subroutine entry at /usr/sbin/ziorep_config line 135.
...
Such errors can also be seen during printing of adapter, device and map
reports:
$ ziorep_config -ADM -i test.cfg
Unpacking configuration ...Done.
Use of uninitialized value in subroutine entry at /usr/sbin/ziorep_config line 36.
Use of uninitialized value in subroutine entry at /usr/sbin/ziorep_config line 36.
Use of uninitialized value in subroutine entry at /usr/sbin/ziorep_config line 54.
Use of uninitialized value in subroutine entry at /usr/sbin/ziorep_config line 135.
...
This is because ziorep_config reads block device parameters from
non-existent block device subdirectory. And therefore ziorep_config
leaves block device major:minor number column empty in .config file
instead of filling it with 0:0 preset value afterwards.
As a consequence, ziorep_traffic tool, which is using .config file to
get information about devices, reports the following error:
$ ziorep_traffic test
Extracting config data...done
ziorep_traffic: Could not parse line 1 - configuration file broken?
To fix this, skip reading the block device parameters for such
devices, and use the preset values that have been set before
instead.
Signed-off-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The value of "generic/dev" exists and can be retrieved directly under
the SCSI device directory, not under the disk block device subdirectory,
where the global variable $c_src points to after
$c_src = $devices{$hctl}{dev}; command.
So move the sg_mm retrieval before the block device parameters
retrieval.
Signed-off-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For a slightly easier development loop add a pseudo compilation of the
zfcpdbf Perl script. This will run the Perl interpreter in syntax-check
mode:
-c causes Perl to check the syntax of the program and then exit
without executing it. Actually, it will execute any "BEGIN",
"UNITCHECK", or "CHECK" blocks and any "use" statements: these are
considered as occurring outside the execution of your program.
"INIT" and "END" blocks, however, will be skipped.
Additionally add the `-w` switch when the Make variable `W` is `1`. This
will print additional warnings about dubious constructs (according to
Perl).
So this pseudo compilation only happens whenever the script is changed
during development create a file `.zfcpdbf.ct` as a result so we can
describe the relationship and dependency in Make. This file can be ignored
otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
changes in opencryptoki setup do require some modifications:
- "pkcsconf -mlist" does no longer work in a combined format
- config files have changed
- ep11info was not yet collected
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With the introduction of zdev for device configuration in v1.33.0,
it used a hardcoded "/" to refer to the root-fs.
Dracut has its own mechanism to find the root file system and to walk its
device dependencies.
Mkdumprd also has its own mechanism to interpret the kdump target
and invokes dracut so that dracut only considers arguments from mkdumprd
without any root-fs dracut would default to [--no-hostonly-default-device].
Use the dracut mechanism to walk device dependencies and individually
have chzdev treat each leaf-node in the dependency tree.
See also https://github.com/dracutdevs/dracut commit
83e0dc7a3dca ("Add for_each_host_dev_and_slaves for device only checking").
This enables the use of dracut options such as --add-device or
--mount used in turn by mkdumprd.
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The function show_devices_argv() iterates over all remaining
arguments. Each argument may specify a single device or a list of
sub-devices. Use a separate index for the inner sub-device loop. This
fixes a bug, that not all or wrong arguments are processed.
Also terminate the outer arguments loop based on the number of
remaining arguments.
Signed-off-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The tools lszcrypt provides filter options for card types. Use these
options not only for devices (cards), but also for sub-devices
(domains).
Signed-off-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The CEX8 card has in CCA mode a new capability 'stateless
hardware filtering support' which is now displayed as
'H' bit in the FUNCTIONS column and with the -c option.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The current code has different paths to construct the kernel parameters
depending on whether it's a dump kernel or a normal kernel. This would
require adding special handling to get_common_component(), because for
normal kernels the parmline is already set, contrary to dump kernels,
where the command line is constructed later.
To make the code simpler and fix a bug where the default command line no
longer works, move the dump command line processing to an earlier stage.
Also rename the old function to make the function name match what it is
actually doing.
Fixes: 5fb6434548 ("zipl: add get_common_components() and finalize_common_address_data()")
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This avoids exporting explicit settings if it's the default anyway.
I.e. avoid the last line in the example below:
$ chzdev --export - --active --type --all
[active zfcp-lun 0.0.1941:0x500507630904d...:0x4055408f00000000]
scsi_dev/queue_depth=32
Suggested-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Currently, each generated loader binary is linked into one data.o object
file which is then linked against boot.o. The data.o file is also used
to generate the data.h header file using nm, which will contain all
symbols required by zipl.
The linking process is somewhat depended on the directory, as the symbol
names are derived from the file names of the input files, which is the
default behavior of the linker. The file name in this case being the
entire path.
Examples for the current situation (starting from root dir in each case):
$ cd zipl/boot && make eckd0_cdl.bin
$ cc -no-pie -static -nostdlib -Wl,--relocatable -Wl,--format,binary -o data.o eckd0_cdl.bin
$ nm data.o
0000000000000018 D _binary_eckd0_cdl_bin_end
0000000000000018 A _binary_eckd0_cdl_bin_size
0000000000000000 D _binary_eckd0_cdl_bin_start
$ make -C zipl/boot eckd0_cdl.bin
$ cc -no-pie -static -nostdlib -Wl,--relocatable -Wl,--format,binary -o data.o zipl/boot/eckd0_cdl.bin
$ nm data.o
000000000000018 D _binary_zipl_boot_eckd0_cdl_bin_end
000000000000018 A _binary_zipl_boot_eckd0_cdl_bin_size
000000000000000 D _binary_zipl_boot_eckd0_cdl_bin_start
The example above shows that the entire path would end up in the symbol
name if specified that way.
To make this more robust, future proof, and get more control of the
resulting symbol names, use '.incbin' and some macros for embedding the
loader binary files. This also reduces the linker step and the
generation of the data.h header file.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Co-developed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use a linker script instead of a linker flags for the layout. While at
it, use common naming `_start` for entry. This change allows us to
simplify the Makefile by using the linker option `-T` for all
bootloaders.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The stage3b loader memory layout must not be larger than 0x10000 bytes.
Let's check this in the linker script.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
+ the input section names `.text.init` and `.text.start` aren't
ambiguous, therefore there is no reason so specify a file name
+ discard `.interp` section since no loader is used
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Instead of maintaining an include list, use an exclude list (if
neccessary). This simplifies the `objcopy` calls a lot, and it's
possible because `objcopy -O binary` only includes the memory dump of
the contents of the input object file. [1] This means that sections like
for debug information that do not occupy memory during the process
execution are discarded by design. [2]
In addition, if we do not want a particular ELF section, we can list it
in the discard section of the linker script.
[1] https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/objcopy.1.html
[2] https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/elf.5.html
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This disables the following warning `ld: warning: stag3a.elf has a LOAD
segment with RWX permissions` for newer linker. This changes nothing in
functionality for the bootloaders, since only the binaries and not the
ELF files are actually used.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Normally, `gcc` takes care of adding the `GNU_STACK` marking except for
assembly code. Therefore, let's add the marking manually. Discard the
`.note.GNU-stack` section in the linker script since it's just a
"message" from the compiler to the linker. This fixes the linker
warning:
ld: warning: entry.o: missing .note.GNU-stack section implies executable stack
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use linker script for all bootloaders instead of having the load
addresses of the bootloaders hard-coded in the Makefile. This allows us
to simplify the Makefile and it fixes the dependency tracking for the
bootloaders *0.bin, *1.bin, and *1b.bin.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This allows the reuse of the macro in the next patch. In order to match
the naming scheme rename `STAGE1B_LOAD_ADDR` to `STAGE1B_LOAD_ADDRESS`.
Acked-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Instead of maintaining an include list, use an exclude list (if
neccessary). This simplifies the `objcopy` calls a lot, and it's
possible because `objcopy -O binary` only includes the memory dump of
the contents of the input object file. [1] This means that sections like
for debug information that do not occupy memory during the process
execution are discarded by design. [2]
In addition, if we do not want a particular ELF section, we can list it
in the discard section of the linker script.
[1] https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man1/objcopy.1.html
[2] https://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man5/elf.5.html
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This disables the following warning `ld: warning: stage3.exec has a LOAD
segment with RWX permissions` for newer linker. This changes nothing in
functionality for the zipl bootloaders, since only the binaries and not
the ELF files are actually used.
Acked-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Normally, `gcc` takes care of adding the `GNU_STACK` marking except for
assembly code. Therefore, let's add the marking manually. Discard the
`.note.GNU-stack` section in the linker script since it's just a
"message" from the compiler to the linker. This fixes the linker
warning:
ld: warning: entry.o: missing .note.GNU-stack section implies executable stack
Acked-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The ELF section `.eh_frame` is used for frame unwinding during, for
example, exception handling and the section `.interp` is used by the
program interpreter. [1] Since no frame unwinding nor a program
interpreter is used for the bootloaders we can discard these input
section.
The content of the (exec|bin) files don't change after this change.
[1] https://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/LSB_1.2.0/gLSB/specialsections.html
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support to chreipl/lsreipl to show and reconfigure ipl parameters
for list-directed IPL from ECKD DASD.
Parameters accepted:
device - ccw device id
bootprog - Boot Prog Selector
loadparm - Load parameters
brchr - location of bootrecord in cylinder/head/record format.
clear - clear memory before loading
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With parameter OSSL_ASYM_CIPHER_PARAM_IMPLICIT_REJECTION one can enable or
disable the implicit rejection mechanism for RSA PKCS#1 v1.5 decryption.
For the default provider, this is enabled by default.
We do not support implicit rejection so far, so disable it for the
default provider operation context when the key contains an RSA secure key,
and reject to set it to anything else then 0 (disabled).
See OpenSSL commit 5ab3ec1bb1
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Since OpenSSL 3.1 a new RSA-PSS salt length constant exists to select
the maximum possible salt length based on the RSA-PSS parameters and the
digest used: OSSL_PKEY_RSA_PSS_SALT_LEN_AUTO_DIGEST_MAX
This is the default salt length when no other salt length is set by
the caller.
In contrast to OSSL_PKEY_RSA_PSS_SALT_LEN_MAX, OSSL_PKEY_RSA_PSS_SALT_LEN_AUTO_DIGEST_MAX
also ensures that the resulting salt length is not larger than the used
digest size. The salt length calculated with OSSL_PKEY_RSA_PSS_SALT_LEN_MAX
may be larger than the digest size, dependent on the RSA-PSS parameters.
FIPS 186-4 section 5 "The RSA Digital Signature Algorithm", subsection
5.5 "PKCS #1" says: "For RSASSA-PSS […] the length (in bytes) of the
salt (sLen) shall satisfy 0 <= sLen <= hLen, where hLen is the length of
the hash function output block (in bytes)."
See OpenSSL commit 6c73ca4a2f
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
With parameter OSSL_SIGNATURE_PARAM_NONCE_TYPE one can choose to generate
a deterministic signature, i.e. using a deterministic nonce K.
We do not support that so far, so reject to set the nonce type to
anything other than 0 (random nonce K).
See OpenSSL commit f3090fc710
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fix the improper order of resource releasing resulted in failed umount
Do umount after closing (not before)
Fixes: f7d2339 (zipl: List-Directed IPL from ECKD DASD)
Reported-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The library libvmdump is written in C++ and uses exception handling
and class inheritance. The tools vmur and vmconnect are compiled using
the C++ compiler for linking with the libvmdump library.
With integration of vmdump file support into the zgetdump tool and
the removal of vmur vmdump file conversion support there is no need
anymore the vmconvert tool.
With removal of the tool vmconvert, the libvmdump library written in C++
has no more user and can be deleted.
Remove the vmconvert command from the zgetdump man page.
Remove the directories libvmdump and vmconvert and adjust the Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Remove option -c for implicit dump file conversion from vmdump format
to lkcd format. If option -c is specified, an error message
is printed and the program terminates. A hint to the new conversion
tool zgetdump is shown. Option -c is not listed in the help text.
The man page is also updated to reflect this change.
With zgetdump tool now supporting vmdump file format there is no need to
convert a vmdump file while extracting it from the reader device.
Use commands
1. vmur rec <spool-id> VMDUMP_FILE
2. zgetdump VMDUMP_FILE ELF_FILE
to extract a vmdump file from the reader and convert it to elf format.
Note to Maintainer:
The rename of file vmur.cpp to vmur.c triggers the pre-commit
checking of git-format-clang. This checking fails. This is intended.
The patch shows the changes for this line item.
The pre-commit checking fails on many, many changes not touched
for changed by this patch.
The pre-commit failure should be fixed with a follow-on patch.
Suggested-by: Heiko Carstens <hca@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for vmdump 64big format to the zgetdump utility.
The result is an elf file suitable for tool crash.
This patch adds file dfi_vmdump.c to handle conversion from
z/VM vmdump format to the internal memory representation of this tool.
Therefore both output formats elf and s390 are supported as target
of the conversion.
The vmdump file formats 32bit and 64bit are not supported anymore.
They have been obsolete since CP version 5.1 (end of service since
30-Sep-2009).
Vector register set is not part of a vmdump file and can not be
displayed.
Output before:
# zgetdump ~/vmdump-0383
zgetdump: No valid dump found on "/root/vmdump-0383"
#
Output after:
# ./zgetdump ~/vmdump-0383 ~/vmdump-0383.elf
Format Info:
Source: vmdump
Target: elf
Copying dump:
00000000 / 00000379 MB
00000379 / 00000379 MB
Success: Dump has been copied
# file ~/vmdump-0383.elf
/root/vmdump-0383.elf: ELF 64-bit MSB core file, IBM S/390, version 1 \
.... (SYSV), SVR4-style, from 'vmlinux'
#
# ./zgetdump -i ~/vmdump-0383
General dump info:
Dump format........: vmdump
Version............: 2
UTS node name......: s8360046.lnxne.boe
UTS kernel release.: 6.1.0-rc2-d-perf+
UTS kernel version.: #1 SMP Fri Oct 28 09:42:13 CEST 2022
System arch........: s390x (64 bit)
CPU count (online).: 2
CPU count (real)...: 2
Dump memory range..: 2048 MB
Memory map:
0000000000000000 - 000000007fffffff (2048 MB)
#
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The `.check_dep_zgetdump` file is used to cache the result of the
dependency checks and should not be used as input for linking or
anything else. Let's add it as dependency for the objects file. This
shouldn't cause any problems since the Makefile rule for object files is
defined in `common.mak` as follows:
%.o: %.c
$(CC) $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -c $< -o $@
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/147
Fixes: 8d8d5e9746 ("zdump: Fix Makefile dependencies")
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Enforce that the first glib.h include is done via glib-helper.h for libpv
so that glib version checks are in place.
Change zdump and pvattest such that they never include glibstuff before
libpv/glib-helper.h
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Since coreutils v9.1 commit 8f31074cb ("chown: warn about USER.GROUP")
chown utility now warns about using of wrong separator for USER and
GROUP options. This leads to warnings during intall step in ziomon:
$ make install
INSTALL ziomon
SED ziomon/install
chown: warning: '.' should be ':': ‘root.root’
SED ziomon/install
chown: warning: '.' should be ':': ‘root.root’
SED ziomon/install
chown: warning: '.' should be ':': ‘root.root’
To fix those warnings use ':' as separator instead of '.'. With this
patch applied those warnings are no longer present.
Signed-off-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
As on space problems the packing may fail, incomplete tgz are send.
Today no evidence for this is in dbginfo.log, packed upfront into the tgz.
This update helps to identify space related corruption of tgz files.
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
When the kernel is build with CONFIG_NVME_MULTIPATH enabled and an NVMe
where the driver exposes its controller separately is used, chreipl node
on a mount point of the NVMe fails. The failure occurs because chreipl
tries to get the function_id from the NVMe's nvmeXnY block device via
the path '/sys/block/nvmeXnY/device/device/function_id' which does not
exist.
The underlying problem is that with NVMe multipath support the PCI
function is not associated directly with a particular NVMe namespace but
instead with the entire NVMe device which may host multiple NVMe
namespaces. The correct way to get from the block device to the
underlying PCI device and its function ID is then to extract the device
name i.e. the 'nvmeX' part from 'nvmeXnY' and use that to get the
function ID via '/sys/class/nvme/nvme<X>/device/function_id'.
Fixes: 0472b5ea5c ("ipl-tools: Add nvme device support to lsreipl/chreipl")
Reviewed-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
xxd has vim-common as a dependency. We can avoid that by using od
instead which is from coreutils.
While at it, add the require_command function from the
pvattest-info script to the pvextract-hdr script and use it.
Suggested-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Fix issue in the lszdev command where column names if using the --pairs
command line switch can contain characters that are not allowed to be
used as variable names in a shell environment.
Replace bad characters in column names by an underscore if the --shell
command line switch is specified along with the --pairs switch.
The additional --shell switch mimics what is already available in the
lsblk command and thus it shall be used along with the --pairs switch.
Signed-off-by: Daniel S. Haischt <modean@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The proc_sum_t struct is defined with the packed attribute and
produces the following compile warning:
mon_procd.c: In function ‘read_cpu’:
mon_procd.c:351:27: warning: taking address of packed member of ‘struct proc_sum_t’ may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
351 | cal_cpu(&cpudata, &proc_sum.cpu);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~
Silence the warning with -Wno-address-of-packed-member compile flag
since the struct is required to be as is.
Reviewed-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The struct scsi_dump_sb is defined with the __packed attribute and
produces the following compile warning in zfcpdump:
zfcpdump_part.c: In function ‘csum_update’:
zfcpdump_part.c:125:41: warning: taking address of packed member of ‘struct scsi_dump_sb’ may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
125 | dump_sb.csum_size, &dump_sb.csum)) {
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~
However, all members are of the same size and the __packed attribute is
unnecessary. Remove the attribute to get rid of the warning.
Add assertion to ensure correct size of the struct during compile time.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
The 'unistd.h' header was missing. Under some circumstances the
-D_GNU_SOURCE gcc flag does not trigger including that file.
Therefore, explicitly include this file here.
Fixes: e1aec24e84 ("libutil: introduce util_lockfile")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
mdevctl has been updated to use /usr/lib/mdevctl/scripts.d/callouts/
instead of /etc/mdevctl.d/scripts.d/callouts/. The /etc location
is considered deprecated, meaning mdevctl will also look at that
location for now but might eventually stop looking in /etc for
callout scripts.
Based on that, update the installation location for the ap-check
callout. However, because older versions of mdevctl will still
only look in /etc, let's also put a wrapper script in /etc for now
to provide backward compatibility, and plan to remove it at a
later time.
Link: df6bb57429
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/139
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Commit ae7217806b ("common.mak: remove `LINK` and `LINKXX`") changed
the LINK and LINKXX definition to ensure that the same compiler is used
for compilation and linking when specified with CC= (or CXX=
respectively) on the commandline.
However, the commit also removed the pretty print for both commands. Add
the pretty print back in and use the already defined $(CC) and $(CXX)
variables to preserve the original change.
Fixes: ae7217806b ("common.mak: remove `LINK` and `LINKXX`")
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Check the dump provided sizes for reasonableness. This avoids that a
corrupted dump leads to allocation of large buffers on the heap.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Verify that the size is large enough before doing the mmap. Otherwise
this can result in a SIGBUS signal if there is an attempt to access a
page that lies beyond the end of the mapped file (see `man 2 mmap`).
Fixes: 8fa1b5a00b ("zdump: dfi: add support to read Protected Virtualization dumps")
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Corrupted dumps might have invalid page states. Therefore, let's convert
the assertions into errors.
Fixes: 8fa1b5a00b ("zdump: dfi: add support to read Protected Virtualization dumps")
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Make zipl tool prepare ECKD DASD for booting by different IPL
programs (with the same boot record installed).
Besides standard CCW-type IPL, user gets an ability to trigger
(with the same boot record installed!) List-Directed IPL. This
allows to use the feature of secure boot from ECKD DASD (which
is not available for CCW-type IPL).
When using the old boot interfaces, the usual CCW-type IPL is
triggered for DASD. Also for compatibility reasons zipl(8) tool
is modified to create and install one, or two "similar" program
tables per boot partition, depending on job and disk type. The
"similar" program tables differ only in block pointers format.
The old IPL programs (CCW-type IPL) use program table based on the
old format.
All program tables are packed to the same bootmap file. Their
order and logical offsets in the file are not significant (not
used by anyone).
The picture below shows which program table is used for IPL of
specified type from disk of specified type. Here "0" and "1" are
identifiers of program tables based on the old and new block
pointers format respectively. E.g. program table "0" is used for
CCW-type IPL from ECKD DASD. LD-IPL from DASD FBA is unsupported
(respectively, only one program table "0" is used), etc.
CCW-IPL LD-IPL
SCSI X 0
DASD FBA 0 X
ECKD DASD LDL 0 X
ECKD DASD CDL 0 1
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add an option to tunedasd to trigger a copy pair swap using the appropriate
ioctl for DASD devices.
-s, --copy-pair-swap COPY_PAIR
This command requires a comma separated pair of primary,secondary to be
specified. In case of success the old secondary will become the new primary
device and the old primary will become a secondary device.
Example:
tunedasd /dev/dasda -s 0.0.9700,0.0.9740
This will set the old secondary device 0.0.9740 as the new primary.
The old primary device 0.0.9700 will automatically become a secondary
device.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case of an error the ioctl macro only returns errno to the calling
function.
This misses positive returncodes from ioctls.
Change the macro to also return positive return codes.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The DASD device driver has a new attribute copy_pair to make storage
server copy pairs known to the driver.
Add this attribute to zdev.
Usage example:
Add two copy pairs 1000,2000 and 1000,3000 to a DASD device 1000
$ chzdev dasd 1000 copy_pairs=1000,2000 copy_pairs=1000,3000
or
$ chzdev dasd 1000 copy_pairs="1000,2000 1000,3000"
To add a third copy pair later on:
$ chzdev dasd 1000 copy_pairs=1000,4000
To remove all copy pairs from the device 1000:
$ chzdev dasd 1000 -r copy_pairs
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add an option -P|--copy-pairs to show all DASD devices with copy
relations set up in the system and their roles.
The output looks like:
# ./s390-tools/zconf/lsdasd -h
[...]
-P|--copy-pairs
Print information about copy pairs.
# ./s390-tools/zconf/lsdasd -P
Bus-ID Role Name Paired devices
================================================================================
0.0.9700 primary dasdd 0.0.9740,0.0.9743,0.0.9744,0.0.9745
0.0.9740 secondary 0.0.9700
0.0.9701 primary dasdf 0.0.9741
0.0.9741 secondary 0.0.9701
0.0.9702 primary dasdh 0.0.9742
0.0.9742 secondary 0.0.9702
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Adds util_lockfile_example.c, which can be used to sample
util_lockfile support.
To acquire a lock using a parent PID (e.g. your shell instance):
util_lockfile_exmample -f <path> -l <retries>
To release the lock using the parent PID:
util_lockfile_example -f <path> -r
To acquire the lock, sleep briefly, and then release the lock
using the PID of the util_lockfile_example process:
util_lockfile_example -f <path> -L <retries>
In each example, the <path> is the location of the desired lockfile
and <retries> is the number of times to retry acquiring the lock
if it fails.
GitHub-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/142
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Implement simple file-locking routines that use process PIDs for stale
lock detection. The implementation is meant to be a simplified subset of
what liblockfile was previously being used for by libap, allowing the
external dependency to be removed.
This initial implementation provides a series of functions that allow for
creating/release file locks using either the current process PID or the
PID of the current process parent. When creating a file lock, first a
temporary file is created and the appropriate PID (either this process
PID or the parent process PID) is placed in the file to specify the owner
of the lock. Then an attempt is made to link that file to the desired
file location; if this succeeds, the lock is now held on behalf of the
specified PID. If it fails, this implies the file already exists
(meaning the lock is already held). In this case, stale lock detection
is performed by reading the PID from the file and ensuring that the
associated process still exists -- if it does not, then the lock is
presumed stale and destroyed. If the process still exists, then either
the lock request fails or the caller will sleep and retry, depending on
an optional retry setting.
A lock remains valid until either 1) it is released via the corresponding
util_lockfile function, which will delete the corresponding file 2) the
associated PID no longer exists, which leaves the file in-place but will
cause it to be destroyed the next time a different process attempts to
lock that file or 3) the file is directly removed (e.g. rm).
A typical usecase for such support would be to provide a means for
multiple invocations of the same (or different) tools to ensure that they
do not access the same shared resource simultaneously. For example,
ap-check, chzdev and lszdev all have a need to view and/or modify the AP
and vfio-ap configuration files; util_lockfile can be used to ensure that
only one instance of any of these utilities do that at a time by ensuring
they all use the same lockfile.
Additionally, providing the ability to specify the parent PID rather than
the current PID allows for a general purpose tool (like mdevctl) to
invoke a sub-program (ap-check) to acquire and release a lockfile as
necssary while allowing stale lock detection to be controlled by that
parent PID, allowing the lock to remain held over multiple sub-program
invocations.
Note that this implementation is sufficient for our current usage (e.g.
lockfiles placed in tmpfs) but does not take into consideration things
like NFS, which a more complete lockfile solution like liblockfile does.
GitHub-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/142
Suggested-by: Luca BRUNO <luca.bruno@coreos.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Set up the secure_boot_supported global variable at the
function bootmap_create() instead of bootmap_create_device()
to make sure that the secure boot status is checked for all
relevant jobs.
Fixes: 7b369318dd ("zipl: check for secure boot once")
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Sometimes dumping a virtual machine from the outside is the only way to
get the data that is needed. This can be the case if a dumping mechanism
like kdump hasn't been configured or data needs to be fetched at a
specific point. Dumping a protected guest from the outside without help
from FW/HW doesn't yield sufficient data to be useful. Hence we have
introduced Protected Virtualization (PV) dump support - also named
confidential dump support.
The confidential dump support works by integrating the firmware into the
dump process. New Ultravisor calls (UVC) are used to initiate the dump
process, dump CPU data, dump memory state and lastly complete the dump
process. The guest's data is fully encrypted and can only be decrypted
by the entity that owns the customer communication key (CCK) for the
dumped guest. The output format is very similar the normal s390 vmcore
ELF format, it's only enriched by new sections where the returned data
from the UVC "Complete Configuration Dump" and the UVC "Dump
Configuration Storage State" is stored. The encrypted CPU data is stored
in a new note type `NT_S390_PV_CPU_DATA`. The old note types do still
exists but without any confidential data stored. The memory data is
stored in the LOAD segment as usual but for PV dumps it's fully AES-XTS
encrypted.
This commit adds support for reading/decrypting PV guest dumps to
zgetdump by introducing a new DFI input module (`dfi_pv_elf.c`). For
specifying the customer communication key a new command line option
`--key` is added.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The functionalities of libpv are used in the next patch. Libpv itself
requires glib2 and libcrypto.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Consolidate error reporting to make sure that error messages are used
consistently. In addition, don't call `zg_exit()` directly, but instead
return the value 1 in `main()`.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Prevent double free/close that happens in get_multipath_status()
when the output of "dmsetup status XXX" is empty
Fixes: 599b141 ("zipl: Rewrite helper script in C")
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Adapt the wrappers `zg_alloc`, `zg_realloc` and `zg_ioctl` to match the
signatures used by `calloc`, `realloc` and `ioctl`.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
lshwc displays counter values extracted from the /dev/hwctr device.
The counter values are retrieved using a loop and incremented instead
of just displayed on output.
This leads to the situation where a counter is incremented in large
numbers while the counter triggering program is active. When this
program terminates, the counter should not increase but remain steady.
This is not the case as this example shows:
# lshwc -i 2 -l90 -a :a | fgrep Total | \
awk -F ',' '{print $2 "," $152 "," $157}'
Report time and values of DFLT_ACCESS and DFLT_CC counters
sleep 10
# DFLTCC=1 python3 -c "import zlib; zlib.compress(b'A'*6000000000);
Increment counter DFLT_ACCESS and DFLT_CC, runs about 45 seconds
Output before:
15:24:20,0,0
15:24:22,0,0
15:24:24,0,0
15:24:26,0,0
15:24:28,0,0
15:24:30,0,0
15:24:32,2067027,592996481 <--- python3 program start
15:24:34,6953101,2039012580
15:24:36,14494585,4264340060
15:24:38,24759568,7346128396
....
15:24:56,232929262,70526362509
15:24:58,269037963,81464038124
15:25:00,307757248,93171809261
15:25:02,348900718,105620730492
15:25:04,392646075,118841031269 <--- python3 program stop
15:25:06,438956016,132853968029 <-- Value column two increased by 49148217
15:25:08,488104233,147709011658 <-- Similar high increase
The reason is that lshwc takes the last read counter value and keeps
adding it to the total count, even if there zero delta to the previous
read value. Fix this by clearing the total count value between ioctl()
read operations.
Output after:
15:39:26,0,0
15:39:28,0,0
15:39:30,0,0
15:39:32,0,0
15:39:34,0,0
15:39:36,1367250,380721127 <--- python3 program start
15:39:38,4104791,1108181711
15:39:40,6740994,1858843730
15:39:42,9277545,2646351211
15:39:44,11895180,3444375804
....
15:40:16,54060774,16315924126
15:40:18,57830349,17513712210
15:40:20,61628170,18690791102
15:40:22,65410470,19864086006
15:40:24,69070765,21028646754 <--- python3 program stop
15:40:26,70429758,21472772340 <-- No increase of value in column two
15:40:28,70429758,21472772340
15:40:30,70429758,21472772340
15:40:32,70429758,21472772340
15:40:34,70429758,21472772340
15:40:36,70429758,21472772340
15:40:38,70429758,21472772340
Fixes: 27a562da0a ("cpumf/lshwc: Program to extract complete counter sets")
Reported-by: Axel Busch <Axel.Busch@ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
pai dumps core when invoked with summary flag -S and
certain painnpa.XXXXX data files:
# ~/s390-tools/cpumf/pai -r -S
Segmentation fault (core dumped)
#
Fix this and check the existence of event raw data before
reading it. This avoid accessing NULL pointer trying to read raw
data when no counter values have been appended as raw data by the
kernel.
Fixes: dc73c77d73 ("cpumf/pai: Omit detailed event information when summary flag selected")
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Export and import the configurations with zdev:early on the
site-specific configurations as well. Filter the site-specific
configurations by attribute "zdev:early" and import the output
to the corresponding sites.
Note that --site parameter does not work with the device type.
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add export and import support for site-specific settings. For each
site-specific configuration, a new site-block will be generated as
below. The same format can be interpreted by the import function and use
the values on the device's site-specific configuration.
Typical example of a site-block in the export file:
[site3 dasd-fba 0.0.f001]
online=1
cmb_enable=0
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce --deconfigure-all feature, which will remove all available
settings from the mentioned device. A typical device can have 10
different site-specific settings, active settings, persistent
settings and sometimes auto-configured settings configured in it.
--deconfigure-all can be used to remove all of them with a single
command.
usage: chzdev -D <device-id>
chzdev --deconfigure-all <device-id>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
lszdev must be modified to share the site-specific configuration
information from the persistent settings. The persistent configuration
array will be read and tabularized based on the site-id input from the
user.
This patch also accommodates the site specific information in the
lszdev --info command. New information about the site-ids are integrated
with the command. For example,
DEVICE dasd-eckd 0.0.f001
Names : -
Modules : dasd_eckd_mod dasd_mod
Online : no
Exists : yes
Persistent : yes
Sites : 1,2
ATTRIBUTE ACTIVE PERSISTENT SITE1 SITE2
cmb_enable "0" "0" "1" -
eer_enabled "0" - - -
erplog "0" - - -
failfast "0" - - -
last_known_reservation_state "none" - - -
online "0" "1" "1" "1"
raw_track_access "0" - - -
readonly "0" - - -
reservation_policy "ignore" - - -
use_diag "0" - - -
Each available site specific configuration will be shown as column. The
"Sites" parameter in the above output indicates the available site
configurations and the SITE1 and SITE2 colums indicates the detailed
configuration for the respective sites.
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Modify the dev_get_setting_list function to get the site-specific
attributes of the device. The new site_id parameter for this function
must be less than SITE_FALLBACK to read the site-specific attributes.
As SITE_FALLBACK setting is same as persistent setting, we do not need
a separate read function for it.
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The udev-rules must be modified to make it site-specific. The site
specific part of the rule should be executed only on the sites where the
devices belong. Change the generic udev rule to support the site-specific
udev-rule.
During boot, the current site-id is read from the LOADPARM which is
located at /sys/firmware/ipl. The zdev_id command reads this LOADPARM
and prints the SITE_ID based on the value. This SITE_ID is the
current site where the udev-rule is executing. Based on this assumption,
the rule is divided in to multiple blocks where each site block is executed
only for the corresponding sites.
The rule executes based on the value read from the LOADPARM.
1. When the LOADPARM specifies a site-id and if the current device has
an associated configuration settings, it will be used.
2. When the LOADPARM specifies a site, and the current device does not
have any associated configuration set, the udev rule uses the
fallback configuration settings.
3. If the device does not have a fallback-configuration settings or any
site-specific settings, no configurations will be used.
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The currently active site can be found from the loadparm attribute which
is located at /sys/firmware/ipl/loadparm. Read the value of loadparm and
extract the site_id.
The loadparm is an 8 byte alphanumerical IPL parameter. The content of
loadparm can be of different forms to indicate different boot menu
options, which are used by Linux for selecting the respective boot menu
entries. To indicate the site-id, loadparm adds a 'S' character. Where,
the following character after 'S' indicates either the site-id or
indivcation to derive the site-id from SSID.
For example,
If the loadparm value is Sn,'n' is the integer which could be one of the
valid site_ids from 0 to 9; i.e when booted on site-1, loadparm value will
be S1.
If loadparm value is "SS", zdev_id extracts the site_id from the SSID of
the current ipl device. For ccw and zfcp devices, the current ipl device-id
can be found at /sys/firmware/ipl/device.
In any case, if the loadparm contains invalid value, or empty, the
site_id will be default to the common-site.
After the first invocation of the zdev_id from udev-rule, the site-id
information is stored in /run/zdev_id.env file. This will reduce the
number of further invocation of zdev_id from within udev-rules.
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Currently zdev supports the configuration and maintenance of one single
persistent device state. With the introduction of sites, zdev should be
able to store, configure and maintaine NUM_SITES number of states in
the persistent configuration. This patch modifies the struct device and
adds a new site_specific device_state array, which stores the
persistent configuration for all the available sites.
Total number of available sites are configured with NUM_SITES. Where,
10 site-specific configurations and 1 common configuration.
1. during read, all site data is always read and update the
site_specific[] array.
2. dev->persistent is a copy of dev->site_specific[global_site_id]
3. modifications are only done on dev->persistent, and during write
dev->persistent overlays dev->site_specific[global_site_id]
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In some high-availability setups, root and boot disks of a Linux
installation are copied to remote sites that can take over execution
of a Linux workload in case of an outage of the original site.
A site in this context is an execution environment such as an LPAR
or z/VM guest.
Each site may provide a different set of devices, or require different
parameters to be applied per device. chzdev supports site-specific
device configuration for up to 10 sites. Each site is identified by
a number in the range 0 to 9. You can provide a separate set of persistent
device configuration for each site. The IPL Load parameter value specified
during boot determines the currently active site. Only the device
configuration of the active site is applied during boot and when new
devices become available. A common configuration can be provided that is
applied when no site-specific configuration is available for a device in
the active site.
User can use the --site parameter to configure devices for a specific
site only. Configuration actions without a site parameter apply to the
common configuration.
During the boot, the active site configuration is chosed based on the
IPL LOADPARM variable. If the LOADPARM contains no valid site-id (0 to 9),
the fallback-site id will be used. The fallback-site-id can also be
configured with the zdev tools by not specifying the --site parameter.
Some of the new chzdev/lszdev commands with site-parameter can be as
follows
1. chzdev -ep f001 --site 3
This command is used to configure the device f001 for the site 3. During
boot, if the LOADPARM value is S3, this device configuration will be
used.
2. lszdev --site 3
This command lists all the devices which are configured for site 3.
3. chzdev -ep f001
Above command does not have a --site parameter. This device settings
will be used for the following conditions
1. When the loadparm specifies a site, (e.g S3), and the device does not
have an associated config-set, zdev uses fallback config set.
2. When the loadparm does not specify any site information, then the
fallback config set will be used.
When the loadparm specifies a site, and the device does not have an
associated config set, nor a fallback site, nothing is configured for this
device.
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
While at it, add a list with words to ignore. This suppresses the following codespell finding:
$ codespell libcpumf/libcpumf_cpuset.c
libcpumf/libcpumf_cpuset.c:15: parm ==> param, pram, parma
libcpumf/libcpumf_cpuset.c:17: parm ==> param, pram, parma
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Provie a CheckPatch configuration file and mention it in the coding style
guidelines (this feature was introduced with CheckPatch version 0.32 ~11 years
ago).
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a .clang-format configuration and mention it in the coding guidelines.
Usage example:
$ clang-format -i **/*.[ch]
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When configuring a vfio-ap device, specifying only control domains
without any usage domains results in a useless configuration in that
both adapters and usage domains are required to make cryptographic
resources available to the guest. Without that, the control domains
are useless. While the kernel allows this, let's reject this
combination with a message.
Suggested-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Krowiak <akrowiak@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This patch enhances the zipl stage3 loader image adding a trailer as
required for secure boot by future firmware versions.
Note: with the change in this patch the padding via objcopy command line
options is replaced by padding via linker script directives with the
same effect.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
lszcrypt allows the explicit definition of a list of devices. Continue
the parameter processing if multiple devices are specified.
Signed-off-by: Holger Dengler <dengler@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-By: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In an upcoming patch the refactored function `pt_load_add` is reused. While at
it, add a wrap-around check to `pt_load_add`, replace `g.opts.device` access
with `fh->path` (this makes this function easier testable) and improve the
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove `static` attribute from `print_usage_exit` and declare it in the header
file `opts.h`. The function will be reused in a later patch.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Caller of `dfi_vmcoreinfo_get` must not modify the returned value, therefore
return a `const char *` value for `dfi_vmcoreinfo_get`.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add guarded storage registers support for the ELF input and the ELF output
format. See `man 2 s390_guarded_storage` for details about guarded storage.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The maximum size of all supported ELF note entries for a CPU can be 0x4a4 bytes
and not 0x4a0. Use a function for the calculation so it's easier to maintain.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Currently, only the ELF version `1` is defined by the ELF specification. See
`man 5 elf` for details. Therefore of course, we do only support this version.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The functions are refactored so the `struct zg_fh` value is now passed as
argument to the `nt_*` functions instead of accessing the global variable `g.fh`
from within of the functions. This makes the functions reusable and easier to
test. While at it, improve the documentation of `nt_read`.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce variable `phdrs` and shrink the scope of `phdr`. This removes
duplicated code `&phdr[i]` and makes the code easier to read. While at it,
constify the parameter of `pt_notes_add`.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
`ehdr->e_phoff` has the type `Elf64_Off` and this maps to `uint64_t`, but `off_t` is signed. Let's
add a check for this.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
generalize the collection step name from "docker" to "container host"
initial version of adding data collection for OCP.
all log file content might be too much for most installations
Reviewed-by: Alexander Klein <alkl@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Storzer <mstorzer@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
GUINT32_TO_BE and GUINT32_FROM_BE do exactly the same in case of glib2, just the
naming differs. However, at this point the conversion is from be to system
endianness therefore `GUINT32_FROM_BE` is the proper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
It's often useful to know how much data was actually copied, therefore let's
introduce an nullable parameter `@copied` to `pv_gbytes_memcpy`.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
...by adding a compile time assertion about the buffer size. While at it, report
the actual user data size in case of an error.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The endianness handling was only partially implemented for uvio.c. Let's remove
it since doesn't make much sense here, because the IOCTL must be build on the
same system where they're actually executed.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
the buffer sizing did not work any longer
add explaining comments and rework the variable names for claritiy
refering commit f7cc14753cc9d930af804e2ac3ce108a12145db6
Reported-by: Mike Storzer <MSTORZER@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use `PV_CERT_ERROR` error domain whenever useful. Currently, it's only used
internally in libpv and therefore there is no problem in changing it.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
There should be no problem with this change since the changed value was never
used. Therefore, let's remove the assignment and declare the parameter as const
to prevent such a behavior in the future.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The machine types are not strictly increasing anymore since Z16, therefore,
we cannot use numerical comparison to find out the correct HSA size
of a machine.
Fixes: 2515832469 ("util_arch: Add IBM z16 as known machine")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
`afl-clang` requires a white space between a option name and the option value.
Therefore let's fix this for `-xc` by adding a white space.
How to reproduce:
$ make -C zdump CC=afl-clang-fast LINK=afl-clang-fast
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
some versions of /bin/dash do interpreted our commands different, which
causes a variable failure and termination of the script.
e.g. a new line char "\n" will split the cmd_type to a multiple line variable
not working with the followup commands. adding the head command does avoid
multiline variables now.
Problem found in Ubuntu 20.4 and some older Ubuntu versions
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
move tool checking to the top of the script and add the output to
the check function (-c) for easy verifivation and testing
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
All debian distors use the dash shell as default, where type is not supprting "-t" parameter
Remove of "-t" where not important and change type check not using -t
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Easier to read for a first glimpse than the (still required) full config.
$ man multipathd
list|show config local
Show the currently used configuration like show config, but lim‐
iting the devices section to those devices that are actually
present in the system.
Works as of multipath-tools 0.7.8 commit
c23924dc74ee ("multipathd: implement "show config local"")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
==660622== 385 bytes in 7 blocks are definitely lost in loss record 30 of 37
==660622== at 0x484417C: malloc (in /usr/libexec/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-s390x-linux.so)
==660622== by 0x4E93BD7: strdup (strdup.c:42)
==660622== by 0x11249F: zg_strdup (zg.c:115)
==660622== by 0x11249F: zg_open (zg.c:164)
==660622== by 0x114FBF: dfi_dump_open (dfi.c:750)
==660622== by 0x114FBF: dfi_init (dfi.c:772)
==660622== by 0x111465: do_copy (zgetdump.c:192)
==660622== by 0x111465: main (zgetdump.c:216)
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
we do miss a simple way to see the dbginfo.sh version used by the
customer for the debug generation. saving the version now to dbginfo.log
Reported-by: Mike Storzer <MSTORZER@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Although the previous patch enables pvattest to display the
config UID this script enables the user to extract the config UID of
the SE-guest and the additional data if specified. This allows users of
pvattest v2.22.0 to view the config UID without examining binary blobs.
$ ./pvattest-info attresult.bin
Config UID:
1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a
Additional Data:
1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b
1b1b
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In verbose mode (-v) `pvattest verify´ now also prints
"Attestation measurement verified", if the verification was successful and the
Config UID of the SE-guest and any additional data if available.
$ pvattest -V verify [...]
Attestation measurement verified
Config UID:
1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a1a
Additional Data:
1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b
1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b1b
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Change the name of `hexdump´ to `pvattest_log_bytes´. Additionally, allow
that function to dump the bytes as a single hexadecimal number.
Change the name of `printf_hexdump´ to `pvattest_hexdump´.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Map the Ultravisor return code 0x2 to "Invalid UV command" string. This
results in better error messages.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The dracut installation directory is referenced from `chreipl-fcp-mpath`,
`zdev`, and `zipl`; in each with its own individual definition and
variable name. This makes it unnecessarily hard to change it when
installing from the top level directory of s390-tools and passing
variable overwrites via the command line.
Fix this by defining a common `DRACUTDIR` variable in the shared
`common.mak` file, and referencing this in each tool as base directory.
With this a user can simply pass `DRACUTDIR=/foo/bar/baz` on the
commandline and change the installation for all three tools.
Further, also derive common `DRACUTCONFDIR` and `DRACUTMODDIR` variables
from `DRACUTDIR` in `common.mak`, so that `zdev` and `zipl` don't use
different variable names for the same directory anymore, and all these
are defined together in a common place.
Semantically nothing changes for a default build/installation.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
UDEVDIR is used in both `chreipl-fcp-mpath` and `zdev`, but with a
different meaning. In the former it points to the base udev directory,
not the rules directory; in the later it points to the rules directory.
If someone was to call `make` from the top level directory, and set
UDEVDIR for the whole build/installation, it would either break `zdev`
or `chreipl-fcp-mpath` (depending on what it was set to).
Fix this by pulling the definition of it in the shared `common.mak`
file, and giving it a common meaning. Point UDEVDIR to the base udev
directory, and UDEVRULESDIR to the rules directory below it.
Semantically nothing changes for a default build/installation.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes a bug that leads to a segmentation fault when no parmline is
provided.
Fixes: 11b401b5 ("zipl: move and make check for maximum command line length dynamic")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes a bug that make still tried to build pvattest even when the
compilation of pvattest was turned off.
This lead to a build bug when one of the dependencies was not met.
Also fixes the check of the OpenSSL version at build time.
Fixes: 3ab06d77 ("pvattest: Create, perform, and verify attestation measurements")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes a bug that make still tried to build libpv even when the
compilation of libpv was turned off.
This lead to a build bug when one of the dependencies was not met.
Also fixes the check of the OpenSSL version at build time.i
Fixes: 38639269 ("libpv: New library for PV tools")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
pv_BIO_reset() wrongfully handled the BIO_reset() rc for non-file-backed BIOs.
This is currently not an issue as the only non-file BIO used cannot fail
at BIO_reset()
Fixes: 3ab06d77fb ("pvattest: Create, perform, and verify attestation measurements")
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The returncode handling for BIO_reset() was wrong when handling with
file based BIOs.
This resulted in a bug that DER formated certificates cannot be read
by genprotimg which is now fixed.
Fixes: d90344a2 (genprotimg: check return value of BIO_reset)
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
dasdfmt.c: In function ‘dasdfmt_write_labels’:
dasdfmt.c:1110:22: warning: ‘write’ reading 88 bytes from a region of size 4 [-Wstringop-overread]
1110 | rc = write(fd, &vlabel->vollbl, (sizeof(*vlabel)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1111 | - sizeof(vlabel->volkey)));
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from dasdfmt.c:23:
../include/lib/vtoc.h:84:14: note: source object ‘vollbl’ of size 4
84 | char vollbl[4]; /* volume label */
| ^~~~~~
In file included from ../include/lib/util_opt.h:16,
from dasdfmt.c:20:
/usr/include/unistd.h:378:16: note: in a call to function ‘write’ declared with attribute ‘access (read_only, 2, 3)’
378 | extern ssize_t write (int __fd, const void *__buf, size_t __n) __wur
| ^~~~~
GitHub-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/137
Signed-off-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace strncpy() with util_strlcpy() which provides the required
semantic.
In function ‘dasdview_print_format1’,
inlined from ‘dasdview_view_standard’ at dasdview.c:1952:4,
inlined from ‘dasdview_view’ at dasdview.c:2165:3,
inlined from ‘main’ at dasdview.c:2364:3:
dasdview.c:1791:25: warning: ‘strncpy’ output may be truncated copying 16 bytes from a string of length 1023 [-Wstringop-truncation]
1791 | strncpy(asc, (char *)dumpstr + i, 16);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
dasdview.c:1792:25: warning: ‘strncpy’ output may be truncated copying 16 bytes from a string of length 1023 [-Wstringop-truncation]
1792 | strncpy(ebc, (char *)dumpstr + i, 16);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In function ‘dasdview_print_format2’,
inlined from ‘dasdview_view_standard’ at dasdview.c:1935:4,
inlined from ‘dasdview_view’ at dasdview.c:2165:3,
inlined from ‘main’ at dasdview.c:2364:3:
dasdview.c:1825:25: warning: ‘strncpy’ output may be truncated copying 8 bytes from a string of length 1023 [-Wstringop-truncation]
1825 | strncpy(asc, (char *)dumpstr + i, 8);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
dasdview.c:1826:25: warning: ‘strncpy’ output may be truncated copying 8 bytes from a string of length 1023 [-Wstringop-truncation]
1826 | strncpy(ebc, (char *)dumpstr + i, 8);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
GitHub-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/137
Signed-off-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: sort include]
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The build produces a number of warnings like the ones below. The
unaligned pointers are expected, thus silence the warnings by disabling
the compiler diagnostics.
ziomon_dacc.c: In function ‘read_message’:
ziomon_dacc.c:189:44: warning: taking address of packed member of ‘struct message’ may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
189 | if ( (rc = read_message_header(fp, &msg->length, &msg->type)) )
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~
or
In file included from ziomon_mgr.c:36:
blkiomon.h: In function ‘blkiomon_stat_init’:
blkiomon.h:70:21: warning: taking address of packed member of ‘struct blkiomon_stat’ may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
70 | minmax_init(&bstat->size_r);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
GitHub-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/137
Signed-off-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The kernel already provides the same macro as does the zt_common.h file,
thus check for its availability first.
CC zconf/qeth/lsqeth.o
In file included from ../../include/lib/util_base.h:17,
from lsqeth.c:30:
../../include/lib/zt_common.h:27: warning: "_AC" redefined
27 | #define _AC(X, TYPE) X##TYPE
|
In file included from /usr/include/linux/ethtool.h:17,
from lsqeth.c:12:
/usr/include/linux/const.h:21: note: this is the location of the previous definition
21 | #define _AC(X,Y) __AC(X,Y)
|
GitHub-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/137
Signed-off-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This instruction is not present on older machines, therefore
use ltr.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Fixes: 1627c6a39f ("zipl: Support command lines longer than 896 bytes in bootloader")
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The new version of lspci does support an extended verbose mode "-vvv"
Using the the tripple v parameter does also work for the old version
having the same result as the double v called before.
Reported-by: Eberhard Pasch <epasch@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/trace/ftrace.html?highlight=free_buffer
free_buffer:
If a process is performing tracing, and the ring buffer should be
shrunk "freed" when the process is finished, even if it were to be
killed by a signal, this file can be used for that purpose. On close
of this file, the ring buffer will be resized to its minimum size.
Having a process that is tracing also open this file, when the process
exits its file descriptor for this file will be closed, and in doing so,
the ring buffer will be "freed".
It may also stop tracing if disable_on_free option is set.
$ cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/buffer_size_kb
7 (expanded: 1408)
$ cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/free_buffer
cat: /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/free_buffer: Invalid argument
$ cat /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/buffer_size_kb
0
Reported-by: Thomas Lambart <Thomas.Lambart2@ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The current implementation drops the reason why a download of a CRL
failed. This is changed to the reporting of the error triggered by the
last CRL download attempt.
This mainly helps to check for the download error during CI testing
and prevent connectivity issues to be the reason of a test failure.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use PMU named pai_ext to extract the PMU type number required
for the installation of PAI NNPA counters using perf_event_open()
system call.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a check to detect Processor Activity Instrumentation (PAI)
Extension 1 facility unit.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When the summary flag is selected do not print detailed information
on every single event. Just print the summary information on each
non-zero counter value.
Suggested-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
During recording, progress information is displayed on the screen
on how many event have been processed and at which offset these
events have been extracted from the ring buffer.
This information is usually of no interest to the user. Omit this
data and only print them when requested via verbose flag.
Suggested-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add virtual counters pai_user and pai_kernel to detail all Processor Activity
Instrumentation (PAI) counters in user resp. kernel space. Once activated,
they will show all counters for the corresponding set. Add option -n to limit
the display to only non-zero counter values.
Add support for cpu hotplug events based on libudev. CPU hotplug events are
used to either detach from a vanishing CPU or (re-)attach to a (re-)appearing
CPU. In that case, a "hotplug detected" virtual counter is set to a non-zero
value to indicate possible loss of counters which happens when CPACF is used
on the CPU before cpacfstatsd could attach to it. The hotplug indication is
cleared once all counters are deactivated.
Add support for JSON output. The JSON document is an array of JSON objects
representing the counters and their values. Every object has a name (property
"counter") and a value (property "value"). For PAI counters, the counters
also have a space (property "space") determining the counter set pai_user or
pai_kernel, and a numeric id (property "counterid") that can be used to filter
the JSON document.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Christ <jchrist@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-By: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
cpacfstatsd now correctly handles offline cpus and dynamically attaches to
cpus once they get online. If events are enabled when a hotplug event
occurs, cpacfstatsd uses a pseudo-counter to notify user applications about
the occurence of this event and a potential data inaccuracy.
cpacfstats shows if a hotplug event has been detected since at least one
counter was activated. As soon as all counters are deactivated, the
hotplug detection state is reset.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Christ <jchrist@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-By: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The cpacfstats daemon is susceptible to dos attacks from malicious clients
that connect but either do not send a query or receive an answer fast
enough. The latter currently is impossible but might occur once we
introduce further counters.
Solve both problems by exploiting a timed read/write operation in the
daemon and close the connection on timeout.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Christ <jchrist@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-By: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove `-rdynamic` since it's a linker flag. This should not cause any problems
because we differentiate between compilation and linking by default. While at
it, adapt the `print_backtrace` documentation accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use util_file_read_va() function to read out the event number
given the event file. Also use util_strdup() function to save
the event name. This function terminates on Out Of Memory condition.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
cryptsetup 2.1.0 requires excessive amount of RAM (1GB) to luksOpen encrypted
drives (LP: #1820049).
LUKS2 introduced support for Argon2i and Argon2id as a Password-Based Key
Derivation Function (PBKDF).
Argon2 is the winner of Password Hashing Competition and is now officially
recommended by RFC 9106.
PBKDF2 is currently used in zkey to mitigate out-of-memory errors when
multiple LUKS2 volumes are opened automatically via /etc/crypttab.
This patch is to use Argon2i (the deflaut algorithm) as key derivation function
for LUKS2 volumes, but with options for low memory and time requirements.
Using the default Argon2i options might still cause out-of-memory errors.
Link: https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/cryptsetup/+bug/1820049
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/138
Signed-off-by: Frank Heimes <frank.heimes@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ingo Franzki ifranzki@linux.ibm.com
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: fix whitespace, line break, and commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Extract the minor version and modification level separately.
Previously only the modification level has been extracted, and was
reported as minor version.
Currently no one is checking the minor version or modification level,
so it does not hurt. But maybe in the future one will check, so report
it correctly.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
During plugin initialization, the external libraries such as the
EP11 or CCA host libraries are set up, if the configuration is
appropriate.
A secure identity key may be generated once the APQNs are configured,
but before the server connection is configured. Trying to re-encipher
the plugin's secure keys to a new HSM master key at that stage fails
with 'ERROR: Invalid ext lib type: 0' because the external libraries
have not been setup yet.
Change the code to setup the libraries once the APQNs have been
configured, and not only after the server connection has been
configured.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Increase initial update interval from 200ms to 1 seconds to avoid
fluctuations on the initial data output.
Signed-off-by: Mete Durlu <meted@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
pvattest is a tool to attest an IBM Secure Execution guest.
In a trusted environment, one can create a request using
`pvattest create`. To get a measurement of an untrusted
IBM Secure Execution guest call 'pvattest perform'.
Again in a trusted environment, call 'pvattest verify'
to verify that the measurement is the expected one.
The tool runs on s390 and x86.
It has the same requirements like libpv and therefore
requires openssl v1.1.1+, glib2.56+, and libcurl.
Additionally, to measure, the linux kernel must provide
the Ultravisor userspace interface `uvdevice` at /dev/uv
and must be executed on an IBM Secure Execution guest on
hardware with Ultravisor attestation support, like IBM z16 or later.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
libpv is a collection of definitions and functions related to
Protected Virtualization (PV).
The functions cover mainly encryption (e.g. AES-GCM)
and certificates (X509). There are also helping functions for glib2.
Most of the code is extracted+refactored from `genprotimg`, which
will use this library in future.
Requires openssl v1.1.1+, glib2.56+, and libcurl.
libpv is not designed or intended to be dynamically linked or used
outside of this project. Its purpose is to avoid code duplication
as PV tools do very similar things regarding cryptography.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This commit introduces a new module containing various helpers for
NGDump stand-alone dump. The purpose of these helpers is to facilitate
the implementation of DT and DFI interfaces for NGDump, share code
between both, reduce duplication and enable unit testing later on.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Return the partition number which contains the given block range,
before it was tested for exact match between a partition block range
and the one provided by user. The old behavior with exact match
should still work, this change just relaxes the partition matching
algorithm and allows one to find a partition which contains the given
block range.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This commit finalizes the implementation of the new stand-alone dump -
Next Gen Dump (NGDump).
NGDump stand-alone dump is a universal stand-alone dump which works for both
SCSI and NVMe disks. But currently can be used only with NVMe disks
and SCSI stand-alone dump remains the default for SCSI disks.
Currently, this stand-alone dump can be used only on IBM z15 or newer
machine generations because it requires larger amount of HSA memory offered
by firmware only on IBM z15 machines. Whereas SCSI stand-alone dump is able
to work with HSA memory of 32M, the new stand-alone dump requires 512M HSA
memory at the moment.
NGDump stand-alone dump installation is initiated by passing a path to
a NVMe disk partition to zipl via the command-line -d, similar to SCSI
stand-alone dump. zipl will then:
- build a dumper initramfs with either dracut (Fedora/RHEL/SLES) or
initramfs-tools (Ubuntu/Debian)
- format the given NVMe partition with ext4 file system
- create a bootmap file on the newly created file system using the built
initramfs and the currently active kernel image
- install a boot loader on the disk the given dump partition belongs to
The operations described above are destructive for the given NVMe dump
partition and the boot record(s) of its disk.
After the installation step, users can configure the dumpconf to IPL
the dumper automatically on panic or trigger a dump manually via HMC
interface.
When activated, the dumper will create a dump ELF file named "dump.elf"
on the given NVMe dump partition by using the makedumpfile tool. The kdump
compressed file format is not supported yet due to zgetdump not being able
to read such a file format. Therefore, the dumper is restricted to write
the dump only in ELF format but only kernel pages which are in use.
This will usually make the dump smaller than the original size of
/proc/vmcore and the whole dump process faster as well.
Example configuration for dumpconf:
ON_PANIC=dump # or dump_reipl
DUMP_TYPE=nvme
FID=0x00000001
NSID=0x00000001
BOOTPROG=0
BR_LBA=0
$ systemctl enable --now dumpconf
To install the dracut support on Fedora/RHEL/SUSE:
$ make -C zipl/dracut HAVE_DRACUT=1 install
To install the initramfs-tools support on Ubuntu/Debian:
$ make -C zipl/initramfs-tools HAVE_INITRAMFS=1 install
Example of NGDump console output on SLES during dump
----------------------------------------------------
Starting NGDump...
[ 8.932343] ngdump.sh[327]: NGDump started
[ 8.934739] ngdump.sh[336]: Checking for memory holes : [ 0.0 %] /
[ 8.967536] ngdump.sh[336]: Checking for memory holes : [100.0 %] |
[ 9.076976] ngdump.sh[336]: Excluding unnecessary pages : [100.0 %] \
[ 11.721157] ngdump.sh[336]: Copying data : [ 0.0 %] -
[ 12.317319] ngdump.sh[336]: Copying data : [ 22.5 %] / eta: 2s
[ 13.273000] ngdump.sh[336]: Copying data : [100.0 %] | eta: 0s
[ 13.273244] ngdump.sh[336]: The kernel version is not supported.
[ 13.273263] ngdump.sh[336]: The makedumpfile operation may be incomplete.
[ 13.273281] ngdump.sh[336]: The dumpfile is saved to /ngdump/dump.elf.
[ 13.273299] ngdump.sh[336]: makedumpfile Completed.
Example of NGDump console output on Ubuntu during dump
-------------------------------------------------------
[ 3.240078] zdump: The dump process started for a 64-bit operating system
Loading, please wait...
Starting version 245.4-4ubuntu3.17
Begin: Starting firmware auto-configuration ... done.
Begin: Loading essential drivers ... done.
Begin: Running /scripts/init-premount ...
Begin: NGDump ...
Checking for memory holes : [ 0.0 %] /
Checking for memory holes : [100.0 %] |
Excluding unnecessary pages : [100.0 %] \
Copying data : [ 0.0 %] -
Copying data : [ 40.7 %] / eta: 1s
Copying data : [100.0 %] | eta: 0s
The kernel version is not supported.
The makedumpfile operation may be incomplete.
The dumpfile is saved to /ngdump/dump.elf.
makedumpfile Completed.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The purpose of the new zipl helper script is to build a dumper initramfs
for NGDump stand-alone dump. zipl executes the helper script when
preparing a NVMe dump partition for stand-alone dump.
The zipl helper script expects a single parameter - a path to the dump
partition to store a dump on. The helper script terminates with 0 on
success and a positive value otherwise.
The zipl helper script performs the following steps:
- It builds an initramfs image suitable for dumping. To perform this step,
the script employs the dracut tool on Fedora/RHEL/SLES and
the initramfs-tools on Ubuntu/Debian.
- It outputs the path to the newly built initramfs image and the currently
active kernel bzImage on the standard output.
- It prints the kernel command-line to be used by the dumper on
the standard output.
On success, zipl expects the helper script to return at least three lines
containing:
- initrd=<path to an initramfs image>
- kernel=<path to a kernel bzImage>
- cmdline=<kernel command-line parameters>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The NGDump initramfs-tools module is required to build an initramfs image
to be used with NGDump stand-alone dump. NGDump stand-alone dump does not
use a pre-built initramfs image in contrast to SCSI stand-alone dump.
Instead, an initramfs image is built with initramfs-tools if NGDump
stand-alone dump is installed on a NVMe partition.
The NGDump initramfs-tools module ensures that all necessary tools are
present within the built initramfs and a dump of /proc/vmcore is initiated
to the chosen NVMe partition when the installed dumper is IPLed.
The NGDump intramfs-tools module installs a configuration file and
a dump script into dumper initramfs. This dump script starts at boot
shortly after the initialization of the dump target device. It reads
the aforementioned configuration file that contains the name of a dump
partition to store a dump on. The dump script reads the configuration file,
mounts then the dump target device, creates a copy of /proc/vmcore with
the makedumpfile tool on it, and then shuts down the system.
Ubuntu and Debian are the main Linux distributions targeted by this
initramfs-tools module.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The NGDump dracut module is required to build an initramfs image to be used
with NGDump stand-alone dump. NGDump stand-alone dump does not
use a pre-built initramfs image in contrast to SCSI stand-alone dump.
Instead, an initramfs image is built with dracut if NGDump stand-alone dump
is installed on a NVMe partition.
The NGDump dracut module ensures that all necessary tools are present
within the built initramfs and a dump of /proc/vmcore is initiated
to the chosen NVMe partition when the installed dumper is IPLed.
The NGDump dracut module installs a new systemd service and a dump script
into dumper initramfs. The systemd init process starts the NGDump service
at boot shortly after the initialization of the dump target device.
The NGDump systemd service, in its turn, starts the dump script provided
by the new dracut module. The dump script mounts then the dump target
device, creates a copy of /proc/vmcore with the makedumpfile tool on it,
and then shuts down the system.
The NGDump dracut module can be used on any Linux distribution which
supports dracut. But the primary targets are:
- Fedora
- RHEL
- SLES
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This change adds a new parameter to the function bootmap_create_file()
that requires the caller to specify a path to the directory where
a bootmap file will be created. The primary motivation for this change is
to support NVMe stand-alone dump, in that case the job's bootmap directory
is not set.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The purpose of this change is to simplify the function
bootmap_create_device() and make it more readable. Furthermore,
the dump partition check can be reused for NVMe dump partitions later on.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The purpose of this change is to simplify the function
bootmap_create_device() and make it more readable.
Furthermore, make bootmap_create_device() more robust by checking the return
value of disk_write_block_aligned().
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The purpose of this change is to simplify the function bootmap_create(),
make it more readable and prepare for new changes that will follow.
The original function bootmap_create() tried to handle two different cases
and, therefore, contained many conditional statements which had a negative
effect on readability.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The purpose of this change is to simplify the function bootmap_create(),
make it more readable and prepare for new changes that will follow.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Until now, NVMe disks were handled by zipl as SCSI disks. To support
NVMe stand-alone dump, it became necessary to further differentiate between
both types of disks.
There are two cases that must be handled:
1. A non-device-mapper device is a NVMe disk if it is assigned to the blkext
device driver.
2. A device-mapper disk is a NVMe disk if the ioctl NVME_IOCTL_ID succeeds.
This case is necessary to properly recognize NVMe disks which are
DM devices and, therefore, not directly handled by the blkext device
driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Gordeev <agordeev@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use util_file_read_va() function to read out the event number
given the event file. Also use util_strdup() function to save
the event name. This function terminates on Out Of Memory condition.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
genprotimg is a user command and as such installed into /usr/bin. Adapt
the man page accordingly and move it from section 8 (system commnds) to
section 1 (user commands).
Reported-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The static analysis tool for Debian packages 'lintian', especially if called
like 'lintian -EvIL +pedantic', checks manual pages for correctness and typos.
This commit fixes typos that were identified by lintian and marked with
'typo-in-manual-page' while s390-tools version 2.20.0 was packaged.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/134
Signed-off-by: Frank Heimes <frank.heimes@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Steffen Maier maier@linux.ibm.com [ziomon]
Acked-by: Ingo Franzki ifranzki@linux.ibm.com [zkey]
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: fix commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The provider functions are passed to OpenSSL in the dispatch array
casted to 'void (*)(void)', so they can not be type checked by the
compiler. Add function prototypes using the OpenSSL provided
function typedefs to allow the compiler to check the function
signatures.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Gcc 12 produces a -Wmaybe-uninitialized warning that the content
of the tmp buffer may be uninitialized. This is a false positive.
Silence the warning by using calloc instead of malloc to ensure
that the allocated buffer is initialized.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Create an empty environment file /etc/ziplenv at make install
time if that file doesn't exist
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add definitions of sites, namespaces and sections.
Document the new options --site (-S) and --effective-site (-E)
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
. Support multiple namespaces in the installed environment block;
. Add option --site (-S) to specify a particular namespace
when operating on the installed environment block;
. Add option --effective-site (-E) to specify a particular
namespace. When using in a combination with the option -l
(--list), it displays zIPL environment that would take place if
the specified namespace was activated at boot time;
. Modify set/unset/reset/list operations over the installed
environment block in the case when the option --site is specified
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
. Parse LOADPARM specified by user to find out site-ID;
. Support multiple namespaces in the environment block. Use hash
function on "extended" strings (i.e. strings with logical
prefixes) for the key-value store implementation;
. Added logic to activate a particular namespace by site-ID passed
by user via LOADPARM;
. Modify the logic of evaluation of zIPL environment variables in
the kernel command line. Use the activated namespace for the
evaluation
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Support multiple namespaces in environment block. Use hash
function on "extended" strings for key-value store.
Support multiple sections in environment file.
Modify the import environment precedure to be "section-aware"
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Consolidate type definitions in order to avoid duplicated code, getting
better compiler support, and to avoid confusing namings for the same
thing - e.g. `blk_end` vs. `blockcnt` field name used in the old `struct
fba_dump_param` definitions. It also allows us to get rid of two
`uint64_t` casts.
While at it, fix the documentation of `struct eckd_blockptr`.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
...otherwise `.note.gnu.build-id` will be put at 0x0 (location for s390x
lowcore) if the linker option `--build-id` is used (which is the default
if gcc is used for linking).
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use the `tpi_info` struct definition, similar to the Linux kernel, in
the lowcore struct. This change allows us to use simple assignments
instead of using casts. Additionally, there is the advantage that the
lowcore definition from the s390-tools now looks more similar to the
lowcore definition used by the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Until recently dumpconf might have been installed in two different
locations, /etc/init.d/ and /lib/s390-tools/. As dumpconf is now part of
the helper scripts in the scripts directory, extend the installation
rule and add the %S390_TOOLS_VERSION% wildcard to the script along the
way for correct version output.
The installation rule in the systemd/Makefile is removed, bringing it in
line with cpictl.
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Modern distributions use systemd and a corresponding systemd unit file
is provided that handles the dumpconf tool. The tool is also the last
script left in etc/init.d. Move it to scripts and get rid of the init.d
directory altogether.
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For cpacfstatsd, cpuplugd, and mon_statd there are still SysV daemon
scripts available. However, modern distributions use systemd and
corresponding systemd unit files are provided and in use for a long time
already.
Remove the daemon scripts for the obsolete SysV init system as they're
not used by modern systems anymore.
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The ap_tools utilities are intended to be used in conjunction with
the mdevctl utility for safely managing and inspecting vfio-ap
mediated devices. For now, this will consist of the ap-check tool
which will be driven via a call-out from mdevctl to validate a
proposed vfio-ap mediated device change.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tony Krowiak <akrowiak@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zdev uses a particular set of exit codes -- In preparation for sharing
some zdev udev code with other libraries, let's also create a libutil
include to specify reusable exit codes. For now, let's just initialize
it with the codes from zdev we care about.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add IBM z16 extended counter set. For each counter in this set
add the counter number, the short and long description and the
counter number.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
OpenSSL commit ee22a3741e3fc27c981e7f7e9bcb8d3342b0c65a changed the
OpenSSL provider's keymgmt_match() function to be not so strict with
the selector bits in regards to matching different key parts.
Adapt the secure key provider's match function accordingly.
This means, that if the public key is selected to be matched, and
the public key matches (together with any also selected parameters),
then the private key is no longer checked, although it may also be
selected to be matched. This is according to how the OpenSSL function
EVP_PKEY_eq() is supposed to behave.
OpenSSL function SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey() calls the providers match
function to check if the private key specified matches the public key
of the certificate using EVP_PKEY_eq(). EVP_PKEY_eq() includes the
private key into the selector bits here, although the certificate
only contains the public key part.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The Processor Activity Instrumentation facility (PAI) Extension 1
adds support for the counter set for Neural Network Processing Assist
(NNPA) counters.
NNPA counter values are appended as raw data to the data report.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a check to detect Processor Activity Instrumentation (PAI)
Extension 1 facility unit. This covers the counter set for
Neural Network Processing Assist (NNPA) counters.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The Processor Activity Instrumentation facility (PAI) uses the
perf_event_open system call to report data and the crypto counter
values. The data can be inspected with the perf tool in a very
generic way using raw data report and a hex dump utility.
The pai tool also uses the perf_event_open system call to record the
data, but uses specialized event attributes for recording detailed
information such as the recording of fork, exit, exec system call
events and context switch events.
Cryptography counter values are appended as raw data attachments.
The pai command can be used for recording and reporting.
Also a list of CPUs can be specified.
The recording ring buffers are created per CPU
and are named paicrypto.XXX where XXX stands for the CPU number.
The numbering scheme has leading zeros, such as 007 for CPU number 7.
For invocation and possible command line options see the man page.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since the switch to fuse3 setting the hard_remove option with the
FUSE_LIB_OPT() macro is no longer supported. See libfuse commit
8ee553dac029 ("fuse_new(): don't accept options that don't make sense
for end-users") for details. To fix this, add an appropriate init
function which sets this option.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/131
Fixes: e679a88d88 ("Switch from fuse2 to fuse3")
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix the doxygen comments and add a description on the return values.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
By default, the Bash file globbing pattern '*' doesn't list files prefixed by a
dot (see https://linux.die.net/man/1/bash). Let's fix this by using the pattern
`.*` instead. While at it, add `--` option to remove possible problems with
leading dashes in filenames.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This work around fixes the gcc-12 false positive by disabling `Warray-bounds`:
CC genprotimg/boot/stage3a.o
In file included from stage3a.c:14:
In function ‘__test_facility’,
inlined from ‘test_facility’ at ../../include/boot/s390.h:428:9,
inlined from ‘start’ at stage3a.c:42:7:
../../include/boot/s390.h:418:17: error: array subscript 0 is outside array bounds of ‘void[0]’ [-Werror=array-bounds]
418 | return (*ptr & (0x80 >> (nr & 7))) != 0;
| ^~~~
Unfortunately, there is currently no better fix available that doesn't result
in larger boot loader code sizes. Given the importancy of the boot loader file
sizes the other fixes aren't acceptable. The Linux kernel shares the
problem (but for performance reasons), take a look at the discussion
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/yt9dzgkelelc.fsf@linux.ibm.com/ for details.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/130
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This patch implements an additional method of sorting bls entries
by version field and uses it as default one. If sorting by version
fails, then it falls back to the most robust method of sorting by
file names
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
It is used by the next patch.
Specifically, ->filter() and ->sort() callbacks of the scandir(3)
accept only short names of directory entries to be filtered/sorted,
while we need to know absolute names to perform filtering/sorting.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The problem can happen when dfi_s390mv_init_gen() returns with an error
code to dfi_init() in dfi.c.
Double free condition occurs on zg_close() call at the end of the
while loop in dfi_init() if zg_close() has already been called for the
same file handle at the end of open_dump() function in scope of
dfi_s390mv_init_gen() processing.
This global file handle is not closed during init() call for any
other dump formats. Since it is not reopened/reused after open_dump() call
during multi-volume dump initialization, we should not close it at all.
The problem can be reproduced in the following steps:
1) Install multi-volume dump tool
# zipl -M mvdump.conf
Dump target: 2 partitions with a total size of 4732 MB.
Warning: All information on the following partitions will be lost!
/dev/dasdb2
/dev/dasdb3
Do you want to continue creating multi-volume dump partitions (y/n)?y
Done.
2) Run zgetdump -i using device (not partition) as a parameter without
taking actual dump.
# zgetdump -i /dev/dasdb
free(): double free detected in tcache 2
Aborted (core dumped)
Signed-off-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With "zpcictl --reset DDDD:BB:FF.F" now causing a fully Linux driven
reset where the Linux kernel does an explicit device driver unbind,
disable and re-enable, let's also expose a way to instead have firmware
perform a device reset by issuing an SCLP with SCLP_ERRNOTIFY_RESET.
When firmware is done resetting the device it will then issue an error
notification with PCI Error Code 0x3a indicating successful reset, which
will subsequently cause the new kernel based automatic recovery
mechanism to perform recovery in coordination with the device driver.
This allows resetting devices without unbinding them from their device
driver and thus without losing related block devices or network
interfaces. This may also be used to test the automatic recovery
mechanism.
Reviewed-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Currently "zpcictl --reset DDDD:BB:FF.F" issues an SCLP call with
SCLP_ERRNOTIFY_AQ_RESET followed by a Linux driven device reset via the
recover sysfs attribute. The latter was introduced with commit
bc0d40c580 ("zpcictl: Initiate recover after reset") because the
firmware driven reset leaves the device in the error state. Now with the
addition of transparent PCI recovery however the situation has changed
as Linux will not leave the device in the error state after the reset
but will instead initiate its automatic recovery flow. With that however
the two mechanisms, automatic PCI recovery and the zpcictl triggered
recovery attribute handler will race against each other.
In practice this is harmless as the automatic recovery is serialized
with the recover attribute and whichever wins the race will do the reset.
The losing side will detect that the original device was removed and
will refrain from causing a double reset.
Letting both mechanisms race against each other is not predictable
behavior though so instead of SCLP_ERRNOTIFY_AQ_RESET issue
a SCLP_ERRNOTIFY_AQ_REPORT_ERROR that will report a device error to the
Support Element but not cause a reset and then predictably reset via the
recover sysfs attribute. If instead a firmware driven reset followed by
the automatic recovery flow is desired the new "--reset-fw" option may
be used.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The default issuer check may fail if the to-be-verified host key
document was issued and signed by an entity not known at the point
in time check_hostkeydoc was released.
In order to allow verification of the chain of trust for an unknown
but otherwise valid issuer, check_hostkeydoc can be called with
the -d command line option.
This commit also enhances the help text by briefly describing the
command line options and fixes a typo.
Signed-off-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
While the original default issuer's organizationalUnitName (OU)
was defined as "IBM Z Host Key Signing Service", any OU ending
with "Key Signing Service" is considered legal.
Let's relax the default issuer check by stripping off characters
preceding "Key Signing Service".
Signed-off-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The re-enciphering of EP11 asymmetric secure keys does not work.
First, the result of the re-encipher operation of the private key
part must be copied back into the user supplied key token buffer.
Second, the public key part, i.e. the MACed SubjectPublicKeyInfo
(SPKI) structure must also be re-enciphered (i.e. re-MACed), since
the MAC is calculated with the EP11 master key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove the DigiCert root CA pinning. The root CA used for the chain of trust can
change in the future therefore let's remove this check. If someone wants to
enforce the usage of a specific root CA it can be selected by the genprotimg
command line option `--root-ca $CA`. Make it transparent to the user which root
CA is actually being used by printing the subject name of the root CA to stdout
in verbose mode.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-and-tested-by: Nico Boehr <nrb@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Some development kernel versions provide an 8-digit date number like
"20220325" in place of the second kernel sublevel, while the data
format used to send this information to the HMC only supports 16 Bit
numbers. As a result, the HMC displays a seemingly random sublevel
number.
Fix this by replacing excessive sublevel numbers with 0 to ensure that
these numbers are handled consistently.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Hitting CTRL-D anywhere will cause fdasd to go into an endless loop
displaying the main menu over and over again. Killing fdasd (e.g.
via CTR-C) is the only way out.
The issue is that read_line() is just ignoring the resulting EOF
condition on stdin. Subsequent invocations of read_line() will return
immediately and thus cause the loop. A simple fix is to reset stdin
after EOF. A caller of read_line() will see the same behavior as for
EOL with no input.
Signed-off-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This can now include /lib/modprobe.d/10-unsupported-modules.conf
Strictly speaking, modprobe would only consider *.conf files inside
those directories, but for consistency with the already existing
collection of /etc/modprobe.d instead of /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf,
do the same for the added missing locations.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Recent multipath-tools can depend on this.
a1eabea75e
("multipathd.service: drop ExecStartPre for loading dm-multipath")
92f0893ac1
("multipath-tools: install modules-load.d/multipath.conf")
This can now also include /usr/lib/modules-load.d/s390-pkey.conf
Complements v2.8.0 commit
dffd41943e ("pkey: Support autoloading kernel pkey module").
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The target field is required for IPL sections, but the ones populated from
BLS snippets did not have this field. This was only working when using BLS
snippets because IPL sections inherit the target field with "defaultauto".
But that's not the case when using a menu, for example the following zipl
configuration will fail if it's used along with BLS defined IPL sections:
fail when running the zipl tool:
[defaultboot]
defaultmenu = menu1
:menu1
target = /boot
1 = linux
2 = test
default = 1
prompt = 1
timeout = 0
Because "linux" and "test" will be defined using BLS snippets and these
don't have an option to define target fields. Let's make these to always
inherit a target field, either from the [defaultboot] section or a menu
section if there's a defaultmenu defined.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/111
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/113
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Fixed a couple of style issues]
Reported-by: Renaud Métrich <rmetrich@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Now that we've concluded that the compiler is used for calling the actual
linker, it doesn't make much sense to select a different compiler for linking.
Even worse, it's prone to error. A naive user might try to compile s390-tools
using clang as follows:
$ make -C genprotimg CC=clang
...
CC genprotimg/src/utils/curl.o
LINK genprotimg/src/genprotimg
/usr/bin/ld: genprotimg.o: `stderr@@GLIBC_2.2' non-PLT reloc for symbol defined in shared library and accessed from executable (rebuild file with -fPIC ?)
/usr/bin/ld: final link failed: bad value
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Therefore it makes sense to use the same compiler for linking as well.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove NO_PIE_LINKFLAGS and follow the naming convention by using
LDFLAGS for linker flags. Replace all occurrences accordingly.
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The "detour" with NUL terminated records ensures that sorting
works as expected for environment variables with values containing
one or more lines and thus '\n' as regular record separator.
Reviewed-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Make use of multipath-tools 0.8.9 commit
("libmultipath: add %L path wildcard for 64-bit hex LUN")
260d7cb411 .
Multipath-tools versions that do not know the format wildcard simply
ignore it and expand to an empty string, so it's backwards compatible.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Eases mapping of multipath paths and FCP by-path information
without having to use different tool output and correlate,
such as "multipathd -k'show topo'" and "lszfcp -D".
Possibly the HBA is reported as "[undef]" for zfcp
[without multipath-tools 0.8.9 commit
("libmultipath: support host adapter name lookup for s390x ccw bus")
852a1dfd94 ]
and the FCP LUN needs to be manually converted from the SCSI LUN in h:c:i:l.
While at it, append correlation information for block device name and
major:minor, as well as all information from a standard 'show paths',
which is the path state 3-tuple and next_check,
plus the number of path failures.
Example output:
$ multipathd -k'show paths format "%w|%a|%r|%p|%i|%d|%D|%t|%T|%o|%0|%C"'
uuid |host adapter|target WWPN |pri|hcil |dev|dev_t|dm_st |chk_st|dev_st |failures|next_check
3600507640081818ab00000000000025e|[undef] |0x500507680b2581fa|10 |0:0:0:606|sdb|8:16 |active|ready |running|0 |XXXXXX.... 13/20
3600507640081818ab00000000000025e|[undef] |0x500507680b2581fb|50 |0:0:1:606|sdc|8:32 |active|ready |running|0 |XX........ 4/20
3600507640081818ab00000000000025e|[undef] |0x500507680b2681fa|10 |1:0:0:606|sdd|8:48 |active|ready |running|0 |XXXX...... 8/20
3600507640081818ab00000000000025e|[undef] |0x500507680b2681fb|50 |1:0:1:606|sde|8:64 |active|ready |running|0 |XXXXXXX... 15/20
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The new option -s, long --serial shows the serial numbers of
CCA and EP11 cards.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
New options:
--cardonly
--queueonly
which filter the output to show only card or queue information.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
New options:
--accelonly
--ccaonly
--ep11only
which restrict the output to only cards/queues with the given mode.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Newer kernel show a sysfs attribute chkstop which displays
the checkstop state of a crypto card. This patch enables
support for lszcrypt to display the checkstop state.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
If there is a max_msg_size attribute for the card
the lszcrypt -c option will show this limit as
AP bus max message size limit xx Kb
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
On several distributions `pandoc` is not available via the default
repositories, and thus not available in the build environments for the
distribution packages. That means, the man page can't be bundled along
with the packages generated for those distributions.
But since this is a valuable asset for some users, instead of requiring
`pandoc` in order to have a man page be generated during the build, so it
can be installed, bundle a pre-cooked version that corresponds to the
current version of the `README.md` file. This way, the man page can always
be packaged, and is now always installed, even if `ENABLE_DOC` is set to
`0` (the default).
This also means, whenever the `README.md` file is changed, the bundled
man page needs to be regenerated, so it stays in sync. As a safeguard
we also add a checksum of the `README.md` file that is regenerated along
with the man page. This checksum is tested even when `pandoc` is not
available, and the user is notified whenever it runs out of sync (with a
hint as to how to remedy it).
Nothing changes for the compile/installation workflow, if `ENABLE_DOC` is
set to `1`.
Suggested-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Sometimes dumping a virtual machine from the outside is the only way to
get the data that is needed. This can be the case if a dumping mechanism
like kdump hasn't been configured or data needs to be fetched at a
specific point. Dumping a protected guest from the outside without help
from FW/HW doesn't yield sufficient data to be useful. Hence we now
introduce Protected Virtualization (PV) dump support.
The PV dump support works by integrating the firmware into the dump
process. New Ultravisor calls are used to initiate the dump process,
dump cpu data, dump memory state and lastly complete the dump process.
The guest's data is fully encrypted and can only be decrypted by the
entity that owns the customer communication key for the dumped guest.
Also dumping needs to be allowed via a flag in the SE header.
This patch adds support for PV guest dumps to genprotimg. To prepare a
PV image in order that the PV guest can later be dumped from the
outside, the user has to provide a customer communication key used for
the dump process and he has to set the corresponding control flag. For
specifying the customer communication key a new command line option
`--comm-key` is added and for enabling/disabling the control flag the
command line options `--enable-dump` and `--disable-dump` are added.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Declare `--enable-pckmo` and `--disable-pckmo` as mutually exclusive.
Let's define a helper macro for this which allows an easier definition
of mutually exclusive command line flags.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce a private macro for the calculation of the control flags and
sort the flags by bit value.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Debian carried a patch forever that allowed zipl to run even if not all
menu items had files attached. If a required file is missing for an
entry (e.g. vmlinuz.old or initrd.img.old) and it is marked as
"optional" in the config, the section will be skipped. This allows
zipl to install after bootstrapping, as booting on s390 still relies
on the kernel/initrd symlinks in the root directory.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/2
Signed-off-by: Philipp Kern <pkern@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
[sth@linux.ibm.com: adapted patches to latest changes, merged patches]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This commit makes zgetdump work with /dev/mem again.
zg_seek() should not attempt to verify the given offset for devices before
issuing lseek() because special devices like /dev/mem report 0 in
stat.sb_size.
$ zgetdump -i /dev/mem
zgetdump: Trying to seek past file end "/dev/mem"
Fixes: 11e78cada5 ("zdump: catch attempts to seek past end of file in zg_seek()")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This change will group the commands executed for block and scsi devices
into a section with a comment.
By grouping, we intend to enhance the handling in our runtime.out file
and help to understand the purpose of command groups.
In addition we did get feedback for promoting some commands to the top.
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sa Liu <saliu@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This change will group the commands executed for Z device subsystem
into a section with a comment.
By grouping, we try to enhance the handling in our runtime.out file and
help to understand the purpose of command groups.
In addition we did get feedback for promoting some commands to the top.
lspci -t was added on request of SMEs during the discussions
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sa Liu <saliu@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Nicklas Schnelle <Niklas.Schnelle@ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This change will group the commands executed for overall state into a
first section with a comment.
By grouping, we intend to enhance the handling in our runtime.out file
and help to understand the purpose of command groups.
In addition we did get feedback for promoting some commands to the top.
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sa Liu <saliu@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This change will group the commands executed for crypto, special SW or
specific for a distro into sections with a comment.
By grouping, we intend to enhance the handling in our runtime.out file
and help to understand the purpose of command groups.
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sa Liu <saliu@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This change will group the commands with long output into two
sections with a comment.
By grouping, we intend to enhance the handling in our runtime.out file
and help to understand the purpose of command groups.
We did get feedback for moveing some independent long output files to
the end for speed up the scrolling in the upper parts.
Files which already have a separate output file are bundled in a
separate group at the end.
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sa Liu <saliu@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This change will regroup & reorder the commands executed for network.
By grouping, we intend to enhance the handling in our runtime.out file
and help to understand the purpose of command groups.
In addition we did get feedback for promoting some commands to the top.
"ip -br a" was added on request of SMEs during the discussions
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sa Liu <saliu@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sandy Winter <WINTERA@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Raspl <stefan.raspl@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When lshwc is invoked with
# ./lshwc -a :P
lshwc: ioctl S390_HWCTR_START: Invalid argument
#
it returns an error instead of listing all problem state counters
of all online CPUs. The reason is an empty CPU list when it is
omitted and only a counter set is specified. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With the introduction of libcpumf/libcpumf.a library there is no need
for this file anymore. Its defines have been moved to
include/lib/libcpumf.h are obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a function to detect the existence of the CPU Measurement Sampling
Facility on a system.
Add a function which extracts the CPU Measurement Sampling Facility
characteristics on a system, such as
- minimum sample speed
- maximum sample speed
- current CPU speed
- basic sample size in bytes
- diagnostic sample size in bytes
Add a function to detect the existence of the CPU Measurement Sampling
Facility on a system and return the current sampling buffer management
characteristics, such as:
- minimum supported sampling buffer size
- maximum supported sampling buffer size
Add a function to detect the existence of the CPU Measurement Counting
Facility on a system.
Add a function which extracts the CPU Measurement Counting Facility
characteristics on a system, such as
- counter first version number
- counter second version number
- counter set authorization level
Add a function the returm the PMU type number of a CPU Measurement
Facility device driver. These numbers may vary between boots.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
'which' tool is packaged separately from other core tools and there will
likely be scenarios where this check will fail because 'which' is
unavailable.
The "type" is builtin itself and should solve this problem.
For a built in command, we will not suppress error out -> removing 2>&1.
On this replace - in call_run_command - get cmd_type as variable only once
Reported by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
a missing dump2tar command did show misleading error messages
now check it and give clear messages
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
as order itself does not matter for collection of log and config files,
we decided to use alphabetic order for better maintenance
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
critical paths in dump2tar data collection have been already excluded -
this update will sync the excludes in the fall back, running in case
dump2tar is missing or failing on a system
By this we also sync the filtering to match exact the same pattern.
Reported by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sa Liu <saliu@de.ibm.com>
Fixes: 12c84469fd ("dbginfo.sh: exclude reading page_idle/bitmap sysfs
attribute")
Fixes: b627b8d8e1 ("Initial s390-tools-2.0.0 import")
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
adopt all indents to have the same setting overall - NO logic changes !
tooling: vim used with setting "shiftwidth=8",expandtab,autoindent
commands "gg=G",":retab"
some additional line brakes to stay below 100 chars
and one line added manual before "collect_procfs"
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
chzdev fails to generate correct cio_ignore udev-rules for a CCW device
with device number 0xffff. Also chzdev aborts due to a segmentation
fault when a CCW device with CSSID 0xff is configured. Both issues are
caused by off-by-one errors while interpreting CCW device ID limits
CSSID_MAX, SSID_MAX and DEVNO_MAX.
Fix these errors by correctly interpreting CCW device ID limits.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The endianness handling is already done before, so there is no need for
this function. Let's remove the useless `uint64_to_uint8_buf` function.
Suggested-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Currently, a device type setting being --removed from both the active and
persistent configuration via 'chzdev -t' can result in a scenario where
the setting is not removed from the active configuration (and an error
message is presented) but chzdev still proceeds to remove the setting from
the persistent configuration.
Update this logic so that devtype_remove_settings behaves the same way as
device_remove_settings and only perform the removal when no errors are
encountered.
Reported-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthew Rosato <mjrosato@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Extend cpictl to report Linux distribution type and version information,
and another sublevel of Linux kernel version data via the system level
field of the SCLP CPI firmware interface. This data is intended to be
decoded by the IBM Z HMC web-UI to provide users a more detailed view of
Linux software levels installed in LPARs.
For this purpose, the format of the 64-bit system level word is extended
in a compatible way, that is, the meaning of existing fields remains
unchanged while additional data is added to previously unused fields.
The new format is defined as 0xabccddeeeeffgghh, where:
- a=statistics flags
- b=distro id
- c=distro major version
- d=distro minor version(s)
- e=kernel sublevel 2
- f=kernel version
- g=kernel patchlevel
- h=kernel sublevel 1
This format will be automatically reported for supported distributions
based on data from /etc/os-release. As before, users can override the
data by specifying a custom system level word in /etc/sysconfig/cpi.
To support manual specification of new data fields, the format of
cpictl's -L command line option and the CPI_SYSTEM_LEVEL environment
variable are extended as follows:
- 0x<level>
Specifies the system level as 64 bit hex value
- [[[flags:]distro_id:distro_version:]kernel_version]
Specifies the system level as list of optional fields. Any field that
is omitted is initialized with automatically determined values.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In the past s390 used a fixed command line length of 896 bytes. This has
changed with newer Linux kernels. There is now a parm area indicating
the maximum command line size. This parm area has always been
initialized to zero, so with old kernels this field would read zero and
we must then assume that only 896 bytes are available.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
EditorConfig (https://editorconfig.org/) defines a file format for
defining coding styles. The most common editor do either provide native
support or via plugin support for EditorConfig.
This patch adds an EditorConfig configuration for s390-tools.
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zdev provides path resolution logic to determine which z-specific
devices contribute to the file system mounted at a specific mount point.
This logic is used by command-line option --by-path, but also to
determine the list of devices needed to enable the root file system.
Path resolution fails when a device provides multiple mount points such
as, for example, when using btrfs subvolumes, or when mounting the same
file system at multiple mount points. The failure is caused by zdev
relying on the MOUNTPOINT attribute of lsblk's output which only
contains a single mount point.
Fix this by making use of lsblk's MOUNTPOINTS attribute that contains
the full list of mount points. Note that MOUNTPOINTS was only introduced
with util-linux v2.37, therefore a fall-back to the old format is
needed.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/129
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
lshwc allows to specify a list of CPUs, for example
# ./lshwc -a 2-3,66-68:b
Date,Time,CPU,CPU_CYCLES(0),INSTRUCTIONS(1),L1I_DIR_WRITES(2),....
2022-01-21,12:51:54,CPU2,68762,20999,283,14157,601,87255
2022-01-21,12:51:54,CPU3,70514,21179,288,10654,586,90188
2022-01-21,12:51:54,CPU4,48504,21018,141,7831,438,78494
2022-01-21,12:51:54,Total,187780,63196,712,32642,1625,255937
#
However, as seen on the output, the CPU list is incorrect. It shows
CPUs 2, 3 and 4 even when only CPU 2 and 3 was requested. CPUs 66, 67
and 68 have not been online and can not be displayed.
What happens is a wrong parameter conversion for the device driver.
CPUs 66, 67 and 68 are passed to the device driver as CPUs 2 3 and 4
and that data is returned.
Fix this and submit a CPU list with correct bit ordering:
# ./lshwc -a 2-3,66-68:b
Date,Time,CPU,CPU_CYCLES(0),INSTRUCTIONS(1),L1I_DIR_WRITES(2),...
2022-01-21,12:59:18,CPU2,50753,18042,246,10972,494,60345
2022-01-21,12:59:18,CPU3,54002,20390,232,9219,511,66033
2022-01-21,12:59:18,Total,104755,38432,478,20191,1005,126378
#
Reported-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix Sparse findings like:
warning: symbol 'hash_table_find' was not declared. Should it be static?
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since version 2.37.x, with the commit 58b510e58 ("libsmartcols: sanitize
variable names on export output"), util-linux changes the output
characters of lsblk, where the ":" is replaced with an "_". Align the
lsblk output parser function in lszdev as per this change.
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Boris Fiuczynski <fiuczy@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a prophylactic check that @filename is not NULL before its
dereference.
This addresses the following warning (which is a false positive,
since stat(2) is never called with NULL file name):
job.c:514:13: warning: argument 1 null where non-null expected
[-Wnonnull]
514 | if (stat(filename, &stats)) {
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from /usr/include/features.h:488,
from /usr/include/errno.h:25,
from job.c:13:
job.c: In function 'check_job_ipl_data':
/usr/include/sys/stat.h:227:12: note: in a call to function
'stat' declared 'nonnull'
227 | extern int __REDIRECT_NTH (stat, (const char *__restrict __file,
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/127
Reported-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Under certain conditions, e.g. in a KVM guest, a write operation
to /sys/firmware/cpi/set can result in an error message to
stderr while the script returns with a zero exit code, indicating
success.
This can cause confusion if cpictl is called by systemd due to
the existence of a writable /sys/firmware/cpi/. Let's silence
cpictl when writing to the /sys/firmware/cpi/set. This is OK, as
nothing can be inferred from failure or success from the perspective
of the invoking Linux instance.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/120
Signed-off-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The maximum command line length is now dependent on the kernel image
that is loaded. Therefore move the check to check_common_ipl_data().
This function now reads the new kernel image, and check whether the
command line length is in the allowed range.
The command line size limit in zipl is now set to 64k, which is hopefully
enough.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
There are two places where we check whether the initrd and kernel image
is readably. Add one helper function that checks this. This is also a
preparation for the extended command line handling, so that we have to
add that code in only one location.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
There are quite a few places that do:
if (section == NULL) {
error_text("file '%s'", file);
} else {
error_text("file '%s' in section '%s'", file, section);
}
Add a helper function to deduplicate that.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Most of get_*_components() and finalize_*_address_data() is the same
for normal ip, tape and dump types, so we can unify that.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a small helper function to free the common ipl data to avoid
having the same code duplicated multiple times. Also remove the if()
check before the free as it is allowed to pass NULL pointers to free().
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Each ipl type takes at least a kernel image, parameter line and initrd
parameter. This is duplicated all over the place in the current
implementation. To simplify this, add struct job_common_ipl_data which
will hold this data.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This adds support for long command lines. The boot loader stages
will no longer use a fixed limit when copying the command line, but
will use the maximum length from the kernel image that is being loaded.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The assembly code in tape0.S loads the kernel from tape to offset 0x4000.
After loading the kernel it loads the parm file and stores it to the
address provided by zipl. zipl doesn't know about the 0x4000 load offset,
so this address is inside of the kernel image and will silently corrupt
the loaded image in memory.
Fix this by copying the kernel to the final destination before loading
the parm files and initrd. We can do this because we can strip the first
0x10000 bytes like the zipl C code does for non-tape IPL.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
No need to use memcpy() and carry the length around all the time.
Switch to using strlcpy() to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Compiling against fuse3 shows 'incompatible pointer type' warnings due
to the additional function arguments in the new API.
Therefore, adjust the declarations of zdsfs_getattr() and
zdsfs_readdir() to match.
GitHub-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/117
Signed-off-by: Graham Inggs <ginggs@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Compiling against fuse3 shows 'incompatible pointer type' warnings due
to the additional function arguments in the new API.
Therefore, adjust the declarations of hmcdrv_fuse_getattr(),
hmcdrv_fuse_readdir() and hmcdrv_fuse_init() to match.
GitHub-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/117
Signed-off-by: Graham Inggs <ginggs@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Compiling against fuse3 shows 'incompatible pointer type' warnings due
to the additional function arguments in the new API.
Therefore, adjust the declarations of cmsfs_getattr(), cmsfs_readdir(),
cmsfs_utimens(), cmsfs_rename() and cmsfs_truncate() to match.
GitHub-ID: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/117
Signed-off-by: Graham Inggs <ginggs@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When `make install` is called with parallel execution enabled (e.g.:
`-j2`), the dependencies for the necessary directories are not correct.
The `install` target depends on `install_dirs`, which creates the
necessary directories, and needs to run before any of the
`chreipl-fcp-mpath-install*` targets that have prerequisites on these
directories; but the `chreipl-fcp-mpath-install*` targets have
indirectly the same "hierarchy level" as `install_dirs`, and no direct
dependency on it.
Simplified it looks like this:
install: install_dirs chreipl-fcp-mpath-install
chreipl-fcp-mpath-install: chreipl-fcp-mpath-install-udev-rules ...
This works fine with only one job, as `install_dirs` will be satisfied
first, before recursing into any other branch of the dependency tree.
But if we have more than one job, there is nothing in the rules that
prevents Make from working on both branches - `install_dirs` and
`chreipl-fcp-mpath-install` - at the same time, and so
`chreipl-fcp-mpath-install-udev-rules` might run before `install_dirs`,
and end up with a unsatisfied dependency:
make[2]: *** No rule to make target '/usr/lib/udev/rules.d', needed by 'chreipl-fcp-mpath-install-udev-rules'. Stop.
Fix this by adding direct dependencies on `install_dirs` for all the
directory prerequisites of `chreipl-fcp-mpath-install*` targets. This
way Make will need to satisfy `install_dirs` before it can work on any
of the other targets, and so the necessary directories will be created
in the correct order.
Reported-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes the sparse warning:
utils/crypto.c:443:68: warning: Using plain integer as NULL pointer
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This change allows mocking of print macros in unit tests.
Being able to do this in unit tests, enables us to catch output from
zgetdump functions and test it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
_zg_err_errno() should save the current errno value before calling any
libc functions because they could change it. Failing to do so, may result
in _zg_err_errno() displaying an incorrect error message.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This change allows mocking of error/abort macros in unit tests.
Being able to do this in unit tests, enables us to test error conditions w/o
terminating the unit test runner.
The new error functions do not have "noreturn" attribute because
this would make mocking of them in unit tests impossible. We must not
compile these functions as noreturn because we need to return from them
in unit tests and returning from a noreturn function is an undefined
behavior in the C++ standard!
For more details:
- ISO/IEC 14882:2017, Chapter 10.6.8 "Noreturn attribute""
- https://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/language/attributes/noreturn.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
It is unusual to write the file output from a tool to stdout. Therefore
add a positional argument to the zgetdump convert action where the
output file can be specified. If no positional argument is given the
output is written to stdout as before and therefore there is no change
in the default behavior.
If the file output already exists an error is returned. The reason for
this is to avoid the situation where an existing dump is accidentally
overwritten by the user.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The keyword extern before a function declaration is not required with
modern C compilers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The primary goal of this change is to split DFO ELF module into
multiple smaller ones for better unit testability.
The change doesn't introduce any functionality changes, just shuffling code
around.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The primary goal is to separate DFO code into multiple smaller modules
and make it unit testable.
This refactoring only moved the code around w/o changing any functionality.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Without the fix, readers of syslog / systemd-journal can erroneously
think that dbginfo.sh was incomplete because the last logged step is
"17 of 18".
The fix also makes the missing line appear in dbginfo.log inside the
generated DBGINFO....tgz.
s390-tools v2.17.0 commit b7807d0195 ("dbginfo.sh: Add KVM commands
and rework data collection") turned create_package into a numbered
step.
Snippet of terminal output:
...
17 of 18: Postprocessing
18 of 18: Finalizing: Creating archive with collected data
Collected data was saved to:
>> /tmp/DBGINFO-....tgz <<
Please review all collected data before sending to your service organization.
Syslog before:
...
dbginfo.sh[...]: 17 of 18: Postprocessing
dbginfo.sh[...]: Data collection completed
Syslog after:
...
dbginfo.sh[...]: 17 of 18: Postprocessing
dbginfo.sh[...]: 18 of 18: Finalizing: Creating archive with collected data
dbginfo.sh[...]: Data collection completed
Fixes: b7807d0195 ("dbginfo.sh: Add KVM commands and rework data collection")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove the call to `gzip` before installing the manpage during the
`make install` call. What and if compression is done should be handled by
the distribution tooling.
This also removes a dependency for the build process.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
`chreipl-fcp-mpath-common.sh.in` is never executed, only used as argument
for `source` in the udev helper scripts, so the shebang is unnecessary, and
might be confusing.
Also, tools like `rpmlint` from the rpm software management will complain
about this; e.g.:
s390-tools-chreipl-fcp-mpath.s390x: W: non-executable-script /usr/lib/chreipl-fcp-mpath/chreipl-fcp-mpath-common.sh 644 /bin/bash
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
...to make clear why `off` is initialized to 0 and that all calls to
`dfo_chunk_add` occur for the same reason. For consistency reasons adapt
the `off` value calculation as well.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Rename the parameter `ptr` of `notes_init` to something meaningful. Since
it points to the start of the notes segment rename it to `segment_start`.
In addition, improve the documentation for the function.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use `mem_chunk->size` instead of recalculate it. In addition, assign
`p_vaddr` to `p_paddr` to make clear that they must be equal and rename the
parameter `load_offset` to `elf_offset` to make clear that the offset in
the ELF vmcore file is meant. Finally rename `loads_init` to
`load_phdrs_init`.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This cast makes the macros easier to use without getting compiler warnings.
e.g.
dfo_elf.c: In function 'dfo_elf_init':
dfo_elf.c:343:20: warning: assignment to 'Elf64_Phdr *' from incompatible pointer type 'char *' [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
343 | phdrs_load = PTR_ADD(phdr_notes, sizeof(Elf64_Phdr) * phdrs_notes_count);
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With gcc < 8.1 the following compile error occurs:
lshwc.c:52:37: error: initializer element is not constant
static unsigned int read_interval = ioctlsleep, cfvn, csvn, authorization;
^~~~~~~~~~
Even though this gcc bug was fixed in gcc 8.1+, change the constant
definition to a #define to make the tool compile with older compilers as
well.
Link: https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=69960
Link: https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=66618
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a README.md for chreipl-fcp-mpath and infrastructure to build and
install a man page generated from the README.md. Building and installing
of the man page is only done when supplying the make option `ENABLE_DOC=1`
(per default disabled). The `pandoc` utility is used to build the man page.
The README.md is reused since there is no other tool or command as part of
chreipl-fcp-mpath that needs to be documented in a separate man page.
Also add information about chreipl-fcp-mpath to the main README.md and
CHANGELOG.md.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a dracut configuration file that might optionally be installed along
with the toolset (per default to: $(USRLIBDIR)/dracut/dracut.conf.d). It
causes the udev rules and helper scripts to be included into an initial
ramdisk, when (re-)built with dracut; along with any dependency.
This is only done when passing `HAVE_DRACUT` set to 1 during the
installation (default is 0), e.g.: make install HAVE_DRACUT=1.
Enabling the toolset during the initial ramdisk phase has the advantage
that paths can be audited earlier in the life cycle of this Linux
runtime, e.g. to record the WWID in the ID-file.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In the final step of the udev rules toolset, we either know that the
current event subject is the re-IPL target, a dm-multipath device with
the re-IPL target, or represents the same volume based on its WWID. As
such it is a candidate to replace the current re-IPL target.
The new helper `chreipl-fcp-mpath-try-change-ipl-path` will use the
subject itself - in case it is a single scsi disk -, or the dm-multipath
device, to test whether there is a path in a good state.
"Good state" is based on the zfcp device driver state
(<SDEV>/zfcp_failed, <SDEV>/zfcp_in_recovery), the scsi_transport_fc
port state (<SDEV>/../../fc_remote_ports/rport-*/port_state), and the
scsi device state (<SDEV>/state). A path is only considered if they all
indicate a device in good conditions.
If such a path is found, the helper will try to set it as new re-IPL
target regardless of whether the current re-IPL is still in good shape
or not. This is by design, and done to reduce complexity in further
state checking, and prevention of races with overlapping events in udev
(when executing in parallel workers).
Whenever a new re-IPL target is selected and set in
/sys/firmware/reipl/fcp/{device,wwpn,lun}, the helper will also update
the records in the ID-file - otherwise they might appear as stale, when
they aren't.
This step in the udev rule processing might also result in log messages
written to the syslog (using the utility `logger` from util-linux;
writing to /dev/log).
In case the re-IPL target is changed, a message with level notice is
logged, informing about the new target.
In case no good path is found as part of a dm-multipath device, a
message with level critical is logged, as it might result in a failed
re-IPL if no path is available.
Lastly, when changing the information in /sys/firmware/reipl/fcp/ fails
for whatever reason, a message with level alert is logged, as the
written information might be inconsistent and must be audited/corrected
manually by an operator.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When the first test, whether the current event subject represents the
re-IPL target failed, we attempt a second test, using the recorded WWID
of a previously successful attempt.
The new helper `chreipl-fcp-mpath-is-ipl-vol` utilizes the information
previously stored in the ID-file (read under lock via `flock`).
The recorded WWID is compared with the one of the event subject; if it
matches we know that it addresses the same volume, and might be used as
alternative re-IPL target.
Additionally we also compare the current re-IPL triplet with the one
recorded in the ID-file. If it doesn't match anymore, we assume the
recorded WWID is stale - e.g., because the operator changed the re-IPL
target manually - and the previous check invalid.
If both the WWID match, and the re-IPL triplet is still the same as
previously recorded, the toolset may continue with the subject, and use
it as replacement for the current re-IPL target.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When built with `D=1` chreipl-fcp-mpath automatically creates debug data
for the helpers that run during udev event processing. This is the only
way to effectively debug what is happening during event processing in
chreipl-fcp-mpath.
Collect this data under its default path in /run/udev/.
Also collect the chreipl-fcp-mpath statefile which contains WWID, Device
Bus-ID and LUN of the last path that was detected to represent a FCP
re-IPL device.
Suggested-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When we have identified the current event subject to represent the
re-IPL target, we record its WWID for future identification in a
stateful ID-file (per default: /run/udev/chreiplzfcpmp-ipl-volume-id). In
addition to the WWID, we also record the current re-IPL triplet
(<Dev-Bus-ID>:<WWPN>:<LUN>), so that when that changes - e.g. due to an
operator manually changing the re-IPL target -, we know that the
recorded WWID is stale.
This record may be used in cases when the current re-IPL target is
completely gone from the system, so we can't used it as comparison
object for when events arrive for paths that go to the same volume, but
don't have the same I_T_L nexus. They however have the same WWID. We
may use these (new) paths as replacement for the one that is completely
gone.
The new helper `chreipl-fcp-mpath-record-volume-identifier` uses the
kernel scsi-device attribute `wwid` as source for the WWID (verbatim).
As with reading the re-IPL firmware information, when writing to the
ID-file, a lock is taken via `flock`, to prevent overlapping
writes/reads to the file.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Now that we know that the system uses s390x IPL and the current re-IPL
target is from FCP, whenever we get a udev event that indicates a path
state changed, we have to figure out whether it affects the path that is
currently set as re-IPL target, or goes to the same volume (so we might
use it as alternative re-IPL path).
Add a new helper `chreipl-fcp-mpath-is-ipl-tgt` for this task.
Based on the information provided in
/sys/firmware/reipl/fcp/{device,wwpn,lun} it figures out whether the
current event subject has the same triplet <Dev-Bus-ID>:<WWPN>:<LUN> (in
T10 SCSI: I_T_L nexus), or whether one of its parts (in case of
dm-multipath) has.
If true, we know for sure, that we deal with an event affecting the
current re-IPL setting, and continue.
When accessing the re-IPL firmware information a lock is taken via the
`flock` utility (from util-linux). This is done so concurrent changes
from the toolset, that are added in a later commit, don't result in
inconsistent reads.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add second filter stage to the udev rules: only continue with the
toolset, if the system uses s390x IPL and if the current re-IPL target
is from FCP.
For the test, whether the next re-IPL target is planned to be done from
FCP, a helper `chreipl-fcp-mpath-is-reipl-zfcp` is added, and the
information in /sys/firmware/reipl/reipl_type is used.
If either one or both of the tests are not true, the udev rules will
exit.
For debugging, the toolset can be built with the Make variable `D` set
to 1 (e.g.: make D=1; make install D=1). This causes the toolset to
write shell traces of the helper to $(DEBUGOUTDIR) (per default:
/run/udev); otherwise no output is generated. `dbginfo.sh` will be
changed to collect this data automatically.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a new tool to s390-tools: chreipl-fcp-mpath. A toolset based on udev
to change the active re-IPL target if the current target goes into an
error-state, due to for example a pulled cable.
Add the base infrastructure consisting of a Makefile and a base set of
udev rules. Integrate the Makefile into s390-tools Make machinery.
The rules filter events base on the event subject type (dm-multipath,
scsi disk), udev action (change, or add), and device mapper action
(path failure, or path reinstated). No further processing is done right
now in case of a match; if neither of these criteria matches, the
rules exit, and the toolset won't be invoked.
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
running mpio data disks with offline paths might cause dbginfo
to hang up on the command "blockdev --report" -> we remove
it to ensure a non blocking data collection.
In addition we add a second kill step with the same timeout
value to retry stopping a command
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Mario Held <mario.held@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Always clear the COMMAND_LINE_EXTRA region, also in case sclp_setup()
fails. If the region is not cleared properly, there might be junk
in there after a reboot, causing confusion for the kernel later.
While we're at it, also switch to COMMAND_LINE_EXTRA_SIZE instead
of COMMAND_LINE_SIZE, since that constant is more appropriate here.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/122
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With an upcoming patch the output target can be different to `stdout`.
Therefore, the term `ZG_ACTION_STDOUT` is no longer generic enough. In addition,
rename `do_write` to `do_copy` to match the enum name.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Currently, for some commands (e.g. `zgetdump unmount`) unused positional
arguments are silently ignored, for some commands (`zgetdump mount`) they're
not. Therefore let's fix this by always returning an error message and exit code
if too many positional arguments are given.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case the hsci tool was upgraded on a running system, it can happen
that an hsci interface exists, that was created by an older version of
the tool (and thus has no veth pair). Add support to show and delete
such an hsci interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Wenjia Zhang <wenjia@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Without kernel commits
f7936b7b2663 s390/qeth: Update MACs of LEARNING_SYNC device
4e20e73e631a s390/qeth: Switchdev event handler
60bb1089467d s390/qeth: Register switchdev event handler
HSCI cannot be used with multiple MACs, but the single MAC usecase needs
to be supported even with old kernel. So manually setting the same single
MAC on hsci, HiperSockets and the external interface is still required.
The hsci itself is not a bridgeport, so a static forwarding rule in the
bridge is also required. It seems cleaner to use the initial MAC of the
veth hsci as single static MAC, than the initial MAC of the HiperSockets
interface.
Even with an updated kernel a single static MAC interface, that is not
subject to ageing and re-learning, is beneficial when hsci is used as
a single MAC interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Wenjia Zhang <wenjia@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The first implementation of HSCI (HiperSockets Converged Interface)
supports only a single static MAC address per HSCI and thus constructs
like MACVTAP or OpenVSwitch cannot be used on top of it.
Kernel commits
f7936b7b2663 s390/qeth: Update MACs of LEARNING_SYNC device
4e20e73e631a s390/qeth: Switchdev event handler
60bb1089467d s390/qeth: Register switchdev event handler
changed the behaviour of a LEARNING_SYNC HiperSockets (HS) device
such that any MAC address that is added or learned on a non-isolated
bridgeport of the HSCI bridge is set on the LEARNING_SYNC HS device and
its isolated siblings.
So no new trigger is required for a HS device with the bridge attribute
LEARNING_SYNC to support multiple MACs on a northbound HSCI interface.
However the first implementation of the hsci tool uses the bridge itself
as northbound HSCI interface. This is not treated as a real bridgeport.
So we add a veth bridgeport as northern link for HSCI.
Signed-off-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Wenjia Zhang <wenjia@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Instead of checking for ideal starting conditions, try to achieve
the desired outcome and accept conditions that do not prevent it.
This allows the user to get to a defined state, even if the
hsci interface was manipulated by other means than the hsci tool,
e.g. by ip commands or bridge commands
Minor cleanup:
hsci show:
- display PNET_ID, even if only one hsci port has one
(e.g. if External is a bond)
- only 1 header for mulitple hscis
hsci add:
- sanitize error messages
- allow nonsense HSCI of 2 HiperSockets
Signed-off-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Wenjia Zhang <wenjia@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Don't include dfi_mem_chunk.h in dfi.h because not every module including
dfi.h needs it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Separate the definition of a struct from the declaration of a global
variable of the type. To improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Create a separate C header for STDOUT to separate independent things and
make it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Set DFO format after the parsing of command-line arguments is done.
The command-line argument parsing should be independent of DFO.
This improves testability of the command-line argument parsing and
separates independent things from each other.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Make the C module responsible for the parsing of command-line arguments
independent of other global variables. This improves its testability.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Get rid of C headers which include everything. This is bad for testing and
maintainability. C files should include only what they need and no more.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Create a separate C header for FUSE to separate independent things and
make it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Create a separate C header for DFI VMCOREINFO to separate
independent things and make it more readable.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace magic values with descriptive names to improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To prevent segmentation faults when the function dfi_mem_phys_read() is
given invalid parameters, check that the given memory range falls within
a known physical memory chunk, just like it is done for dfi_mem_virt_read().
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The new name describes the purpose of the function better and
emphasizes its difference with the function dfi_mem_phys_read().
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Always use the function dfi_mem_read_rc() which verifies that the given
address and size fall within a valid memory chunk. We cannot trust
user's input.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The function dfi_mem_chunk_virt_add() is used only internally and should
not be exported to prevent misuse.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The keyword extern is redundant for function declarations in C headers.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Set stage3_parms.envblk_len to 0, if add_envblk is false.
This fixes segmentation fault when performing job with
not defined zIPL environment (e.g. installing SCSI dump)
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
PCI and crypto devices defined using the IBM Z Dynamic Partition Manager
(DPM) will start in an offline/unconfigured state that requires manual
intervention before the associated Linux function can be used. This
results for example in PCI networking interfaces being unavailable in a
distribution installer system.
Fix this by providing a udev rule and initial RAM-disk logic that
automatically enables PCI and crypto devices either during boot, or when
they are defined at run-time. This processing can be suppressed by
specifying the "rd.zdev=no-auto" parameter on the kernel command line.
Auto-configuration is limited to Linux running in DPM LPARs because
PCI-functions and crypto devices defined by DPM are always intended for
use by a single LPAR only.
For Linux running in classic-mode LPARs or virtual machines, leaving PCI
and crypto devices in an offline state may be useful to allow defining a
device as available to multiple systems, where only the system that
intends to make use of the device should enable it.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add an internal tool intended to be used by udev rules to determine
zdev and hypervisor related system information in key=value format.
Supported keys are:
ZDEV_NEST_LEVEL=n
Virtualization nesting level of running system
ZDEV_HYPERVISOR_<n>=LPAR|z/VM|KVM/Linux
Type of hypervisor that provides virtualization at nesting level <n>
ZDEV_IS_DPM=0|1
Indicator if top-level LPAR is managed by Dynamic Partition Manager
ZDEV_NO_AUTO=0|1
Indicator if auto-configuration is requested
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zgetdump is for analyzing VM coredumps and not user space coredumps therefore
return an error in case of a user space coredump.
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add new tool named 'sclpdbf'. This script displays the contents of
s390dbf sclp debug logs in human-readable format.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Added a tool to operate with zIPL environment, currently
installed in the boot record. All modifying operations result
in atomic update of the installed environment block, bypassing
the file system driver.
Operations currently supported by zIPL environment editor:
. set/unset environment variables,
. print/reset environment
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
from disk.c to a dedicated source file fs-map.c, so that the new
zipl-editenv tool will be also able to use it.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Before starting the kernel:
1. parse environment block (if any) and create a hash table
of all found pairs (NAME, VALUE);
2. scan the command line, which already contains extra-parameters
(if any), and for each found ${NAME} replace it with VALUE, as
found in the hash table by NAME.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When installing a boot record for "ipl" and "menu" job, always add
an environment block as a boot component located in bootmap file
at offset alinged on file system block size boundary. When adding,
first try to import environment from a file at location specified
by newly introduced "--environment" zipl option, or by default at
"/etc/ziplenv". If nothing was imported, then add a blank environment
block. Optionally print the content of the environment block.
Store environment block size and address (as of boot component) in
stage3_parms.
Change interface of add_ipl_program(): add 2 additional arguments:
a pointer to bootmap file name and a predicate indicating if we
need to add environment block as a boot component.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Provide helper functions disk_write_block_buffer_align()
and add_component_buffer_align() to align offset of the record
on specified block size boundary and to save the offset, where
the record was made at.
This will be used by a later patch.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
. expand interface of disk_get_blocklist_from_file() to get
block pointers for a specific range of data within a file.
. provide a helper function add_component_file_range() to add a
specific range of data within a file as a boot component.
This will be used by a later patch.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes the following Valgrind finding:
==28040== Syscall param rt_sigaction(act->sa_flags) points to uninitialised byte(s)
==28040== at 0x48C98B0: __libc_sigaction (sigaction.c:58)
==28040== by 0x10D507: sig_handler_init (zgetdump.c:58)
==28040== by 0x10D507: main (zgetdump.c:179)
==28040== Address 0x1ffefffc84 is on thread 1's stack
==28040== in frame #0, created by __libc_sigaction (sigaction.c:43)
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix the following incorrect help text line:
-T, --file-timeout (null) Stop reading file after SEC seconds
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Sanity check ELF notes descriptor size before reading it. This prevents
stack buffer overflows in case a dump contains invalid ELF notes.
Instead of reading a note's descriptor into a temporary buffer on stack,
read it directly into the buffer given to nt_read() but also provide
a maximum length of the given buffer to nt_read() in order to prevent
overflows.
This problem was found with valgrind and AFL fuzzing + ASAN.
AFL + ASAN findings:
[root@t83lp49 s390-tools]# ./zdump/zgetdump -iVVVVV ~/zgetdump-fuzzing/findings/crashes/id\:000008\,sig\:06\,src\:000007\,op\:arith8\,pos\:67\,val\:+3
TRACE: DFI initialization
DEBUG: DFI trying s390tape
DEBUG: DFI s390tape returned with rc -19
DEBUG: DFI trying devmem
DEBUG: DFI devmem returned with rc -19
DEBUG: DFI trying s390mv_ext
DEBUG: DFI s390mv_ext returned with rc -19
DEBUG: DFI trying s390mv
DEBUG: DFI s390mv returned with rc -19
DEBUG: DFI trying s390_ext
DEBUG: DFI S390 extended initialization
DEBUG: DFI s390_ext returned with rc -19
DEBUG: DFI trying s390
DEBUG: DFI S390 initialization
DEBUG: DFI s390 returned with rc -19
DEBUG: DFI trying lkcd
DEBUG: DFI lkcd returned with rc -19
DEBUG: DFI trying elf
DEBUG: DFI ELF initialization
DEBUG: DFI ELF e_phnum 11
DEBUG: DFI ELF p_type[0] 0x4
DEBUG: DFI ELF n_type 0x0
AddressSanitizer:DEADLYSIGNAL
=================================================================
==208548==ERROR: AddressSanitizer: stack-overflow on address 0x03ffef05d000 (pc 0x0000010051b0 bp 0x03fff107dc40 sp 0x03ffef05dac8 T0)
#0 0x10051b0 (/root/s390-tools/zdump/zgetdump+0x10051b0)
SUMMARY: AddressSanitizer: stack-overflow (/root/s390-tools/zdump/zgetdump+0x10051b0)
==208548==ABORTING
valgrind findings:
==56423== Source and destination overlap in memcpy(0x4a86d38, 0x4a875e0, 4096)
==56423== at 0x4839F86: memcpy (in /usr/lib/s390x-linux-gnu/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-s390x-linux.so)
==56423== by 0x114253: memcpy (string_fortified.h:34)
==56423== by 0x114253: nt_read (dfi_elf.c:95)
==56423== by 0x1145FF: nt_s390_prefix_read (dfi_elf.c:195)
==56423== by 0x1145FF: pt_notes_add (dfi_elf.c:259)
==56423== by 0x1145FF: dfi_elf_init (dfi_elf.c:326)
==56423== by 0x112A57: dfi_init (dfi.c:1212)
==56423== by 0x10D663: do_dump_info (zgetdump.c:127)
==56423== by 0x10D663: main (zgetdump.c:182)
==56423==
==56423== Invalid write of size 8
==56423== at 0x4839E28: memcpy (in /usr/lib/s390x-linux-gnu/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-s390x-linux.so)
==56423== by 0x114253: memcpy (string_fortified.h:34)
==56423== by 0x114253: nt_read (dfi_elf.c:95)
==56423== by 0x1145FF: nt_s390_prefix_read (dfi_elf.c:195)
==56423== by 0x1145FF: pt_notes_add (dfi_elf.c:259)
==56423== by 0x1145FF: dfi_elf_init (dfi_elf.c:326)
==56423== by 0x112A57: dfi_init (dfi.c:1212)
==56423== by 0x10D663: do_dump_info (zgetdump.c:127)
==56423== by 0x10D663: main (zgetdump.c:182)
==56423== Address 0x4a86ee0 is 0 bytes after a block of size 912 alloc'd
==56423== at 0x483675E: calloc (in /usr/lib/s390x-linux-gnu/valgrind/vgpreload_memcheck-s390x-linux.so)
==56423== by 0x10E71D: zg_alloc (zg.c:93)
==56423== by 0x114793: nt_prstatus_read (dfi_elf.c:123)
==56423== by 0x114793: pt_notes_add (dfi_elf.c:234)
==56423== by 0x114793: dfi_elf_init (dfi_elf.c:326)
==56423== by 0x112A57: dfi_init (dfi.c:1212)
==56423== by 0x10D663: do_dump_info (zgetdump.c:127)
==56423== by 0x10D663: main (zgetdump.c:182)
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Steffen Eiden <seiden@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Had a confusing decoded trace record:
Timestamp : ...
Area : SCSI
...
Tag : rsl_err
...
SCSI result : 0x00000002
SCSI opcode : 1a...
FCP rsp inf cod: 0x00
FCP rsp IU : 00000000 00000000 00000a02 000000ff
00000012 00000000
^^
and was wondering where that sense data would be or if the
corresponding PAY record "fcp_riu" was lost due to trace area wrapping.
So the fix here adds the following two lines to the same trace record:
FCP rsp IU len : 42
FCP rsp IU all : record not available anymore.
Similarly, the following LUN reset Task Management Function response
was missing the last two lines regarding the full FCP response IU
and its optional part with the FCP response info:
Timestamp : ...
Area : SCSI
...
Tag : lr_okay
...
FCP rsp inf cod: 0x00
FCP rsp IU : 00000000 00000000 00000100 00000000
00000000 00000008
^^
FCP rsp IU len : 32
FCP rsp IU all : record not available anymore.
As of today, depending on the kernel version we have
either fcp_sns or fcp_riu PAY trace records. See Linux kernel v4.14 commit
12c3e5754c80 ("scsi: zfcp: fix payload with full FCP_RSP IU in SCSI trace
records").
Always print non-zero payload length independent of payload type.
Actually this also fixes a regression for wrapped away fcp_sns.
If there is no fcp_sns it either wrapped away or it's a kernel with fcp_riu.
Only print fcp_riu if it contains more content than the preceding
unconditional fixed-size field "FCP rsp IU".
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
If the while loop in mem_chunks_add_ext() is never executed, then
the stack variable containing the dump segment header will never be
initialized.
clang's static code analyzer reports the following problem:
$ make CC="clang --analyze" -C zdump
dfi_s390.c:157:6: warning: Branch condition evaluates to a garbage value [core.uninitialized.Branch]
if (!dump_segm.stop_marker)
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use util_log from libutil to output various log messages that can be helpful
during problem analysis.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace the incorrect %d format specifier with %u one for unsigned integer
types.
This issue was found with AFL fuzzing.
$ ./zdump/zgetdump -i ~/input.bin
General dump info:
Dump format........: s390
Version............: -2147483647
System arch........: s390x (64 bit)
CPU count (online).: 32768
Dump memory range..: 1 MB
Memory map:
0000000000000000 - 00000000000f423f (1 MB)
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
We found situations, where the debug commands from dbginfo.sh
did overwrite some debug files (e.g. OSA s390dbf) - so we change
the collection order
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Before reading data in dfi_vmcoreinfo_init(), check the validity
of the memory range. Otherwise this can result in a segmentation fault when
zgetdump is given a very small dump, e.g. S390 DASD single-volume dump of
size 0x10 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Before reading data in os_info_get(), check the validity of the memory
range. Otherwise this can result in a segmentation fault when zgetdump is
given a very small dump, e.g. S390 DASD single-volume dump of size 0x10
bytes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Before reading data at addresses 0x10418 and 0x10420 in kdump_init(),
validate the validity of the memory range. Otherwise this can result in
a segmentation fault when zgetdump is given a very small dump, e.g.
S390 DASD single-volume dump of size 0x1000 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The dfi_vmcoreinfo_init() function might be called on a dump of a non-ELF
format because the DFI goes through all supported dump formats when first
trying to identify of what dump format the given input is. Therefore,
we must be very careful in interpreting read data and ensure that it
makes sense before accessing or using it.
This commit prevents a potential overflow of a stack buffer in
dfi_vmcoreinfo_init() if note.n_namesz is bigger than the stack buffer.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
- adding new print function for simpler output customizing
- consolidate some output files
- sync structures and use of checks
- some formatting updates
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The function mem_chunks_add_ext() allocates but does not release memory
if it encounters unexpected errors during dump segment reading.
Allocate memory passed to dfi_mem_chunk_add() right before calling
the function. This way there is no need for a cleanup anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
- clenaup outdated kernel - we no longer have 2.x kenrel in support
- add timeout on command excution - ensure to not miss all data for a
single command to hang
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When integrity support is enabled for a LUKS2 volume, then the LUKS2
volume key may include the integrity key concatenated to the secure key
(dependent on the integrity type).
Get the integrity key size from the LUKS2 header (if integrity support
is enabled) and calculate the size of the secure key when performing
operations with the secure key only.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
According to the ELF specification, the file size of a PT_LOAD
memory segment might be less than its memory size. In that case,
the remaining bytes must be filled with zeros. The ELF DFI implementation
didn't handle this case correctly. Such ELF core files might be produced
by the makedumpfile tool.
From elf.5 man page:
------------------------------------------------------
PT_LOAD
The array element specifies a loadable segment,
described by p_filesz and p_memsz. The bytes
from the file are mapped to the beginning of the
memory segment. If the segment's memory size
p_memsz is larger than the file size p_filesz,
the "extra" bytes are defined to hold the value
0 and to follow the segment's initialized area.
The file size may not be larger than the memory
size. Loadable segment entries in the program
header table appear in ascending order, sorted
on the p_vaddr member.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Before attempting to read ELF program headers, the file must be positioned
at the offset of the first program header as specified in the ELF header.
Furthermore, read all ELF program headers with one call to zg_read(). This
has the advantage of not having to restore the file offset every time
after it is changed in pt_notes_add() and other functions which need to
read the same file as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This is a false positive because IBM Z architecture supports unaligned
memory accesses.
dfo_s390.c: In function ‘df_s390_dump_init’:
dfo_s390.c:218:29: warning: taking address of packed member of ‘struct df_s390_hdr’ may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
218 | timeval2tod(&dh->tod, dfi_attr_time());
| ^~~~~~~~
dfo_s390.c:219:29: warning: taking address of packed member of ‘struct df_s390_em’ may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
219 | timeval2tod(&em->tod, dfi_attr_time());
| ^~~~~~~~
dfo_s390.c:222:29: warning: taking address of packed member of ‘struct df_s390_em’ may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
222 | timeval2tod(&em->tod, dfi_attr_time_end());
| ^~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When creating a bootmap, look for zipl components (stage3.bin and
zipl helpers) in a directory specified by S390TOOLS_LIBDIR shell
environment variable. If that variable is not set, then look for
them at the default location.
In verbose mode print the name of s390-tools library directory,
where the search was implemented.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add generic functions
util_sysdir();
util_sysdir_path()
and their special cases supplied for users:
util_libdir();
util_libdir_path();
util_datadir();
util_datadir_path()
The function util_sysdir() determines the absolute name of a
s390-tools system directory. It could be data, or library directory.
The function util_sysdir_path() determines the absolute name of a
file installed in the s390-tools system directory.
The function util_libdir() determines the absolute name of a
s390-tools library directory. By default that name is defined
by the compile-time macro TOOLS_LIBDIR (/lib/s390-tools).
Users can specify an override by setting environment variable
S390TOOLS_LIBDIR.
The function util_libdir_path() determines the absolute name of a
file installed in the s390-tools library directory.
The function util_datadir() determines the absolute name of a
s390-tools system data directory. By default the name is defined
by the compile-time macro TOOLS_DATADIR (/usr/share/s390-tools/).
Users can specify an override by setting environment variable
S390TOOLS_DATADIR.
The function util_datadir_path() determines the absolute name of a
file installed in the s390-tools data directory.
The ability to override the setting for TOOLS_LIBDIR and
TOOLS_DATADIR is required for implementing tests on tools that are
not installed in their default system path locations.
Signed-off-by: Eduard Shishkin <edward6@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
lscss shows device number as 'None' if the corresponding device in the
subchannel is non-operational or not connected. Instead, show the
device-no derived from the new dev_busid attribute which provides the
value of device_id irrespective of the device availability.
i.e the current lscss shows
Device Subchan. DevType CU Type Use PIM PAM POM CHPIDs
----------------------------------------------------------------------
0.0.0000 0.0.0000 3390/0c 3990/e9 f0 a0 ff 32333435 00000000
none 0.0.00c7 f0 a0 5f 32333435 00000000
none 0.0.00c8 f0 a0 5f 32333435 00000000
here the subchannels 0.0.00c7 and 0.0.00c8 do not have an operational
device on them. Hence the device is shown as none.
With this patch,
Device Subchan. DevType CU Type Use PIM PAM POM CHPIDs
----------------------------------------------------------------------
0.0.0000 0.0.0000 3390/0c 3990/e9 f0 a0 ff 32333435 00000000
0.0.74c8 0.0.00c7 f0 a0 5f 32333435 00000000
0.0.74c9 0.0.00c8 f0 a0 5f 32333435 00000000
The device-no is shown as 0.0.74c8; Where the DevType field still
indicates that the device is not present.
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
lszcrypt now evaluates and displays the 'status' in the
'STATUS' column if the vfio provides this sysfs attribute.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The 'STATUS' field was within the code used as 'online'
record because it showed the online state. But now it
displays some more info like 'deconfig' and maybe even
more in the future. So now the code also uses a 'status'
record for this info.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Slight rework of the lszcrypt code with:
- a queue or card in deconfigured mode is displayed
as 'deconfig' regardless which driver is bound to
the device.
- a queue or card in 'deconfig' mode does not show
any counters any more but displays a '-' instead.
- a queue not bound or bound to something else as
the 'default' zcrypt dd does not show any counters
but displays a '-' instead.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The command
# vmur punch -r rhcos-live-kernel-s390x -u etpgxku -N kernel.img
Reader file with spoolid E YO created and transferred to ETPGXKU.
#
did not indicate an error when executed. However the file was not
transferred and this error message went unnoticed:
RPIMGR032E YOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO CLOSE TO TATAC05.ETPGXKU
HCPCSL007E Invalid userid - ETPGXKU
Fix this by checking the CP return code and print the error message
returned by CP. This is the behavior now:
# vmur punch -r rhcos-live-kernel-s390x -u etpgxku -N kernel.img
vmur: CP command failed with rc=7
RPIMGR032E YOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO CLOSE TO TATAC05.ETPGXKU
HCPCSL007E Invalid userid - ETPGXKU
#
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/119
Reported-by: Vance Morris <vmorris@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Vance Morris <vmorris@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Complements v2.9.0 commit 4036e80b26 ("lszfcp: add new output marker
for non-good FCP devices (hosts)").
Otherwise "linkdown" shows as "failed" because linkdown happens to be
the one special case that also sets the failed status flag of the
FCP device (host). Linkdown is kind of benign compared to other cases
where the FCP device is in failed status.
Examples:
$ lszfcp -He
0.0.194a host3 linkdown
$ lszfcp -HeV
/sys/devices/css0/0.0.0004/0.0.194a linkdown
/sys/class/fc_host/host3
/sys/class/scsi_host/host3
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The DFI memory chunk manager cannot handle PT_LOAD segments of size 0.
This can lead to a NULL pointer access in mem_chunk_find() in case
zgetdump is given an invalid VMCORE ELF file as input which contains
only zero-sized ELF PT_LOAD segments. Instead of crashing, show an error
message and terminate gracefully.
The TELA test dump_with_zero_sized_segments.sh can reproduce this bug.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Zipl.conf is collected via /etc/*.conf in CONFIGFILES but BLS snippets
do not appear in /etc/zipl.conf.
Complements v2.5.0 commit d280e5b1fa ("zipl: Add BootLoaderSpec support")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Some libraries depend on other libraries, so split the libraries
into two groups: base libraries that do not depend on any others, and
the remaining libraries, that may depend on the base libraries.
Ensure that the base libraries are built first, before starting to
build the remaining libraries. The tools are only built once the base
libraries and the remaining libraries have been built.
This fixes a possible build problem with libseckey when parallel build
is used. The libseckey library is used by libekmfweb and the zkey KMIP
plugin (zkey-kmip). With parallel build both are built in parallel,
and thus both trigger the build of libseckey. This can lead to the
situation that libseckey is built twice at the same time, which can lead
to build failures (corrupted archive, etc).
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
overlay.o was being recompiled during the install step because
it depended on the target check-dep-fuse which is phony and,
therefore, always outdated. The solution is to create an empty file
for the target check-dep-fuse after its successful completion. This
prevents make from rebuilding overlay.o during installation.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/pull/118
Fixes: 5a7d2a58c8 ("hsavmcore: Fix fuse dependency checking")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Suggested-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use LONG_BIT provided by C standard in <limits.h>.
Fixes the following compile errors with buildroot:
lshwc.c: In function ‘parse_cpulist’:
lshwc.c:295:15: error: ‘__BITS_PER_LONG’ undeclared (first use in this function)
295 | no_a = i % __BITS_PER_LONG;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Fixes: 27a562da0a ("cpumf/lshwc: Program to extract complete counter sets")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use standard 32- and 64-bit C types.
Fixes the following compile errors with buildroot:
In file included from lshwc.c:41:
lshwc.h:61:2: error: unknown type name ‘__u64’
61 | __u64 version; /* Version of interface */
| ^~~~~
lshwc.h:62:2: error: unknown type name ‘__u64’
62 | __u64 data_bytes; /* # of bytes required */
| ^~~~~
lshwc.h:63:2: error: unknown type name ‘__u64’
63 | __u64 cpumask_len; /* Length of CPU mask in bytes */
| ^~~~~
lshwc.h:64:2: error: unknown type name ‘__u64’
64 | __u64 *cpumask; /* Pointer to CPU mask */
| ^~~~~
lshwc.h:65:2: error: unknown type name ‘__u64’
65 | __u64 counter_sets; /* Bit mask of counter set to get */
| ^~~~~
lshwc.h:69:2: error: unknown type name ‘__u32’
69 | __u32 set; /* Counter set number */
| ^~~~~
Fixes: 27a562da0a ("cpumf/lshwc: Program to extract complete counter sets")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
KMIP values of type BYTE-STRING are represented as hex values when XML
or JSON encoding is used. Do not drop any leading zero bytes, if the
value has them.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
util_path_sysfs() allocates memory for the created path which must be
freed by the user.
Fixes: 8023a72b11 ("libdasd: Provide function to read ese sysfs attribute")
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
List (find) and import a key that exists in a KMIP server into the zkey
repository. Retrieve the key attributes of a key stored in a KMIP server,
and extract the zkey properties from it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When a key is removed from the zkey repository, it is usually not removed
from the KMIP server. Optionally, the state of a KMIP key can be changed
when it is removed by zkey.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Change the attributes of a key at the KMIP server when the properties
of a key are changed in zkey.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Allow to generate a new AES key at the KMIP server, and retrieved it.
Keys are always retrieved in wrapped format, wrapped by the public RSA
wrapping key used by the KMIP plugin. The KMIP plugin can then unwrap
the retrieved key with its secure private RSA key, and can then import
the retrieved AES key into the zkey repository as secure key. That way,
the retrieved AES key is never in clear, once it leaves the KMIP server.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When the master keys of the configured APQNs are changed, the secure
identity key as well as the secure wrapping key must be re-enciphered.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Keys retrieved from a KMIP server are wrapped with an RSA key. The
RSA wrapping key is a secure key generated by the KMIP plugin. The
public RSA key is registered at the KMIP server, and the KMIP server
can then wrap the keys with it. The KMIP plugin can unwrap the retrieved
key with the private RSA key and import it as secure key into the zkey
repository.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Configure a connection to a KMIP server, establish trust between
server and client, query the KMIP server and verify if it supports
the required KMIP operations. Also, the profile to be used with this
KMIP server is tried to matched. If not specified in the profile,
the KMIP protocol version to be used is discovered.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
KMIP server profiles (not to be confused with profiles defined by
the KMIP standard) define how the KMIP plugin talks to the KMIP
server. Profiles can be used to configure certain KMIP usages for
certain KMIP servers.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Lines with '#' as first character are treated as comments, and are
skipped. Empty lines are also skipped.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For the client certificate to authenticate with the KMIP server,
a certificate signing request (CSR) or self signed certificate can be
generated. The generated CSR or certificate is signed with the secure
identity key of the KMIP plugin.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Authentication with KMIP servers is based on TLS client authentication.
To establish trust between zkey and the KMIP server, a client certificate
must be registered with the KMIP server before a client can communicate
with it.
The signature key of the client's certificate is a secure key created by
zkey. It can either be an RSA or an ECC key, using either CCA or EP11
type crypto adapters configured with the KMIP plugin.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The KMIP plugin supports CCA and EP11 APQNs, but only it can only be
configured with one type. Once configured with one type of APQN, it accepts
only APQNs of the same type.
It supports key types matching to the APQn type it is configured with.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support to integrate the external key management systems based
on the KMIP protocol (KMIP: OASIS Key Management Interoperability
Protocol) into zkey by providing a zkey KMS plugin for KMIP. The
plugin communicates with KMIP servers using libkmipclient over a
TLS or HTTPS connection.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Some functions are likely to be used by multiple plugins. Move them
into zkey common code (plugin-utils.c), this module is then linked
into the plugins.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
KMS plugins that support multiple key types need to know which
key type to produce with the kms_import_key() function. Extend
the plugin API to allow a plugin to provide a kms_import_key2()
function, that accepts the key type as additional parameter.
Existing plugins do not need to be changed, as the old function
kms_import_key() still exists, and is still used when the plugin
does not provide a kms_import_key2() function.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
libkmipclient is a shared library that provides an KMIP client to
communicate with an KMIP server. KMIP stands for Key Management
Interoperability Protocol, and is an extensible communication protocol
that defines message formats for the manipulation of cryptographic
keys on a key management server.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The libseckey is a secure key library to perform secure key operations
with OpenSSL. It provides a framework to create OpenSSL PKEYs with a
secure key attached. Such a PKEY contains the public key parts in clear,
but the private key as secure key blob. Only the private key operations
are actually performed with the secure key, public key operations are
performed in software by OpenSSL. It supports CCA and EP11 secure
keys for RSA and ECC crypto operations.
Because many PKEY method related functions are deprecated since OpenSSL
3.0, two versions of the OpenSSL secure key support are needed. One (using
a PKEY method override) for OpenSSL 1.1.1, and another one (using an own
OpenSSL provider) for OpenSSL 3.0 and later. The desired implementation is
selected automatically at compile time, using OpenSSL version defines. The
interface of both implementations is the same, so a user does not need to
care which one is used.
Reviewed-by: Juergen Christ <jchrist@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The new user-defined function allows to check for C headers in
make's conditional statements.
Example:
ifeq ($(call check_header_prereq,"systemd/sd-daemon.h"),yes)
$(warning "systemd support enabled")
else
$(warning "systemd support disabled")
endif
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The callback function used for CURLOPT_SSL_CTX_FUNCTION requires
that OpenSSL is used as SSL backend.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add the genprotimg flags `--(enable|disable)-pckmo` flag to enable/disable the
support for PCKMO-encrypt-DEA/TDEA/AES/ECC-key functions.
Acked-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Allow the PCKMO-encrypt-DEA/TDEA/AES/ECC-key functions to be used in a protected
virtualization guest by default.
Acked-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The new name reflects that it's a plaintext control flag. While at it, use a
left shift operation to calculate the value.
Acked-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The HSA size, which limits the address space in kdump case, is not constant
and depends on the underlying architecture.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The util_arch module is supposed to provide general information about
the underlying architecture of the machine in use.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
... to avoid vulnerabilities that could occur if set-user-ID or
set-group-ID programs accidentally trusted the environment.
zkey is usually NOT a set-user-ID or set-group-ID program, but its
safer to use secure_getenv() anyway.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The only user of util_proc_mnt_get_entry() so far was util_path_sysfs().
With the simplified version there is no user left. Remove
util_proc_mnt_get_entry() and related code.
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Using util_path_sysfs always leaves 5 bytes of memory unfreed as the
value for the sysfs mount point is stored in a static variable to avoid
multiple queries of /proc/mount.
$ valgrind ./util_path_example sysfs
==3629315== Memcheck, a memory error detector
==3629315== Copyright (C) 2002-2017, and GNU GPL'd, by Julian Seward et al.
==3629315== Using Valgrind-3.15.0 and LibVEX; rerun with -h for copyright info
==3629315== Command: ./util_path_example sysfs
==3629315==
Path for cpu: "/sys/devices/system/cpu"
Path for memory: "/sys/devices/system/memory"
==3629315==
==3629315== HEAP SUMMARY:
==3629315== in use at exit: 5 bytes in 1 blocks
==3629315== total heap usage: 22 allocs, 21 frees, 18,435 bytes allocated
==3629315==
==3629315== LEAK SUMMARY:
==3629315== definitely lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks
==3629315== indirectly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks
==3629315== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks
==3629315== still reachable: 5 bytes in 1 blocks
==3629315== suppressed: 0 bytes in 0 blocks
==3629315== Rerun with --leak-check=full to see details of leaked memory
==3629315==
==3629315== For lists of detected and suppressed errors, rerun with: -s
==3629315== ERROR SUMMARY: 0 errors from 0 contexts (suppressed: 0 from 0)
As per the Kernel rules for accessing sysfs information [1], searching
for the sysfs mount point is a waste of time and systems that don't have
sysfs mounted at /sys are considered broken.
With those things in mind, util_path_sysfs() and especially
sys_mount_point() can be simplified. sys_mount_point() will always
return '/sys' unless the environment variable SYSFS_ROOT is set.
With SYSFS_ROOT still being present, special container setups or test
case scenarios are still possible but might need to be modified if they
previously relied on util_path_sysfs() automatically finding the correct
sysfs mount point.
To make things more secure against malicious strings in SYSFS_ROOT,
secure_getenv() is being used and the ordering of creating the formatted
path string in util_path_sysfs() is changed slightly.
Furthermore, the static variable is removed as no complicated query of
the /proc fs is required anymore. Memory for the sysfs mount point value
is properly freed now at the end of util_path_sysfs().
[1] https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/admin-guide/sysfs-rules.html
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A compile with sparse (make C=1) shows a couple of warnings:
like:
chzcrypt.c:36:3: warning: symbol 'l' was not declared.
Should it be static?
lszcrypt.c: In function 'show_device':
lszcrypt.c:556:9: warning: 'card' may be used uninitialized
[-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
Fix those warnings.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A compile with sparse (make C=1) shows the following warnings:
util_rec.c:211:6: warning: symbol 'rec_print_wide' was not declared.
Should it be static?
util_rec.c:383:6: warning: symbol 'rec_print_csv_hdr' was not declared.
Should it be static?
util_rec.c:404:6: warning: symbol 'rec_print_csv' was not declared.
Should it be static?
These functions are only used internally from function util_rec_print_hdr(),
declare them as static.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A compile with sparse (make C=1) shows the following warnings:
util_opt.c:42:19: warning: symbol 'util_opt_l' was not declared.
Should it be static?
util_prg.c:28:19: warning: symbol 'util_prg_l' was not declared.
Should it be static?
util_opt_l and util_prg_l are not used anywhere, and also not declared in
any header file. Looks like they are superfluous, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
hsavmcore is designed to make the dump process with kdump more efficient.
With hsavmcore, the HSA memory that contains a part of the production
kernel's memory can be released early in the process. Depending on the size
of the production kernel's memory, writing the dump to persistent storage
can be time consuming and prevent the HSA memory from being reused
by other LPARs.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The CCA Key Translate2 verb needs a pre-built AES CIPHER key token skeleton
with XPRTCPAC set in the output buffer, to produce an AES CIPHER key
that can be exported to CAPCF.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Build:
$ make -C libutil/util_log_example
* Every time a -V option is passed, the verbosity level increases and extra
messages are enabled.
Test:
$ ./libutil/util_log_example
# No output
$ ./libutil/util_log_example -V
ERROR: This is an ERROR message
$ ./libutil/util_log_example -VV
ERROR: This is an ERROR message
WARN: This is a WARN message
$ ./libutil/util_log_example -VVV
ERROR: This is an ERROR message
WARN: This is a WARN message
INFO: This is an INFO message
$ ./libutil/util_log_example -VVVV
ERROR: This is an ERROR message
WARN: This is a WARN message
INFO: This is an INFO message
DEBUG: This is a DEBUG message
$ ./libutil/util_log_example -VVVVV
ERROR: This is an ERROR message
WARN: This is a WARN message
INFO: This is an INFO message
DEBUG: This is a DEBUG message
TRACE: This is a TRACE message
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The goal of util_log is to provide a facility for a multi-level message
logging on stderr. This allows to selectively enable/disable log messages
via a log level which can be adjusted at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The tmp buffer is one byte too short missing space for the final \0 byte
leading to out of bound access.
Fix by increasing the buffer by one.
Reported-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add transparent codepage conversion feature to zdsfs.
Add options to specify that codepage conversion should be done using
default codepages from 'CP1047' to 'UTF-8' or using user defined codepage
tables.
Also add a new config file allowing the user to specify codepage conversion
options on a per dataset basis.
When a dataset is opened and codepage conversion settings match this
dataset an iconv handle is created and the conversion itself is performed
by the lzds_dshandle_read() function.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add codepage conversion capabilities to libzds.
Whenever a dataset is read and an appropriate iconv handle is set for the
dataset the conversion is automatically performed.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Replace function linux_error() by err/warn family.
Delete function linux_error() which is not used anymore.
Also fix some checkpatch warnings regarding comparison to zero.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Simplify function read_sfb(). Convert it to type void
and return only when no errors occurred.
On error print error message and exit instead of return.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Program reads complete counter sets from any CPU by opening
device /dev/hwctr which is available with linux version 5.12.
The counter sets and CPUs can be specified on the command line.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use function util_opt_print_parse_error() instead of fprintf to stderr.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Simplify comparison against 0 or NULL and fix a checkpatch.pl
warning.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Using "chzdev -e" to configurate a device persistently, the
corresponding udev rule is also created, which will trigger a uevent
that sets the device online as soon as the group device is created.
If 'znetconf -r/R' is first used to remove such a configured device
(which won't remove the corresponding udev rule) and then
'znetconf -a/A' afterwards on the same device, either the error
"Failed to make <device> online" or "Failed to configure layer2=1"
will occur.
For the first error, the udev queue might not have been fully processed
and hence the check whether a device is online may fail due to that
race. Call 'udevadm settle' to ensure a fully processed queue before
checking whether a device is online.
The second error occurs, because configure_ccwgroupdev_option() does
not check whether the device is online. Add the check and set the
device offline if necessary. Also, log any details for debugging
purposes.
Signed-off-by: Wenjia Zhang <wenjia@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add virsh commands for KVM debug data collection and rework the domain
data collection and step numbering. Update the man page accordingly.
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Joern Siglen <siglen@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Performance evaluation showed that using the mq-deadline scheduler for DASD
devices leads to a significantly higher CPU consumption compared to using
none scheduler while having the same amount of throughput.
Setting none scheduler as default in the dasd udev rule.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When the compiler flags are overridden, the build of zkey may fail with:
kms.c:44:2: error: #error KMS_PLUGIN_LOCATION must be defined
44 | #error KMS_PLUGIN_LOCATION must be defined
| ^~~~~
The Makefile uses CFLAGS variable for defining the KMS_PLUGIN_LOCATION,
but it should rather use ALL_CFLAGS.
Also use ALL_CPPFLAGS for defining HAVE_LUKS2_SUPPORT.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-linux/s390-tools/issues/108
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For maximum performance the MTU of an HSCI interface was set to the value
of the MTU of its HiperSockets interface. However, the MTU of a
HiperSockets interface can be very large, and when the data packets are
not sent over the HiperSocket but over the corresponding ethernet
interface (which usually has a smaller MTU size) then it can happen that
the large packets are silently dropped. One example would be communication
from an HSCI in one CEC to another HSCI in another CEC via Ethernet.
To solve the problem, the MTU setting in this tool is removed, and the
default MTU value is used. Thus, the minimum value of the MTUs of the both
converged interfaces is used as the MTU of the HSCI interface.
Fixes: 0566a492ae ("s390-tools: add hsci tool")
Signed-off-by: Wenjia Zhang <wenjia@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since crash 7.2.9 commit
f1f43bf355
in support of kernel v5.9 commit 0990d836cecb
("s390/debug: debug feature version 3"),
the symbolic caller function name is left aligned instead of right
aligned, so now we alternatively have to remove whitespace between
function name and offset.
Otherwise, zfcpdbf output contains wrong warnings about ambiguous payload
records with wrong values for reqid and area, as well as incorrectly
decoded trace records with wrong content values and potential error
messages on not defined record id, and finally a potential list of
occurrences of unknown tags which should empty:
Loading trace records ...(this might take a while)
Warning: Ambiguous PAYload records. reqid:>>>wrong<<< area:V^D^@fcp_
Warning: Ambiguous PAYload records. reqid:>>>wrong<<< area:W^D^@fsf_
Warning: Ambiguous PAYload records. reqid:>>>wrong<<< area:i^B^@san_
...
Timestamp : ...
Area : SAN
Subarea : 00
Level : 1
Exception : -
CPU ID : 0001
Caller : <zfcp_dbf_san_in_els
Record ID : 0
Tag : 6^B^Cfcie
Request ID : >>>wrong<<<
Destination ID : >>>wrong<<<
SAN record id=0 not defined.
Timestamp : ...
Area : SAN
Subarea : 00
Level : 1
Exception : -
CPU ID : 0002
Caller : <zfcp_dbf_san_in_els
Record ID : 0
Tag : 6^B^Cfcie
Request ID : >>>wrong<<<
Destination ID : >>>wrong<<<
SAN record id=0 not defined.
...
occurrences of unknown tags:
...
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For the stage2 of zipl's boot loaders only 3 heap pages are available
[0x6000, 0x6000 + 0x3000]. Therefore, stage2 code needs to be very careful
when and for how long it allocates a heap page.
The heap OOM problem in stage2 was hidden until the commit 252be376
("zipl/boot: fix potential heap overflow in stage2"). Before this commit,
stage2 assumed that heap is 4 pages large which is apparently very wrong
but get_zeroed_page() still allowed allocating an extra 4th page by
overriding the memory segment following the heap area of stage2 (stage3
parameter area).
Try to avoid allocating a heap page and keeping it allocated over a long
period of time in the DASD dumpers. Free a heap page as soon as possible
if not required anymore.
And be extra careful with printf() because it always tries to allocate
a free heap page.
Fixes: 252be376 ("zipl/boot: fix potential heap overflow in stage2")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
RFC 7517 requires that the x and y coordinates of a ECC JSON Web Key
(JWK) are specified in its full size of a coordinate for the curve used.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Deleting an HSCI interface, the connected HiperSockets interface's name
and the connected Ethernet interface's name are extracted from "ip link
show". Currently the extracted names are directly used in "bridge -d link
show dev ifname" for further checking. If "iflink" and "ifindex" of an
interface are not matched, ip commands will print @ifXX appended to the
real interface's name. Thus, it will be failed if the interface's name
with the ending @ifXX is used in "bridge -d link show dev ifname" for
further checking.
To solve the problem, the ending @ifXX must be removed before the
interface name is used further.
Signed-off-by: Wenjia Zhang <wenjia@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In the current code, after the function check_pnetids() and the function
verify_precon() are called, $? from each function is used twice
successively. It is used for the first time in the condition of the IF
statement, while for the second time as return code of the current
function. In bash, $? can be used to get the return code, but only for
the first time directly after the previous function is called.
Afterwards, $? will be reset to "0". Thus, the right return code can not
be get, if $? is used second time.
To solve the problem, using $? for the second time should be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Wenjia Zhang <wenjia@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Install libasan first, e.g. on Fedora 32:
dnf install -y libasan libasan-static.
To compile with address sanitizer, pass ASAN=1 to make.
AdressSanitizer helps to catch various memory bugs for which C/C++ is
infamous.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes the following compiler errors when ASAN is enabled:
CC cmsfs-fuse/cmsfs-fuse.o
cmsfs-fuse.c: Assembler messages:
cmsfs-fuse.c:310: Error: operand out of range (0xffffffffffffff00 is not between 0x0000000000000000 and 0x0000000000000fff)
cmsfs-fuse.c:310: Error: operand out of range (0xffffffffffffff00 is not between 0x0000000000000000 and 0x0000000000000fff)
cmsfs-fuse.c:310: Error: operand out of range (0xffffffffffffff00 is not between 0x0000000000000000 and 0x0000000000000fff)
cmsfs-fuse.c:310: Error: operand out of range (0xffffffffffffff00 is not between 0x0000000000000000 and 0x0000000000000fff)
cmsfs-fuse.c:310: Error: operand out of range (0xffffffffffffff00 is not between 0x0000000000000000 and 0x0000000000000fff)
cmsfs-fuse.c:310: Error: operand out of range (0xffffffffffffff00 is not between 0x0000000000000000 and 0x0000000000000fff)
cmsfs-fuse.c:302: Error: operand out of range (0xfffffffffffffda0 is not between 0x0000000000000000 and 0x0000000000000fff)
cmsfs-fuse.c:302: Error: operand out of range (0xfffffffffffffda0 is not between 0x0000000000000000 and 0x0000000000000fff)
cmsfs-fuse.c:302: Error: operand out of range (0xfffffffffffffda0 is not between 0x0000000000000000 and 0x0000000000000fff)
cmsfs-fuse.c:302: Error: operand out of range (0xfffffffffffffda0 is not between 0x0000000000000000 and 0x0000000000000fff)
cmsfs-fuse.c:302: Error: operand out of range (0xfffffffffffffda0 is not between 0x0000000000000000 and 0x0000000000000fff)
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When keys are generated concurrently in EKMF Web from multiple clients,
and the key labels use a sequence number tag, then the assignment logic
of the sequence number may cause a duplicate sequence number to be used,
because another key might have already been generated with the same
sequence number, since the next-to-use sequence number has been retrieved
from EKMF Web. This results in a HTTP response code of 409 and a -EEXIST
return code from ekmf_generate_key().
Instead of getting the last used sequence number from EKMFWeb, tell
EKMFWeb to automatically use the next available sequence number when
generating a key. When the sequence number label tag value is 'next'
then EKMFWeb will automatically assign the next available sequence number
to the label tag and increment the sequence number in an atomic way.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
If a memory chunk is added to mem_phys as well as mem_virt
in dfi_mem_chunk_add_vol() then an illegal memory access might occur
when accessing mem_chunk->data e.g. in dfi_elf_mem_chunk_read_fn()
because the data block pointed to by the data field is now being referenced
by two memory chunks, one in mem_phys and one in mem_virt. If it happens
that the memory chunk from mem_virt is freed in mem_unmap() then
the memory chunk in mem_phys still points to the common data block
which has been already freed. This leads to all sort of bad behavior
in dfi_elf_mem_chunk_read_fn() and other places where mem_chunk->data
might be accessed.
Fixes the following bug:
zgetdump: Unexpected end of file for "dump.all.elf"
And this was found by AddressSanitizer:
=================================================================
==81170==ERROR: AddressSanitizer: heap-use-after-free on address 0x602000000570 at pc 0x00000101ac10 bp 0x03ffd897e250 sp 0x03ffd897e248
READ of size 8 at 0x602000000570 thread T0
#0 0x101ac0f in dfi_elf_mem_chunk_read_fn s390-tools/zdump/dfi_elf.c:27
#1 0x100d8a5 in mem_read s390-tools/zdump/dfi.c:339
#2 0x100d8a5 in dfi_mem_phys_read s390-tools/zdump/dfi.c:616
#3 0x100d8a5 in mem_chunk_map_read_fn s390-tools/zdump/dfi.c:353
#4 0x100fd29 in mem_read s390-tools/zdump/dfi.c:339
#5 0x100fd29 in dfi_mem_read s390-tools/zdump/dfi.c:608
#6 0x1018e89 in os_info_get s390-tools/zdump/dfi_vmcoreinfo.c:65
#7 0x1018e89 in dfi_vmcoreinfo_init s390-tools/zdump/dfi_vmcoreinfo.c:86
#8 0x10175b3 in dfi_init s390-tools/zdump/dfi.c:1215
#9 0x1006e71 in do_stdout s390-tools/zdump/zgetdump.c:161
#10 0x1006e71 in main s390-tools/zdump/zgetdump.c:180
#11 0x3ffb07abb89 in __libc_start_main (/lib64/libc.so.6+0x2bb89)
#12 0x1007e8d (s390-tools/zdump/zgetdump+0x1007e8d)
0x602000000570 is located 0 bytes inside of 8-byte region [0x602000000570,0x602000000578)
freed by thread T0 here:
#0 0x3ffb0bc961b in free (/lib64/libasan.so.6+0xc961b)
#1 0x100d2d9 in mem_unmap s390-tools/zdump/dfi.c:1050
previously allocated by thread T0 here:
#0 0x3ffb0bc9aa9 in calloc (/lib64/libasan.so.6+0xc9aa9)
#1 0x100a271 in zg_alloc s390-tools/zdump/zg.c:93
SUMMARY: AddressSanitizer: heap-use-after-free s390-tools/zdump/dfi_elf.c:27 in dfi_elf_mem_chunk_read_fn
Shadow bytes around the buggy address:
0x100c0400000050: fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa
0x100c0400000060: fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa
0x100c0400000070: fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa
0x100c0400000080: fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa
0x100c0400000090: fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa
=>0x100c04000000a0: fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa[fd]fa
0x100c04000000b0: fa fa fd fa fa fa fd fa fa fa fd fa fa fa fd fa
0x100c04000000c0: fa fa fd fa fa fa fd fa fa fa fd fa fa fa 04 fa
0x100c04000000d0: fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa fa fa 00 fa
0x100c04000000e0: fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa
0x100c04000000f0: fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa fa
Shadow byte legend (one shadow byte represents 8 application bytes):
Addressable: 00
Partially addressable: 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
Heap left redzone: fa
Freed heap region: fd
Stack left redzone: f1
Stack mid redzone: f2
Stack right redzone: f3
Stack after return: f5
Stack use after scope: f8
Global redzone: f9
Global init order: f6
Poisoned by user: f7
Container overflow: fc
Array cookie: ac
Intra object redzone: bb
ASan internal: fe
Left alloca redzone: ca
Right alloca redzone: cb
Shadow gap: cc
==81170==ABORTING
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Verify the given ELF header before adding any memory chunks otherwise
a memory chunk might be added even if the given ELF header is invalid.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Some Linux distributions always include a copy of all persistent device
configuration data when updating the initial RAM-disk. This makes
chzdev's persistent device configuration changes ineffective because
device configuration directives applied in the RAM-disk take precedence
over those stored in the root filesystem.
This patch introduces a new build-time switch which allows distributions
to specify that whenever there is a persistent device configuration
change, the RAM-disk is updated automatically.
This feature can be enabled by adding 'ZDEV_ALWAYS_UPDATE_INITRD=1' as
a zdev build option. Where, by default ZDEV_ALWAYS_UPDATE_INITRD is 0.
Co-developed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vineeth Vijayan <vneethv@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
After a master key change, it can happen that the AF_ALG setkey
operation returns EINVAL, although the key is valid. This is a
temporary situation and the operation will succeed, once the firmware
has completed some internal processing related with the master key
change. Delay 1 second and retry up to 10 times.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
If fdasd is used right after dasdfmt, it may fail with the following
error due to udev still processing events for the device:
```
fdasd error: IOCTL error: Error while rereading partition table.
```
Call dasd_reread_partition_table() with an increased retry value to
circumvent this issue.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/pull/103
Signed-off-by: Nikita Dubrovskii <nikita@linux.ibm.com>
[hoeppner@linux.ibm.com: Reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Extend zkey to allow to store a (dummy) LUKS2 passphrase together with a
secure key, for use with LUKS2 volumes. That way, when the repository is
backed up, or archived, also the passphrases of the associated LUKS2
volumes are backed up, or archived, and thus can not be forgotten.
This passphrase is then used in generated commands to format and open
the LUKS2 volumes.
Because of the use of secure keys to encrypt the volumes, the LUKS2
passphrase is of no or less relevance for security. It is therefore OK to
store the passphrase in clear text in the key repository, and also use
them in /etc/crypttab. Therefore, the passphrase could actually be a
trivial passphrase, or a dummy passphrase.
Note: Such a dummy passphrase is NOT considered a secret that needs to
be protected. If for a certain usage the passphrase is of relevance for
security, then the zkey dummy passphrase option must not be used to store
the passphrase.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Juergen Christ <jchrist@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
gcc's -Werror switch also enables -Werror=inline which leads to a compilation
failure due to inline warnings caused by GLIB macros. To fix it, disable
the conversion of inline warnings into errors.
In file included from buildroot/qemu-s390x/host/bin/../s390x-buildroot-linux-gnu/sysroot/usr/lib/glib-2.0/include/glibconfig.h:9,
from buildroot/qemu-s390x/host/bin/../s390x-buildroot-linux-gnu/sysroot/usr/include/glib-2.0/glib/gtypes.h:32,
from buildroot/qemu-s390x/host/bin/../s390x-buildroot-linux-gnu/sysroot/usr/include/glib-2.0/glib/galloca.h:32,
from buildroot/qemu-s390x/host/bin/../s390x-buildroot-linux-gnu/sysroot/usr/include/glib-2.0/glib.h:30,
from pv/pv_hdr.c:10:
buildroot/qemu-s390x/build/s390-tools-2.15.1/genprotimg/src/utils/buffer.h: In function ‘pv_hdr_new’:
buildroot/qemu-s390x/host/bin/../s390x-buildroot-linux-gnu/sysroot/usr/include/glib-2.0/glib/gmacros.h:1028:49: error: inlining failed in call to ‘glib_autoptr_clear_Buffer’: call is unlikely and code size would grow [-Werror=inline]
1028 | #define _GLIB_AUTOPTR_CLEAR_FUNC_NAME(TypeName) glib_autoptr_clear_##TypeName
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Bjoern Walk <bwalk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Current heap size in stage2 is three pages long [0x6000-0x9000] but
get_zeroed_page() assumes it is one page more which might lead to
a heap overflow which will corrupt data located at 0x9000 (stage3
parameters). Calculate the heap size of a stage at run-time
by using the symbols provided by linker.
Furthermore, validate the given address in free_page() to stop illegal
memory accesses.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Prevent access to freed memory still pointed to by entry.
entry still points into load_page that has been released with free_page.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When some of the key properties are skipped due to null_values_only
being true or false, then the resulting EKMF tag list might be built
incorrectly.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To remove a KMS property function kms_set_key_properties() can be
called with the property value set to NULL. Do not assert for non-NULL
property values.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
`-Winline` can cause problems with the cleanup functions defined by
glib. Therefore let's remove the cflag for now.
DEBUG: /usr/include/glib-2.0/glib/gmacros.h:1031:43: error: inlining failed in call to 'glib_autoptr_cleanup_STACK_OF_X509_CRL.isra.0': call is unlikely and \
code size would grow [-Werror=inline]
DEBUG: 1031 | #define _GLIB_AUTOPTR_FUNC_NAME(TypeName) glib_autoptr_cleanup_##TypeName
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This should be no problem (if OpenSSL works correctly), because
`crls_download_cb` is only called out of the verification context of
OpenSSL. It's used to look up a CRL and therefore
X509_STORE_CTX_get_current_cert should always return a certificate
since X509_STORE_CTX_get_current_cert returns NULL only if an error
has occurred during the verification (see
https://www.openssl.org/docs/man1.1.0/man3/X509_STORE_CTX_get_current_cert.html).
Fixes: 074de1e14e ("genprotimg: add host-key document verification support")
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add host-key document verification support to genprotimg. This ensures
that a host-key document is genuine and provided by IBM. For this the
user must provide the IBM Z signing key, the intermediate CA
certificate (signed by the root CA used) so a chain of trust starting
from the host-key document and ending in the root CA can be
established.
By default, genprotimg tries to download all revocation lists needed
by looking up in the corresponding certificate on how CRL information
can be obtained (see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5280#section-4.2.1.13
for details).
Acked-by: Patrick Steuer <patrick.steuer@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A argument is required for the optional options 'ramdisk' and
'parmfile'.
Fixes: 65b9fc442c ("genprotimg: introduce new tool for the creation of PV images")
Reviewed-by: Bjoern Walk <bwalk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add the -v short option for version information to the mk-s390image and
mk-pxelinux-ramfs. Adjust the Makefile accordingly to set the correct
s390-tools version during installation.
Acked-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use '--' for rm calls to distinguish between options and files. This
fixes, for example, the following error:
make[1]: Entering directory '/root/git/s390-tools/genprotimg/src'
rm -f *.gcda *.gcno *.gcov
rm: invalid option -- '.'
Try 'rm ./-.gcno' to remove the file '-.gcno'.
Try 'rm --help' for more information.
make[1]: *** [../../common.mak:369: clean_gcov] Error 1
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
chcpumf must be executed as root. A non-root user sees this error
message:
[tester@t35lp46 ~]$ chcpumf -m 1000
Error: /sys/module/kernel/parameters/cpum_sfb_size: Permission denied
[tester@t35lp46 ~]$
Enhance the error message and be clear about the root cause:
[tester@t35lp46 ~]$ chcpumf-new -m 1000
Error: Must run as root
[tester@t35lp46 ~]$
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Provide the status of the FC Endpoint Security information via the long
output of lsdasd for online Base and Alias devices.
New Output:
$ lsdasd -l c600
0.0.c600/dasdd/9412
status: n/f
type: ECKD
blksz: 512
size:
blocks:
extent_size: 1113
logical_capacity: 1113
space_allocated: 1113
use_diag: 0
readonly: 0
eer_enabled: 0
erplog: 0
hpf: 1
uid: IBM.750000000KMV11.c600.00
fc_security: Encryption
paths_installed: 38 39 3a 3b
paths_in_use: 38 39 3a 3b
paths_non_preferred:
paths_invalid_cabling:
paths_cuir_quiesced:
paths_invalid_hpf_characteristics:
paths_error_threshold_exceeded:
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Provide information for the DASD device attribute 'fc_security'.
The help output for this attribute can be queried like this:
chzdev dasd --help-attribute
The lszdev tool can be used to display the current state of the FC
Endpoint Security information:
lszdev dasd -a -c TYPE,ID,ATTR:fc_security,ATTRPATH:fc_security
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When many domains per card are available, then the results of the SCDMD
CHSC call may not fit into the output area, and a partial result is
returned. The further results must be retrieved with another CHSC call.
Fix the code to pass the correct next-domain to the subsequent CHSC call
of a partial response. Otherwise the same set of domains 1 to n are
retrieved again, resulting in an infinite loop, because this will always
produce a partial result.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Noticed on RHEL CoreOS that the CPI service failed to start with:
"Cannot access lock file: /var/lock/cpictl.lock"
This was a timing issue where /var was not created yet and the symlink
to /run/lock was not present. Add sysinit.target to fix this.
This fix has been tested with RHEL CoreOS.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/pull/82
Signed-off-by: Prashanth Sundararaman <psundara@redhat.com>
Suggested-by: Colin Walters <walters@verbum.org>
Reviewed-by: Dan Horák <dan@danny.cz>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Modern systems have systemd manage system mount points like sysfs which
specify 'sysfs' as a keyword for the device as there is no device
associated with this special filesystem. However, any arbitrary string
could be specified here and the determination of the sysfs mount point
would fail in such a case.
To make sure that the mount point of the sysfs is still found when
mounted with a device keyword specified other than 'sysfs', check for
the filesystem type instead, which is more specific.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/issues/91
Suggested-by: Mark Post <mpost@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a proper definition to the dasdfmt header file of the error()
function that lets the compiler check the format string against the
provided parameters.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
hsci is used to control and show HSCI (HiperSockets Converged Interfaces)
settings. A HiperSockets interface and an external network interface are
converged to an HSCI interface.
Signed-off-by: Alexandra Winter <wintera@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Wenjia Zhang <wenjia@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
==1005844== HEAP SUMMARY:
==1005844== in use at exit: 18,907 bytes in 14 blocks
==1005844== total heap usage: 82 allocs, 68 frees, 32,529 bytes allocated
==1005844==
==1005844== 136 (104 direct, 32 indirect) bytes in 1 blocks are definitely lost in loss record 12 of 14
==1005844== at 0x483885A: calloc (vg_replace_malloc.c:760)
==1005844== by 0x48C950D: g_malloc0 (gmem.c:132)
==1005844== by 0x100EC41: pv_args_new (pv_args.c:364)
==1005844== by 0x100587F: main (genprotimg.c:122)
==1005844==
==1005844== LEAK SUMMARY:
==1005844== definitely lost: 104 bytes in 1 blocks
==1005844== indirectly lost: 32 bytes in 1 blocks
==1005844== possibly lost: 0 bytes in 0 blocks
==1005844== still reachable: 18,771 bytes in 12 blocks
==1005844== suppressed: 0 bytes in 0 blocks
==1005844== Reachable blocks (those to which a pointer was found) are not shown.
==1005844== To see them, rerun with: --leak-check=full --show-leak-kinds=all
==1005844==
==1005844== For lists of detected and suppressed errors, rerun with: -s
==1005844== ERROR SUMMARY: 1 errors from 1 contexts (suppressed: 0 from 0)
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Abort compilation as soon as one of the recursive targets is failing.
Fixes: 65b9fc442c ("genprotimg: introduce new tool for the creation of PV images")
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Adding one to the pointer per block value results in a wrong
calculation of pointer block levels. When writing a file that
would result in about 454MB size, the code would calculate that
it needs a two level pointer directory but correct would be a three
level pointer directory. This causes an invalid filesystem state:
besides missing all the records of one top level pointer directory
entry, it would also record a higher record number in the FST than
what is present in the pointer blocks.
Note that this bug only hits when the file is about 454MB and the write
is stopped (means the file is closed) - if file writing continues the
problem doesn't happen because at some point in time cmsfs-fuse would
switch to three levels of pointer blocks anyways as the file grows.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schnelle <svens@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When specifying an incorrect program option, dasdfmt segfaults as the
format string for the corresponding error message has no parameter.
Add the missing parameter to fix this.
Fixes: 732b3dddab ("dasdfmt: Replace ERRMSG_EXIT macro with an error handling function")
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
util_sys_get_dev_addr() returns the device address for a given blockdevice.
This does not work for partitions but some tools rely on the ability to get
the device address for partitions.
Add code that first determines the base device for a partition.
Fixes: 6014d07cb1 ("dasdview/libdasd/zipl: Use util_sys_get_dev_addr() instead of u2s_getbusid()")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Some operations are only possible on base devices not on partitions.
Add functions to determine if a given device is a partition or a base
device and to get the base device to a given partition.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When using zgetdump on a multi-volume device dump, the sysfs path to
determine the device node is incomplete, resulting in the following
error:
$ zgetdump -i /dev/dasdb1
zgetdump: Could not open "/sys/bus/ccw/devices/0.0.9300/dasdb/dev" (No
such file or directory)
A simple fix would be to add the missing "block" part in the sysfs path.
However, the logic still assumes sysfs links like "block:" that have
been deprecated a decade ago and are no longer present on modern
systems anyway.
Therefore, the logic can greatly be improved. Create a separate function
to determine whether a device is online, remove the logic for "block:"
entries, and use libutil functions to reduce the complexity even further.
Fixes: 70a79fab3c ("zgetdump: Avoid using PATH_MAX")
Reviewed-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In the process of switching to glibc defined error functions it becomes
apparent that self-defined error functions that do special things are
not in line with the output of the glibc functions.
To address this, set the prog_name variable to the last component of the
program name (stored in argv[0]) and guarantee a uniform error output.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In check_track_format() the base error message is the same for all cases
but has different additional content depending on which mode dasdfmt is
running.
Currently the message is compiled by using different outputs. To make it
a little bit cleaner and for a better error message handling, construct
the message string completely before passing it to the error() function
for output.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The ERRMSG_EXIT macro is a bit clunky in its usage and a change is
necessary in order to free memory in error cases.
Create a new function error() that takes only a format string and adds
all other relevant information by itself. This function frees memory
before terminating the program with the EXIT_FAILURE exit code.
This simplifies the error handling for pretty much all calls and makes
the code a bit cleaner.
While at it, the defines EXIT_MISUSE and EXIT_BUSY don't provide any
value. Neither are they documented nor are these standardized. Also, a
parent process is mostly interessted in success or failure only anyway.
Replace these by using only EXIT_FAILURE in the error() function.
Also, change multiline output to a combination of warnx and error to
have a uniformed output. So this:
WARNING: Device is formatted with a different blocksize (4096).
Use --mode=full to perform a clean format.
becomes this:
dasdfmt: WARNING: Device is formatted with a different blocksize (4096).
dasdfmt: Use --mode=full to perform a clean format.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When calling dasdfmt on device node symlinks like
/dev/disk/by-id/ccw-0X9300, dasdfmt fails with "dasdfmt: the ioctl to get
the blocksize of the device failed (Bad file descriptor)"
This is because before the actual formatting process starts, the disk
will be disabled calling the BIODASDDISABLE ioctl, resulting in the
removal of the symlink. Trying to open this file later in the process to
retrieve e.g. blocksize information results in the mentioned error, as
the file doesn't exist any longer.
This incorrect behaviour was introduced with commit 8826028bdc
("dasdfmt: Use libdasd provided ioctl functions") at which the use of a
globally available file descriptor was omitted. Instead, the ioctl
library functions require a device node to be passed as a function
parameter and will open a file descriptor themselves.
So, before that change, the global file descriptor was always valid even
when the file was removed.
In order to fix this without modifying the behaviour of libdasd,
introduce the two global variables dev_node and dev_path. dev_path is
the original device path entered by the user. dev_node on the other hand
is the reliable device node under /dev/block/ using the major and minor
numbers and is determined in get_device_name().
The dev_path is used for message output only and the dev_node variable
is used for the actual disk operations.
As these two variables are global, the device parameters for several
functions are removed to make the code a bit cleaner.
Fixes: 8826028bdc ("dasdfmt: Use libdasd provided ioctl functions")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The global program options (and other actually globally used
information) are currently passed through via function parameter
whenever this information is needed. However, in reality, this
information is used almost everywhere across the program.
Make this information globally available and get rid of all the
unnecessary function parameters for dasdfmt_info_t. This makes the code
a little bit cleaner and more readable. Also, rename the global struct
to a more suitable name.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
dasdfmt_format() does nothing but calling process_tracks() with the same
parameters. Get rid of it, call process_tracks() directly, and avoid
confusion.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since commit 75e3afb6a0 ("libdasd: Move get_host_access_count() to
libdasd") dasd_get_host_access_count() reports always 0 as the check for
unsuccessful execution of util_sys_get_dev_addr() is incorrect.
Fix the behaviour by turning the check around.
Fixes: 75e3afb6a0 ("libdasd: Move get_host_access_count() to libdasd")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zkey-ekmfweb.so requires libekmfweb.so. If libekmfweb.so can not be built
due to missing build requirements, then zkey-ekmfweb.so can't be built
either.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Building zkey-ekmfweb.so will also trigger to build libekmfweb.so,
which requires OpenSSL. So, skip zkey-ekmfweb.so if HAVE_OPENSSL=0.
zkey-cryptsetup also has a dependency on OpenSSL, so skip it also
if HAVE_OPENSSL=0
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
chcpumf does not print out version (option -v) or help text
(option -h) when the CPU Measurement Sampling facility is not
installed. This was different up to and including release 4.10.
Fix this and hounour option -v and option -h even when
the sampling facility is not installed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
lszcrypt now shows a card/queue which is in 'deconfigured' state as
'deconfig' in the STATE column (verbose and non verbose mode).
chzcrypt became two new options: --config-on and --config-off to
switch one or more card devices to 'configured' or 'deconfigured'
state.
Both applications are able to handle older kernels which do now
provide the config sysfs attribute required for this new feature.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This patch adds support for the "clear" sysfs attribute for nvme re-IPL,
if available. This attribute allows to control whether the memory should
be cleared on re-IPL.
Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
During using of ziorep_utilization utility for generating of CSV format output,
there is one extra comma added after Bus-ID column in virtual adapter report
for each line. This creates one extra column with empty content for each
line. As a result in CSV viewer programs 'qdio utilization max %' column has
no content, all subsequent columns have shifted content from previous
column and the last column has no header. Avoid this situation by deleting
of extra comma.
Before patch application typical line of virtual adapter report looks like:
2020-05-14 13:55:43,0,60,0.0.1906,,0.000000,0.782567,0,0,0.0,321.8,1,1251
After patch application typical line of virtual adapter report looks like:
2020-05-14 13:55:43,0,60,0.0.1906,0.000000,0.782567,0,0,0.0,321.8,1,1251
Signed-off-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Import existing keys that are stored in EKMF Web into the zkey repository.
The keys are imported including their associated information, such as
textual description, volumes, sector size, etc.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add the possibility to list keys stored in EKMF Web that are eligible to
be used with zkey. The list of keys can be filtered by name, label,
associated volumes, state and export-ability.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When a key is removed from the zkey repository, the state of the key in
EKMF web can optionally be changed. Keys are usually not removed in EKMF
Web, but the state of the keys are changed to e.g. DEACTIVATED.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add functions to get and set key properties (i.e. custom tags) of
keys stored in EKMF Web. The key properties are set when the information
associated with a key in the zkey repository is changed, e.g. using the
'zkey change' command.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Generate and import volume encryption keys of type CCA-AESCIPHER in
EKMF Web and import them int the zkey repository. Additional information
can be associated with the keys, such as a textual description, volumes
encrypted with the key, sector size of the volumes, etc. This is
also stored in EKMF Web with the keys as custom tags.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To register the zkey client with EKMF Web, the X.509 certificate
generated with the identity key is sent to EKMF Web, and an identity
key object is generated in EKMF Web with the public key from the
certificate. This identity key is then used to control the export of
keys stored in EKMF Web, and to verify the cryptographically signed
requests sent by the plugin.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To identify the zkey client with EKMF Web, an X.509 certificate must be
generated using the identity key, and must be made known to EKMF Web.
Either a self signed certificate can be generated, or a certificate
signing request (CSR) that is then passed to a certificate authority
(CA) to have a certificate issued.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The identity key of the plugin is a secure key. When the APKA master key
of the associated APQNs is changed, the identity key must be re-enciphered
under the new master key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To identify the zkey client with EKMF Web, the plugin generates a secure
ECC or RSA identity key, and stores it in its configuration directory.
This key is then used to cryptographically sign requests sent to EKMF Web.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Retrieve several settings from EKMF Web after the connection to
EKMF Web has been configured. This includes the EKMF Web server's
public key, which is user later on to verify cryptographically signed
responses. Also the key templates used by EKMF Web to generate keys
for zkey are retrieved, and it is checked if the require feature
'Pervasive Encryption' is available.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To perform operations in EKMF Web, the user must log in with a EKMF Web
user id and a time based one time passcode. The passcode can be obtained
by the user from the EKMF Web user interface, after logging in into EKMF
Web. That way a two factor authentication is performed. The plugin passes
the passcode to EKMF Web retrieves a bearer token from EKMF Web which it
then uses on subsequent requests to authenticate with EKMF Web. Such a
bearer token is valid for several minutes, thus no re-login is required
for zkey commands run during that time.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Allow the user to configure the connection to the EKMF Web server
using the 'zkey kms configure' command. The communication is based
on a RESTful API via HTTPS. Besides the URL of the EKMF Web server,
other TLS related settings can be configured.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The EKMF Web plugin requires APQNs of one or multiple IBM cryptographic
adapters in CCA coprocessor mode to operate. It makes use of secure
RSA and ECC keys, and thus requires the APKA master keys of the CCA APQNs
to be set.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support to integrate the external key management system EKMF Web
(IBM Enterprise Key Management Foundation - Web Edition) into zkey by
providing a zkey KMS plugin for EKMF Web. The plugin communicates
with EKMF Web using libekmfweb via a RESTful API.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The C-XLATE flag determines if the secure key can be used with the
CCA Cipher Text Translate2 verb. Cipher Text Translate2 deciphers
encrypted data under one key and re-enciphers it under another key
without having the data appear in the clear outside the cryptographic
coprocessor. Since this is not a security risk, the check can be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Retrieve EKMF Web settings such as the template names used by
EKMF Web for generating identity keys, as well as volume encryption
keys (XTS and non-XTS). Also check that the EKMF Web server has the
required 'Pervasive Encryption' feature installed.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To perform operations in EKMF Web, the user must log in with a EKMF Web
user id and a time based one time passcode. The passcode can be obtained
by the user from the EKMF Web user interface, after logging in into EKMF
Web. That way a two factor authentication is performed. The client passes
the passcode to EKMF Web retrieves a bearer token from EKMF Web which it
then uses on subsequent requests to authenticate with EKMF Web. Such a
bearer token is valid for several minutes, thus no re-login is required
for zkey commands run during that time.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Allow to add, change and delete custom tags of a key. Custom tags
can be used store any kind of textual information with a key. Tags
have a name and a value.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
EKMF Web maintains a key state for each key. Keys can be in state
PRE-ACTIVATION, ACTIVE, DEACTIVATED, COMPROMISED, DESTROYED, and
DESTROYED-COMPROMISED. Key states can be changed as defined in NIST
Special Publication 800-57 Part 1.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Allow to request EKMF Web to generate a new key in its repository.
The newly generated key is generated based on the key template used.
Also, custom properties can be specified that are stored together with
the key, as well as export control information defining who is allowed
to request an export of the key later on.
Besides generating new random keys in EKMF Web, you can also register
the client's public identity key with EKMF Web by generating a new
identity key using an X.509 certificate containing the client's public
key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Retrieve information about keys managed by EKMF Web, such as the
key algorithm, the key size and type. Additional, the key's tags
are retrieved. Label tags are used to build the label name of a key.
Custom tags can be used to store any kind of textual data together with
a key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Key templates are used by EKMF Web to generate new keys. The template
specifies the key algorithm, the key size, and type (e.g. CCA DATA or
CIPHER). It also determines how a newly generated key is named through
a key label template containing label tags.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To retrieve a secure key from EKMF Web, a Elliptic-curve Diffie-Hellman
(EC-DH) protocol is used to securely transport the key, without revealing
the key to be transported in clear. The key to be transported remains
encrypted all the time, either encrypted with the master key of the
cryptographic adapter on the source or target side, or with a transport
key, that is derived using the EC-DH key agreement protocol. The transport
key is also a secure key, itself encrypted with the master key of the
cryptographic adapters on both sides.
To generate the transport key, each side generates a new secure ECC
session key with its cryptographic adapter. This session keys are then
used with EC-DH to derive the secure transport key. The secure key to
be transported is then exported by EKMF Web under the transport key, is
sent to the client, and is then imported using the transport key.
The key retrieval request is signed using the identity key of the client.
EKMF Web knows the public key of the client's identity key through a one
time registration process, and can therefore verify the signature with
the client's public key. The response is also signed by the EKMF Web
server's identity key, and the client can verify the signature with the
server's public key that it retrieved once during registration.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To identify the client with EKMF Web, an X.509 certificate must be
generated using the identity key, and must be made known to EKMF Web.
Either a self signed certificate can be generated, or a certificate
signing request (CSR) that is then passed to a certificate authority
(CA) to have a certificate issued. The certificate is then used to
register the client with EKMF Web, so that EKMF Web knows the public
part of the client's identity key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The identity key of the client is a secure key enciphered with the
master key of a cryptographic adapter (APQN). When the master key of
the used APQNs is changed, the identity key must be re-enciphered
under the new master key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To identify the client with EKMF Web, the client generates a secure
ECC or RSA identity key. This identity key is then used to
cryptographically sign certain requests sent to EKMF Web.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When login in with EKMF Web, a bearer token is retrieved from EKMF Web
which is then used on subsequent requests to authenticate with EKMF Web.
Such a bearer token is valid for several minutes, thus no re-login is
required during that time. The bearer token contains a JSON Web Token
(JWT, see RFC7519).
Allow to check such a token if it is still valid, or already expired.
That way a client application can check the token before issuing the next
request, and re-login if needed.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The EKMFWeb client library provides functions to communicate
with an EKMF Web server via REST calls over HTTPS. EKMF Web stands
for IBM Enterprise Key Management Foundation - Web Edition and is
used to manage keys in an enterprise.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Allow to refresh or update a KMS-bound key in the repository.
The secure key is re-imported from the KMS, and optionally also
its properties are updates from the KMS.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Allow to import keys that exist in a key management system into the
repository. The key together with its properties is imported.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Allow to list the keys managed by a key management system. The keys
are displayed together with the key properties stored in the KMS.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When removing a KMS-bound key from the local repository, call the
KMS plugin and let it perform an action in the KMS. Usually keys are
not removed from key management systems, instead the key state is
changed to non-active or similar.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When key properties are changed with the 'change' command, also update
the key properties in the KMS, if the key is bound to a KMS. Do not
allow to change the associated APQNs for KMS bound keys. KMS bound keys
inherit the APQNs from the KMS plugin.
When a key is renamed in the repository, also update the key name
property in the KMS if the key is KMS bound.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Do not allow to convert a KMS bound key. The key type of a KMS
bound key is determined by what the KMS plugin supports, thus it
can not be converted.
Do only allow to copy a KMS bound key, if the '--local' option is
specified. The result of the copy is a local key, that is not bound
to a KMS.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When a repository that is bound to a key management system, the
keys are generated by the key management system by default. To
generate a local key, add option '--local'.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add the following sub-commands for key management system plugin
handling:
- configure: Configure a KMS plugin
- reencipher: Re-encipher secure keys used by a KMS plugin
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Some commands requires additional options that are to be determined
by the KMS plugin. Add support to let the KMS plugin provide an
option vector per command, and add the options to the already existing
command options.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add command 'kms' and the following sub-commands of it to handle
key management system plugin binding and unbinding:
- plugins: List available/configured KMS plugins
- bind: Binds a KMS plugin to the repository
- unbind: Unbinds a KMS plugin from the repository
- info: Displays information about the currently bound KMS plugin
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To support keys that are bound to a key management system (via a KMS
plugin) add new key properties that reflect this. Display if a key is
bound to a KMS with the 'zkey list' and 'zkey validate' commands.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support to integrate external key management systems into zkey
by using a plugin concept. Add helper functions to load, bind, and
unbind a key management system plugin.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for sub-commands to zkey. Sub-commands allow to group a
set of commands within a sub command.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add the -fPIC option when building the libutil objects to generate
position-independent code, and allow them to be used in dynamically
loaded shared libraries.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add description for coordinated read access to man page as well as some
editorial changes after ID review.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For data consistency it is essential that datasets are not modified by
z/OS applications during zdsfs access. This is currently ensured by
manually setting the device offline in z/OS before mounting it in Linux.
This patch improves the usability and data security by making this manual
step obsolete.
Before opening a dataset zdsfs will obtain an ENQ to mark it as in use for
z/OS and release the ENQ when closing the dataset.
A timer is set up that pings the z/OSMF REST services with the ENQ to
prevent it from a timeout after 10 minutes.
The behavior of zdsfs can be configured in a new config file or with new
command line options.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add library functions that allow to communicate with z/OSMF REST services
using libcurl.
Following three functions are added:
lzds_rest_get_enq()
to obtain an ENQ that will mark a dataset as in use to z/OS until
it is released again
lzds_rest_release_enq()
to release an ENQ and mark a dataset as no longer in use to z/OS
lzds_rest_ping()
to ping a z/OSMF REST server to check if it accessible
or to refresh an ENQ and prevent it from a timeout after 10 minutes
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Stage 3 flags is a 64bit integer but function add_ipl_program
used a 32bit integer instead. Due to this bug
STAGE3_FLAG_SCSI and STAGE3_FLAG_KDUMP were not correctly set.
Fixes: 412d3e8c ("zipl: consolidate stage3_params structs and stage3 flags")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
libpfm does not yet include counters introduced with z15 in a release.
cpacfstatsd now implements its own counter logic to become independent
of the slow release cycles of libpfm.
Reviewd-By: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewd-By: Harald Freudenberger <freude@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Juergen Christ <jchrist@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
+ remove outdated comment that the revocation list checking is not implemented
+ improve usage example
Reviewed-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
We cannot rely on what $SHELL says as it describes what the users
default shell is and not which kind of shell /bin/sh is. So instead of
checking the environment variable $SHELL, we can test whether the
environment variable $BASH is set. If this is the case, we can be
pretty sure that the script is executed by the bash shell.
This fixes the error on Ubuntu 20.04:
./check_hostkeydoc se-certs/host-key.crt se-certs/ibm-z-host-key-signing.crt -c se-certs/DigiCertCA.crt -r se-certs/ibm-z-host-key.crl
./check_hostkeydoc: 42: set: Illegal option -o pipefail
Reviewed-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Set the counter name for z15 counter numbered 265. It is either named
DFLT_CCERROR or DFLT_CCFINISH, depending on the linux version. The
counter was renamed from CCERROR to CCFINISH in linux version 5.8.
Check for existence of file /sys/devices/cpum_cf/events/DLFT_CCERROR.
f this file exists the counter is named DFLT_CCERROR else
DFLT_CCFINISH (only for z15), other machines do not have this counter.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Modern distributions do not provide the symlink /sbin/udevadm any more.
Use /usr/bin/udevadm instead for the example init script / systemd units.
Note that those are meant for example purpose and would need to be adjusted
by distributions, so no extra effort is taken to determine the actual
location of udevadm.
Signed-off-by: Gerald Schaefer <gerald.schaefer@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When udevadm is going to be used, try to locate it
in $PATH and if it fails, try to locate it in well-known
binary paths.
Signed-off-by: Guevenc Guelce <guvenc@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Commit 86856f98db ("zipl: Make use of __noreturn macro") moved the
'noreturn' attribute from declaration to definition. With this the
compiler can no longer optimize when the function is called in a
separate source file. Move the attribute back to the declaration
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Function util_opt_init() build the option string for getopt_long().
If a command has been set via util_opt_set_command(), then util_opt_init()
must honor that command and only add those options that match the command,
or are command independent.
That way the same option can be used in different commands with different
flags and different argument settings. E.g. for command 'a' option '-x'
might require an argument, for command 'b' the same option '-x' might not
require an argument.
The behavior of util_opt_init() is unchanged if no command is set, and
also if different commands use the same option, but with the same flags
and argument settings. Currently only the zkey tools set a command, but
use unique options per command.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove obsolete and unused constants for zcore memory
character devices '/sys/kernel/debug/zcore/mem' and
'/sys/kernel/debug/zcore/memmap'.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Egorenkov <egorenar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Fix that a misleading BLS error message is printed in any case for missing
files.
The scan_check code in zipl already does proper error handling for missing
file. Remove the duplicated error handling from scan_check_bls and just use
the function to update the file with the target path if needed.
To indicate the intention of this function also rename it.
Fixes: #84
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tuan Hoang <tmhoang@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When vmcp fails to execute a CP command with both error conditions
- response buffer is too small
- CP command failed
then the vmcp program exits with 'response buffer too small' indication.
However, an exit code indicating 'CP command failed' would be more
important in this case.
So change the vmcp exit code and return 'CP command failed' for above
error scenario.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
z15 architecture supports counters for ECC operations. We now add and evaluate
these counters on supported architectures. If ECC counters are not supported,
we simply print "unsupported" for ECC counter values.
Manpages adapted accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Juergen Christ <juergen.christ@ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Hard-coding udevadm's location isn't robust enough - for instance,
Ubuntu 20.04 moved it to /usr/bin.
First see if we can reach it through $PATH, then fall back to hard-coded
locations that we know about.
Also when finally falling back to udevsettle, check that it exists.
Otherwise we end up throwing tons of "No such file or directory" error
messages at the user.
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Rewrite lscpumf and chcpumf in C. The previous version
habe been written in perl which require a lot of instructure.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sumanth Korikkar <sumanthk@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Copying the SCSI scheme wasn't good enough due to how major/minor
numbers are assigned by the blkext driver. We now query the relevant
information via sysfs.
Signed-off-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This attribute is a no-op and never provided the described functionality.
It will be removed in the 5.7 kernel release with
commit 5f4019a80839 ("s390/qeth: remove fake_broadcast attribute").
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Support is added to lsreipl to detect the nvme reipl type and list the
appropriate parameters.
Support is added to chreipl to specify and populate sysfs reipl entries
with nvme device targets.
Signed-off-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The genprotimg tool doesn't yet contain code to verify IBM Secure Execution
host key documents. The sample script check_hostkeydoc outlines the steps
that need to be followed by users to verify a host key before it should
be used with genprotimg to build secure Linux images.
Signed-off-by: Viktor Mihajlovski <mihajlov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Steuer <patrick.steuer@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Printing the number zero (e.g. printf("%u", 0)) currently only gives you
an empty string. This is because the while-do loop to map the number to a
string is only entered when the value is 'true', i.e. non-zero. Fix this
by using do-while instead.
Fixes: 6fe9e6c ("zipl/libc: Introduce vsnprintf")
Signed-off-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
nvme devices use the same on-disk bootmap as scsi devices. When the target
device is nvme (using the blkext driver) we simply treat it as scsi.
Signed-off-by: Jason J. Herne <jjherne@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Let's assume the original `command_line` is 'aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa' and
`cextra` is ' =blub'. With the old code this would result in the
following new command line:
'blubaaaaaaaaaaaaa' instead of the expected result 'blub\0aaaaaaaaaaaa'
Let's fix this by setting the NULL-termination for the new command
line. While at it, use the `command_line` variable instead of casting
an address.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The inserted blank must also be taken into account for the calculation
of `cmdline_len`. In general it's only possible to insert a blank if
the command line length is not already the maximum.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
`src` parameter for `memcpy` is set to `cextra + begin` but the offset
begin is not taken into account for the calculation of the length that
should be copied.
Fix this by increment the cextra pointer for each skipped whitespace
of the extra parameter.
While at it, rename `end` variable to `cmdline_len`, `command_line`
variable to `cmdline`, remove useless void pointer cast, and use
strlen instead of a while loop to determine the cmdline string length.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
1. `begin` is used as array index and should therefore never be greater
than COMMAND_LINE_SIZE - 1. Therefore let's fix the while condition.
2. `length` describes the string length and should therefore also never
be greater than COMMAND_LINE_SIZE - 1.
The 1. off-by-two error can lead to a out-of-bounds read and the 2.
to a buffer overflow.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes an error when genprotimg is compiled with clang and the
sanitizers address and undefined behaviour enabled.
pv/pv_ipib.c:47:33: runtime error: member access within misaligned address 0x62100000a100 for type 'IplParameterBlock' (aka 'struct ipl_parameter_block'), which requires 4096 byte alignment
0x62100000a100: note: pointer points here
01 00 00 45 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
^
SUMMARY: UndefinedBehaviorSanitizer: undefined-behavior pv/pv_ipib.c:47:33 in
This change should be no problem as genprotimg is the only user.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use STAGE2_ENTRY and PSW_LOAD instead of hard-coded values. While at
it, also move the libc.h to the top in tape2dump.c.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
While at it, rename PSW_SHORT_ADDR_MASK and PSW_ADDRESS_MASK to
PSW32_ADDR_MASK. As a side effect this removes the zipl.h dependency
of the boot loaders. While at it,
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use C pre-processor for linker script generation and refactor some
constants. This allows the usage of the constants in our "linker
scripts" `*.lds.S` (actually, these are assembler files, so we can
make us of the C pre-processor and its capabilities).
While at it, enforce the described memory layout in the generated
linker script.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move COMMAND_LINE_EXTRA to `boot/loaders_layout.h` so it can be reused
by `menu.c`and `stage3.c`. Additionally, reuse COMMAND_LINE_SIZE from
`linux_layout.h` in `menu.c`.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce a struct definition for the stage3 parameters used by
stage3.c. This makes it easier to maintain the stage3 linker script
and it allows us to consolidate the stage3_params structs defined in
`stage3.h` and `include/boot.h` as well as the stage3 flag macros.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This allows the usage of stage3.h in files where other libc
implementations than our minimal libc is used, e.g. glibc.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes cpuplugd.h:157:12: warning: redundant redeclaration of ‘debug’ [-Wredundant-decls]
157 | extern int debug; /* is verbose specified? */
| ^~~~~
cpuplugd.h:155:12: note: previous declaration of ‘debug’ was here
155 | extern int debug;
| ^~~~~
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case secure boot is enabled but no components in the IPL report
are found it ends up in an endless loop in the component verification.
To prevent this check if components are found and exit if not.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The lowcore parmblock pointer is not valid in every case. For example
it is invalid for CCW type IPL.
To have an indication if the pointer is valid do a diag308 to store the
parmblock and check if secure boot is enabled.
If it is enabled the lowcore pointer is valid and the ipl report that is
needed for secure boot can be found right behind the ipl parmblock.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Variable names are case sensitive in Makefiles, therefore fix the typo
in the variable reference.
Fixes: 2d600570df ("genprotimg: boot: use C pre-processor for linker script generation")
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This fixes the false positive
CC zipl/src/misc.o
misc.c: In function ‘misc_temp_dev’:
misc.c:313:27: warning: ‘%04d’ directive writing between 4 and 11 bytes into a region of size 5 [-Wformat-overflow=]
sprintf(filename, "zipl%04d", retry);
^~~~
misc.c:313:22: note: directive argument in the range [-2147483648, 999]
sprintf(filename, "zipl%04d", retry);
^~~~~~~~~~
misc.c:313:4: note: ‘sprintf’ output between 9 and 16 bytes into a destination of size 9
sprintf(filename, "zipl%04d", retry);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
While at it, add an assertion that protects against a format-overflow,
e.g. if TEMP_DEV_MAX_RETRIES changes.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Some drivers provide per-queue IRQ coalescing information, collect it.
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Protected VMs (PVM) are KVM VMs, where KVM can't access the VM's state
like guest memory and guest registers anymore. Instead the PVMs are
mostly managed by a new entity called Ultravisor (UV), which provides
an API, so KVM and the PV can request management actions.
PVMs are encrypted at rest and protected from hypervisor access while
running. They switch from a normal operation into protected mode, so
we can still use the standard boot process to load an encrypted image
and then move it into protected mode.
This commit adds the tool 'genprotimg'. It takes a kernel, key files,
optionally an initrd, optionally a file with the kernel command line,
and it generates a single, loadable image file. The image consists of
a concatenation of a plain text boot loader, the encrypted components
for kernel, initrd, and cmdline, and the integrity-protected PV
header, containing metadata necessary for running the guest in PV
mode.
It's possible to use this image file as a kernel for zipl or for a
direct kernel boot using QEMU.
Reviewed-by: Bjoern Walk <bwalk@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Patrick Steuer <patrick.steuer@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Claudio Imbrenda <imbrenda@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The pod2usage function from module Pod::Usage always emits this warning
when the module is loaded, even if the funtion is not invoked at all:
The script_run feature is experimental in regex;
marked by <-- HERE in m/(*script_run: <-- HERE ^ .* $ )/
at (eval 14) line 2.
To avoid this warning every time the cpumf_helper script is invoked,
do not use function pod2usage. The use of this function has no
benefit. cpumf_helper is invoked under the covers from lscpumf and
chcpumf, so it is sufficient to print the help text in case a wrong
parameter has been supplied.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
`linux/asm/types.h` also defines the struct `__vector128` so in order
to avoid definition conflicts add the macro guard _S390_TYPES_H, which
is defined in `linux/asm/types`. `linux/asm/types.h` is included by
glib2, which is used by the PV tooling.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add IBM Z15 extended counter definition file to Makefile
DATA_FILES list.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Format and print HBA FC Endpoint Security trace records with a record ID
of ZFCP_DBF_HBA_FCES (5). Align output to the one of FSF response trace
records for readability. Note that the FSF protocol status is most likely
FSF_PROT_GOOD (0x00000001).
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support to report Fibre Channel (FC) Endpoint Security
related information for zfcp-host and zfcp-lun devices.
Allow to query (lszdev) and provide help for (chzdev) the FC Endpoint
Security capability of a FCP device (zfcp-host). Provide this
information by defining the FCP device attribute fc_security in zdev
zfcp-host.
Allow to query (lszdev) and provide help for (chzdev) the FC Endpoint
Security in use on a connection between a FCP device and a FC remote
port. Provide this information by introducing a virtual zdev zfcp-lun
attribute fc_security. It returns the fc_security attribute value of
the zfcp port object representing the FC remote port used to access the
LUN.
This approach allows users of lszdev to easily query the FC Endpoint
Security in use on the connections to one or more FCP LUNs. It also
does not require the effort to introduce a zfcp-port device type in
zdev.
The fc_security attribute help for both zfcp-host and zfcp-lun can be
queried for example as follows:
chzdev zfcp --help-attribute
The fc_security attribute values and path of all active zfcp devices
can be queried for example as follows:
lszdev zfcp -a -c TYPE,ID,ATTR:fc_security,ATTRPATH:fc_security
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
As preparation for a following commit reorder the path logic in function
zfcp_lun_st_get_active_attrib_path(). This then allows to handle
subsequent special cases more easily. Additionally it also enhances the
readability of the expression.
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for defining read-only attributes in the chzdev/lszdev
tools. These attributes can be used to provide online documentation
for specific attributes via the --help-attribute and --list-attributes
tool functions.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for the placement of the stage3b loader at other addresses
than 0xa000. For this add a position independent relocator that first
copies the original stage3b code to the memory location 0xa000 and
then starts it.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use C pre-processor for linker script generation. This allows the
usage of constants in our "linker scripts" `*.lds.S` (actually, these
are assembler files, so we can make us of the C pre-processor and its
capabilities).
Suggested-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a boot loader for protected virtualization (PV) that can be
combined with a kernel/initrd/parmfile to form a single bootable file.
This file must be constructed in a way that it can be used (1) for a
QEMU direct kernel boot and (2) it can be zipl'ed by the normal,
unmodified zipl program.
This new boot loader consists of two parts:
1. stage3a boot loader (cleartext), this loader is responsible for
the transition into the protected mode by doing diag308 subcode 8
and 10 calls.
2. stage3b boot loader (encrypted), this loader is very similar to the
normal zipl stage3 boot loader. It will be loaded by the Ultravisor
after the successful transition into protected mode. Like the zipl
stage3 boot loader it moves the kernel and patches in the values
for initrd and parmline.
The requirements for (1) and (2) result in the following constraints:
1. It must be possible to place stage3a and stage3b at a location >=
0x10000 because the zipl stage3 loader zeroes out everything at
addresses lower than 0x10000 of the image.
2. As the stage3 loader of zipl assumes that the passed kernel image
looks like a normal kernel image, the zipl stage3 loader modifies the
content at the memory area 0x10400 - 0x10800, therefore we leave this
area unused in our stage3a loader.
3. The default entry address used by the zipl stage3 loader is 0x10000
so we add a simple branch to 0x11000 at 0x10000 so the zipl stage3
loader can modify the area 0x10400 - 0x10800 without affecting the
stage3a loader.
The stage3b loader is linked at address 0x9000, therefore it will not
work at another address. The relocation support for the stage3b
loader, so that it can be placed at addresses != 0x9000, is added in
the next patch. This loader with relocation support has the name
'stage3b_reloc'.
The memory layout of the single bootable file looks like:
+-----------------------+-----------+------------------------+
|Start |End |Use |
+=======================+===========+========================+
|0 |0x7 |Short PSW, starting |
| | |instruction at 0x11000 |
+-----------------------+-----------+------------------------+
|0x10000 |0x10012 |Branch to 0x11000 |
+-----------------------+-----------+------------------------+
|0x10013 |0x10fff |Left intentionally |
| | |unused |
+-----------------------+-----------+------------------------+
|0x11000 |0x12fff |Stage3a |
+-----------------------+-----------+------------------------+
|0x13000 |0x13fff |IPIB used as argument |
| | |for the diag308 call |
+-----------------------+-----------+------------------------+
|0x14000 |0x1[45]fff |UV header used for the |
| | |diag308 call (size can |
| | |be either 1 or 2 pages) |
+-----------------------+-----------+------------------------+
|NEXT_PAGE_ALIGNED_ADDR | |Encrypted Kernel |
+-----------------------+-----------+------------------------+
|NEXT_PAGE_ALIGNED_ADDR | |Encrypted Cmdline |
+-----------------------+-----------+------------------------+
|NEXT_PAGE_ALIGNED_ADDR | |Encrypted Initrd |
+-----------------------+-----------+------------------------+
|NEXT_PAGE_ALIGNED_ADDR | |Encrypted Stage3b_reloc |
+-----------------------+-----------+------------------------+
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Consolidate `ALIGN, __ALIGN_MASK, ARRAY_SIZE` macros and add them to
lib/zt_common.h. While at it, adapt coding style.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for new deflate counters:
- Counter 247: cycles CPU spent obtaining access to Deflate unit
- Counter 252: cycles CPU is using Deflate unit
- Counter 264: Increments by one for every DEFLATE CONVERSION CALL
instruction executed.
- Counter 265: Increments by one for every DEFLATE CONVERSION CALL
instruction executed that ended in Condition Codes
0, 1 or 2.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add `sclp_print_ascii` function that can be used to print output on
the SCLP ASCII console. This would increase the size of the
loaders (e.g. eckd2.bin and fba2.bin) and therefore might break the
compilation. In order to avoid that add a macro 'ENABLE_SCLP_ASCII'
which must be defined by the users of the `sclp_print_ascii` function.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This allows the reuse of the code later in sclp.c. While at it, also
declare @source parameter of `ebcdic_to_ascii` function as `const` and
rename all `ebc_` function name prefixes into `ebcdic_`. Move
conversion tables to separate file so it only gets linked into loaders
that need it.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Errors fixed:
../../include/boot/s390.h: In function '__stfle_asm':
../../include/boot/s390.h:424:41: error: conversion to 'long unsigned int' from 'int' may change the sign of the result [-Werror=sign-conversion]
register unsigned long reg0 asm("0") = size - 1;
../../include/boot/s390.h: In function 'stfle':
../../include/boot/s390.h:453:31: error: conversion to 'long unsigned int' from 'int' may change the sign of the result [-Werror=sign-conversion]
nr = MIN((nr + 1) * 8, size * 8UL);
../../include/boot/s390.h: In function 'diag308':
../../include/boot/s390.h:296:9: error: conversion from 'long unsigned int' to 'int' may change value [-Werror=conversion]
return _rc;
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Now that we made sure that s390.h can be used with our minimal libc
implementation and glibc move s390.h to `include/boot/s390.h`. While
at it, make sure that s390.h is assembler compatible as it will be
used later in the PV boot loader and include s390.h in ipl.h as
PAGE_SIZE is used there.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This allows the use of s390.h in combination with other libc
implementations than our minimal libc, e.g. with glibc.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Rename `inline` macro into `__always_inline` so one can differentiate
between the macro and the C keyword. While at it, undefine the
previous `__always_inline` macro so s390.h can be used in combination
with glibc.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move the loaders (stage2/stage3) layout values to
`include/boot/loaders_layout.h` and use the `_AC` macro for the
constants. This allows the reuse of the definitions, e.g. in assembler
files, and later for the creation of linker scripts.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use STAGE3_ENTRY for STAGE3_LOAD_ADDRESS as they have the same value
and this makes it more clear that the load address of stage3 is also
its entry point.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use the constants defined in `linux_layout.h`. Therefore move the
`PARMAREA` address offset to `linux_layout.h` and include the header.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move the Linux layout values to `include/boot/linux_layout.h`. This
allows the reuse of the definitions, e.g. in assembler files, and
later for the creation of linker scripts.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Make `IPL_DEVICE` definition consistent with the kernel definition and
the definition in tape0.S. This allows us to refactor the code later.
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move the IPL related definitions into `include/boot/ipl.h`. This
allows the reuse of the definitions, e.g. in the boot loader for
protected guests.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Support `lib/zt_common.h` to be used in assembler files. In addition,
add the macro `_AC` that can be used to make constant macros usable in
both assembler and C code.
Suggested-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This can be helpful when diagnosing network performance issues.
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The secure= option is not supported in the defaultboot section when a
menu is used. It should be placed in the menu section in this case.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The use of sprintf can easily result in buffer overflows as it assumes
that the buffer it writes to is large enough to contain the formatted
string. Thus replace sprintf by snprintf and update its users.
This removes the last user of vsprintf. Thus also remove vsprintf and
its dependencies.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Per definition vsprint assumes that the provided buffer it writes to is
large enough to contain the formatted string. As printf uses a fixed
sized buffer (81 bytes) and has no size checks the use of vsprintf can
easily cause buffer overflows. Protect against these buffer overflows by
using vsnprintf instead.
While at it fix a typo in the comment.
Reported-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zipl boot loaders have their own minimalistic libc implementation.
In it printf and sprintf use vsprintf for string formatting. Per
definition vsprintf assumes that the buffer it writes to is large enough
to contain the formatted string and performs no size checks. This is
problematic for the boot loaders because the buffer they use are often
allocated on the stack. Thus even small changes to the string format can
potentially cause buffer overflows on the stack with the well known
consequences. Protect against such errors by implementing vsnprintf.
Later patches will make use of it.
This implementation of vsnprintf only supports a small subset of format
options defined in the C standard. In particular it allows the
specifiers:
* %s (strings)
* %o (unsigned int octal)
* %u (unsigned int decimal)
* %x (unsigned int hexadecimal)
Integer specifiers (o, u, and x) always use the long form, i.e. assume the
argument to be of type 'unsigned long int'. The length modified 'l' can
be given but is ignored.
Furthermore, it is possible to provide the optional field width (aligned
to the right only) and precision as decimal integer (i.e. not via '*')
as well as the flag for zero padding integers (i.e. '0').
The implementation was heavily inspired by the implementation in
lib/vsprintf.c from the Linux kernel tree.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A simple comment above the struct declaration to indicate that the
structure must not have any padding is prone to error. Therefore let's
add a check for the structure size at compile time.
Reviewed-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This also makes sure that we don't try to write to the
/sys/bus/pci/device/<dev>/recover attribute if reset failed.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
After a zpcitctl --reset the PCI function is currently left in an error
state. This seems unexpected, so follow the SCLP reset with an OS level
recovery using /sys/bus/devices/<dev>/recover.
Signed-off-by: Niklas Schnelle <schnelle@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use after free causes the XTS attribute to be displayed wrongly.
Fixes: 298fab68fe ("zkey: Preparations for introducing a new key type")
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Different crypto card types use different ways to re-encipher a secure
key with a new master key. Generalize the handling of re-enciphering,
so that the majority of the code does not have to care about the card
type when dealing with it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
EP11 secure keys require a certain firmware version. Enhance
the APQN cross check to not only check for a minimum card level,
but also for a minimum firmware version.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a new source file that contains EP11 specific helper routines.
These routines require to load the EP11 host library.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Different crypto card types use different serial number formats.
Generalize the handling of serial numbers so that the majority of the
code does not have to care about the card type when dealing with it.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Different crypto card types use different master key verification patterns
(MKVPs). Generalize the handling of MKVPs so that the majority of the
code does not have to care about the card type when dealing with MKVPs.
Also generalize messages about the crypto card's master keys to not
mention a specific card type.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
EP11 cards provide the firmware version and API ordinal number as
a sysfs attribute on the crypto card level. Add a helper function
that obtains the firmware version and API ordinal number from there.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
As preparation for adding support for EP11 secure keys,
generalize the code to support different crypto card types.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zkey list function uses scandir() to look for files in the
zkey key repository directory. It checks the dirent.d_type field
to consider only regular files, but skip all others.
Unfortunately, not all file systems have full support for returning
the file type in d_type. When the zkey repository is located in a file
system that does not support d_type, such as xfs, zkey list shows no
keys, although the key repository contains keys.
Fix this by also considering directory entries with d_type = DT_UNKNOWN.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zipl creates a temp bootmap file to keep the original file in case of an
error. Delete this temp file in case of an error.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The hierarchy of the secure boot settings in the config file should be:
defaultboot > menu > section
This patch implements this hierarchy and adds a check if a valid option is
specified and prints an error message otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Allow that --secure or -S is specified on command line without the need to
allow all options on the command line.
Also ensure that the command line option overrules the config option and
correctly ensure that secure boot is only set for SCSI devices.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zkey convert command must select an CCA adapter out of the
list of associated APQNs (if any) to perform the key conversion.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
As the definition of `stfle_fac_list` in the lowcore uses uint64_t, we
should also use uint64_t for the `stfle_fac_list` parameter of the
`stfle/__stfle_asm` function.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use '$(MAKE)' to pass down the makefile flags.
This fixes the warning:
make[4]: warning: jobserver unavailable: using -j1. Add '+' to parent make rule.
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
dasd_is_ro() uses the O_RDWR flag when opening the file descriptor.
However, an attempt to open the file descriptor of a device that is in
read-only state will fail and the BLKROGET ioctl that is used to
actually determine the read-only state can't be issued.
Change the flag to O_RDONLY to fix this.
Fixes: a5c1923d32 ("libdasd: Add common DASD ioctl's to the lib")
Reviewed-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The help output for 'zkey generate' has a typo in the description
of the '-N, --name' option mentioning a non-existing '-M' option.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
An invalid APQN like '01.00xx' is not treated as invalid, but results
in APQN '01.0000'. Fix the checking to treat such invalid APQNs as
invalid.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In error cases, dasdview returns -1 which results in the return value
255. This is due to the fact that only the low-order 8 bits are used for
the status value. See 2.13 Status Information [1] in the POSIX standard
and the exit() POSIX man page [2] for more details.
Instead of returning -1, use the EXIT_FAILURE constant to indicate
unsuccessful termination properly. This change also makes the exit
status consistent for all error cases in dasdview, as some exit() calls
already use EXIT_FAILURE.
[1]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/V2_chap02.html
[2]: https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/functions/exit.html
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Increase consistency with the other macros by moving and renaming
the STAGE{2,3} macros in zipl.h.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Make use of the pre-defined __packed macro throughout zipl. This
requires adding the global include dir to ALL_CFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When adding new header from zipl/include to a .c file within zipl/boot
a compiler error appears
stage3.c:16:10: fatal error: zipl.h: No such file or directory
#include "zipl.h"
^~~~~~~~
compilation terminated.
CC zipl/boot/stage3.o
This is because the rule to generate dependencies (*.o.d) does not use
the CFLAGS_BOOT. Thus it cannot find the header and fails. Note this
only applies to the dependency generation, the actual build succeeds.
To fix this rename the CFLAGS_BOOT to ALL_CFLAGS. Using ALL_CFLAGS
instead of e.g. ALL_CPPFLAGS is important to also overwrite flags given
on the commandline via OPT_FLAGS, e.g.
make V=1 OPT_FLAGS="-D__FOO__"
While at it also remove the unused and wrong '-D__ASSEMBLY__'.
Fixes: 5a6605fe ("zipl: Ensure that boot loader CFLAGS are not overwritten")
Fixes: aa913b1e ("build process: Add automatic dependency generation")
Signed-off-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Currently zipl doesn't differentiate between the load address and the
entry point of an image, causing stage3 to strip away the entry point at
0x10000 for stand-alone kdump. This breaks the kdump kernel as it jumps
to 0x10000 after the special handling needed for kdump has been
performed.
Fix this by differentiating between the load address and the entry point
of an image.
Fixes: d142fbd5 ("zipl: Do not strip kernel image IPL header")
Signed-off-by: Philipp Rudo <prudo@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The __packed__ attribute is not needed for these structures as they
don't need any padding to meet the size and alignment constraints
defined in the Linux for zSeries ABI.
Reported by GCC 9.2.1 when building with '-Waddress-of-packed-member'.
stage3.c: In function 'is_verified_address':
stage3.c:241:26: warning: taking address of packed member of 'struct ipl_rb_components' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
241 | for_each_rb_entry(comp, comps) {
| ^~~~~
stage3.c:18:15: note: in definition of macro 'for_each_rb_entry'
18 | for (entry = rb->entries; \
| ^~
CC zipl/boot/kdump3.o
CC zipl/boot/sclp_stage3.o
sclp_stage3.c: In function '__sclp_hsa_copy':
sclp_stage3.c:75:34: warning: converting a packed 'struct sdias_sccb' pointer (alignment 1) to a 'struct read_sccb' pointer (alignment 4096) may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
75 | if (sclp_hsa_copy_wait((struct read_sccb *)sccb))
| ^~~~~~~~~
In file included from sclp_stage3.c:13:
sclp_stage3.h:43:8: note: defined here
43 | struct sdias_sccb {
| ^~~~~~~~~~
In file included from sclp_stage3.c:12:
sclp.h:149:8: note: defined here
149 | struct read_sccb {
| ^~~~~~~~~
sclp_stage3.c: In function 'sclp_hsa_get_size':
sclp_stage3.c:126:34: warning: converting a packed 'struct sdias_sccb' pointer (alignment 1) to a 'struct read_sccb' pointer (alignment 4096) may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
126 | if (sclp_hsa_copy_wait((struct read_sccb *)sccb))
| ^~~~~~~~~
In file included from sclp_stage3.c:13:
sclp_stage3.h:43:8: note: defined here
43 | struct sdias_sccb {
| ^~~~~~~~~~
In file included from sclp_stage3.c:12:
sclp.h:149:8: note: defined here
149 | struct read_sccb {
| ^~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reported by GCC 9.2.1 when building with '-Waddress-of-packed-member'.
menu.c: In function 'menu_read':
menu.c:30:22: warning: taking address of packed member of 'struct boot_stage2_params' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
30 | uint16_t *configs = __stage2_params.config;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
menu.c: In function 'menu_list':
menu.c:83:22: warning: taking address of packed member of 'struct boot_stage2_params' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
83 | uint16_t *configs = __stage2_params.config;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
menu.c: In function 'menu':
menu.c:139:22: warning: taking address of packed member of 'struct boot_stage2_params' may result in an unaligned pointer value [-Waddress-of-packed-member]
139 | uint16_t *configs = __stage2_params.config;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reported by GCC 9.2.1 when building with '-Wmaybe-uninitialized'.
job.c: In function 'job_get':
job.c:1817:14: warning: 'filename' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
1817 | scan_size = scan_file(filename, &scan);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
job.c:1791:14: note: 'filename' was declared here
1791 | const char *filename;
| ^~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reported by GCC 9.2.1 when building with '-Wdiscarded-qualifiers'.
job.c: In function 'get_job_from_config_file':
job.c:1810:14: warning: assignment discards 'const' qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When calling ziomon --version (or --help) the tool already checks
whether blktrace is present and prevents any output for those command
options when it isn't. This is unnecessary as no actual command is
issued during the parameter check and all other dependencies are checked
at a later point as well.
Move the dependency check to ensure a working --version and --help
option at any time.
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In the BLS files, the 'linux' and 'initrd' fields are relative to the
$BOOT directory. If $BOOT is a mount point of boot partition, 'linux'
and 'initrd' fields are relative to boot partition. If not, the paths
are relative to $BOOT directory of root partition.
zipl always starts searching at / regardless of partitions and mount
points.
This commit extends the semantics of target= field in zipl.conf to make
it as a second search path, besides /, for those 2 BLS fields.
See issues #69 for more details.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/issues/69
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/pull/74
Signed-off-by: Tuan Hoang <tmhoang@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zipl config file (zipl.conf) and the BootLoaderSpec (BLS) fragments
in /boot/loader/entries define a set of tokens that are parsed by zipl.
These are stored in an array of tokens whose size is calculated to make
sure that there is enough memory allocated for all the scanned tokens.
But the size calculation logic was wrong, since it was checking if the
current size was enough to store a single token per BLS fragment, while
up to 4 tokens can be defined in a BLS file: a section heading and the
image, ramdisk and parameter keywords.
This led to zipl being killed by a SIGABRT signal when trying to parse
more tokens than the ones that could fit in the scanned tokens array:
Using config file '/etc/zipl.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/vmlinuz-9.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/vmlinuz-8.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/vmlinuz-7.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/vmlinuz-6.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/vmlinuz-5.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/vmlinuz-4.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/vmlinuz-3.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/vmlinuz-2.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/vmlinuz-1.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/vmlinuz-0.conf'
double free or corruption (out)
Aborted (core dumped)
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/issues/68
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/pull/73
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This can be helpful in diagnosing network-related issues.
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The basic statistics are already collected via ifconfig. But that tool
is deprecated, and provides no way of collecting the extended stats.
So also gather data from 'ip link'.
Signed-off-by: Julian Wiedmann <jwi@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The duplicate statement does not have any effect. Therefore remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When a secure key has been converted from type CCA-AESDATA to type
CCA-AESCIPHER, the secure key stored in the LUKS2 header of a volume
encrypted with that key should also changed.
Command 'zkey-cryptsetup setkey' allows to set (replace) the volume
key in the LUKS2 header. It now accepts keys to be set that have
a different size of the original volume keys. CCA-AESCIPHER keys
are larger than CCA-AESDATA keys.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a new 'convert' command. It allows to convert a secure key from
one key type to another. Currently only keys of type CCA-AESDATA can be
converted to CCA-AESCIPHER.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Perform extended checks on a secure key that is imported into
the key repository. Warn the user if the imported key is by
any means insecure, e.g. has been originally created in an
insecure way. Prompt the user to continue the import if a
potential insecurity is detected.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The helper function performs a deep check of the AES CIPHER key
token and checks for any potentially insecure attributes.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Secure keys of type CCA-AESCIPHER can be export restricted, so that
these keys can not be exported by another key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Some future functions are dependent on the firmware version of the
CCA crypto adapter. This helper function allows to query the version
of the currently selected CCA adapter.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Secure keys of type CCA-AESCIPHER require a CEX6C or newer crypto
card. Also check for the minimum required card level during cross
checking of APQNs. Also display the card level in the APQN report.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For secure keys of type CCA-AESCIPHER the CCA verb CSNBKTC2
(Key Token Change2) is used. CCA-AESDATA keys will continue
to use CCA verb CSNBKTC (Key Token Change).
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for validating secure keys using the new pkey
IOCTLs. This allows to validate secure keys of type CCA-AESDATA
as well as CCA-AESCIPHER.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for generating secure keys using the new pkey
IOCTLs. This allows to generate secure keys of type CCA-AESDATA
as well as CCA-AESCIPHER, either by random inside the crypto
card, or from a given clear key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The new IOCTLs are based on list of APQNs that they try to send
the request to. Add some helper functions to build such lists
of APQNs based on the key type, and optionally a given mkvp.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
By default the new pkey IOCTL are used. In case the pkey device does not
support the new IOCTLs (i.e. errno ENOTTY is returned), then the wrapper
falls back to the old IOCTLs. The old IOCTLs only support secure keys of
type CCA-AESDATA.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add definitions and helper functions to support the new
CCA-AESCIPHER key type. Also enhance existing helper functions
to support CCA-AESCIPHER keys.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Introduce helper functions and definitions to allow key type
independent code in the keystore implementation
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zkey generate command allows to specify the --key-type|-K
option to specify the key type. If not specified, then the
default is CCA-AESDATA.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zkey list command now accepts option --key-type|-K type
to filter the displayed keys by key type. If not specified,
then all key types are displayed.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For the 'zkey list', 'zkey validate' and 'zkey-cryptsetup validate'
commands, display the key type.
As of today there is only one possible key type (CCA-AESDATA),
but in the future there might be additional key types.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This patch adds CEX7S exploitation support to lszcrypt and chzcrypt.
Signed-off-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To allow better control about the secure AES volume key re-enciphering
with 'zkey-cryptsetup reencipher', add options '--to-new' and '--from-old'
to specify if a re-enciphering from CURRENT to NEW, or OLD to CURRENT master
key registers is to be performed. If these options are not specified, then
it is auto-detected, based on the master key that the secure key is currently
re-enciphered with.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When re-enciphering secure AES keys, select the correct APQN for used
with the CCA host library. Re-enciphering a secure key requires the use
of the CCA host library. The APQN is selected based on the master key
verification pattern obtained from the secure key to re-encipher.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a utility function to select an APQN that is set up with
a specific master key for use with the CCA host library. The
selection is based on the master key verification pattern, which
is typically obtained from an existing secure AES key.
The function iterates over a set of APQNs to find one that is setup
with the desired master key in the CURRENT or OLD master key register,
and optionally has a new master key loaded. It then selects the found
APQN for use with the CCA host library.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Some operations require the CCA host library to be used, such as
re-enciphering a secure key. The CCA host library uses a different
approach to select the APQN it operates with. To ensure that the
desired APQN is used for an operation, a utility function is added
to select a specific APQN for usage with the CCA host library.
The CCA host library allows to set environment variables to override
the default CCA APQN selection. The environment variables are inspected
during CCA host library initialization only. To select a specific
domain for CCA, the CSU_DEFAULT_DOMAIN environment variable is set,
and then the CCA host library is un-loaded and re-loaded again.
Furthermore, the 'Cryptographic Resource Allocate' verb of the CCA
host library is used together with the 'Cryptographic Facility Query
function' verb to iterate over the crypto cards known by the CCA host
library, and to identify the desired crypto card based on its serial
number. That way, a specific APQN can be selected for use with
subsequent CCA verbs.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Perform a cross check of the APQNs when the APQN association of a
secure AES key in the key repository is changed. When adding new APQNs,
or associating a new set of APQNs to a secure key, then the APQNs are
cross checked. If all associated APQNs are removed, then all currently
available APQNs are cross checked. If a master key mismatch is detected,
then the change is rejected.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Perform a cross check of the APQNs when an existing secure AES key is
imported into the key repository. When a set of APQNs are associated to
the imported secure key, these APQNs are cross checked. If no APQNs are
associated to imported secure key, then all currently available
APQNs are cross checked. If a master key mismatch is detected, then
the key import is rejected.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Perform a cross check of the APQNs when a secure AES key is validated.
When a set of APQNs are associated to a secure key, these APQNs are
cross checked. If a secure key is validated outside of the key repository,
or no APQNs are associated to a secure key inside the key repository,
then all currently available APQNs are cross checked. If a master key
mismatch is detected, then an error message is issued.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Perform a cross check of the APQNs when a new secure AES key is
generated. When a set of APQNs are associated to a new secure key,
these APQNs are cross checked. If a new secure key is generated
outside of the key repository, or no APQNs are associated to a secure
key generated inside the key repository, then all currently available
APQNs are cross checked. If a master key mismatch is detected, then
the key generation is rejected.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Display the master key verification pattern of a secure key while
'zkey validate' and 'zkey-cryptsetup validate'
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
A secure AES key token contains the master key verification pattern
of the master key it is encrypted with. Add a function to obtain the
master key verification pattern of a secure key token.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a utility function to cross check the master keys of a set of
APQNs. It checks for valid master keys in the CURRENT and OLD
master key registers, as well as newly loaded master keys in the NEW
register. It issues information and warning messages for various
findings and also indicates improper master key setup to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a utility function to print the master key verification patterns
of a set of APQNs. This allows the user to visually check which
master keys are set on which APQNs.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a utility function to iterate over all available APQNs of
type CCA-Coprocessor. This function is required for various
future enhancements.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With recent changes in the zcrypt device driver, the master key verifi-
cation patterns of the AES master key of am APQN can be obtained by
reading the sysfs attribute 'mkvps' of an APQN device of type CCA-
Coprocessor. The sysfs attribute can be found under
'/sys/devices/ap/cardnn/nn.mmmm/', where nn specifies the card number
in hex, and mmmm specifies the domain number on hex.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With recent changes in the zcrypt device driver, the serial number of
a crypto card can be obtained by reading the sysfs attribute 'serialnr'
of a crypto card device of type CCA-Coprocessor. The sysfs attribute
can be found under '/sys/devices/ap/cardnn/', where nn specifies the
card number in hex.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
As preparation for future changes, move a sysfs specific functions
into a separate source file (utils.c).
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
As preparation for future changes, rework the loading of the
CCA host library so that the exported symbols are not passed
individually to the functions that use it. Pass a structure
that contains all entry points of all loaded CCA functions
instead. This will make it easier to add further CCA functions
at a later time.
Also add a version query for the CCA host library since some
future functions might be dependent on the library version.
While at it, separate the CCA related functions and definitions,
and move them into a separate source file (cca.h/cca.h).
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Harald Freudenberger <freude@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
...
==9448== 32 bytes in 1 blocks are definitely lost in loss record 1 of 3
==9448== at 0x4831010: malloc (vg_replace_malloc.c:309)
==9448== by 0x48E2205: __vasprintf_internal (vasprintf.c:71)
==9448== by 0x1005061: misc_asprintf (misc.c:48)
==9448== by 0x10131F3: disk_get_info (disk.c:239)
==9448== by 0x1013C41: disk_get_info_from_file (disk.c:517)
==9448== by 0x1011C87: bootmap_create (bootmap.c:1127)
==9448== by 0x1004C73: main (zipl.c:192)
...
Signed-off-by: Marc Hartmayer <mhartmay@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This patch adds ethtool commands for network interfaces.
Especially the offload settings are important.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
This patch adds the base lspci command to list pci devices
and the smc_dbg command from the smc-tools package to show
SMC socket related information.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ubraun@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zdev incorrectly reports an invalid udev rule for zfcp-lun type rules.
This is caused by a faulty check for an empty udev rule file. This
commit fixes the check to only report invalid rules when there was no
valid configuration directive found in a zfcp-lun type udev rule.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Benjamin Block <bblock@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Show '[y/N]' on all user confirmation prompts to give the user a
hint what to reply. Also indicate that the operation was aborted
on a negative confirmation.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The volume type of a secure key is not really case sensitive,
but for better usability store and display it in uppercase always,
regardless in whatever case it was specified.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zfcp dumper fails with the following error:
MLOPDM003I: Machine loader finished, moving data to final storage
location.
uncompression error
--- System halted
HCPGIR450W CP entered; disabled wait
PSW 00020001 80000000 00000000 DEADBEEF
The zipl command shows overlapping components when installing the dumper
to a zfcp disk:
zipl -d /dev/sda1
Building bootmap directly on partition '/dev/sda1'
Adding dump section
kernel image......: /lib/s390-tools/zfcpdump/zfcpdump-image
kernel parmline...: 'root=/dev/ram0 dump_mem=1 possible_cpus=1
cgroup_disable=memory '
component address:
heap area.......: 0x00002000-0x00005fff
stack area......: 0x0000f000-0x0000ffff
internal loader.: 0x0000a000-0x0000dfff
parameters......: 0x00009000-0x000091ff
kernel image....: 0x00010000-0x005761ff
^^^^^^
parmline........: 0x00567000-0x005671ff
^^^^^^
Preparing boot device: sda.
Done.
With the secure IPL patchset the offset of the kernel image has been
removed for the normal IPL case but it has not been removed for the dump
image which leads to the overlap of 0x10000.
Fix by removing the offset for the dump case.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewd-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Tested-by: Mikhail Zaslonko <zaslonko@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Make dasdfmt aware of thinly provisioned (Extent Space Efficient (ESE))
DASD volumes.
If an ESE volume is recognised a QUICK format is performed, formatting
only the first two tracks. The mode can always be overwritten by --mode.
Previously allocated space is always released before formatting, if not
specified otherwise. The option --no-discard (-D) is provided to omit
the space release.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The BIODASDRAS (Release Allocated Space) ioctl allows to release
track-wise or full space of an Extent Space Efficient DASD volume.
Provide a library function to utilise this functionality.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Provide a function to determine whether a DASD is an Extent Space
Efficient (ESE) volume.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Move definitions mostly used by IOCTLs to libdasd. Clean up unused and
old definitions while at it as well.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add basic checking when reading udev rules and print a warning when an
invalid udev rule file is found. This addresses the current inconsistent
behavior:
- CCW devices: invalid udev rules are considered valid
- CCW group devices: invalid udev rules are silently ignored
- zFCP LUNs: invalid rules cause chzdev/lszdev to silently terminate
with non-zero exit code
Checks include a test for empty or truncated rule files that might be
the result of an interrupted chzdev operation, or a file system or I/O
error.
Note: The recommended way to correct invalid udev rules is to either
remove the offending rules file, or to repeat the associated persistent
configuration step.
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reported-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zipl internal loader adds a variable BOOT_IMAGE= to the commandline
so that it is visible in the operating system which menu entry has been
chosen.
This entry was overwritten by the stage3 parameter page.
Fix by re-arranging the internal memory layout and putting the command
line extra param, which contains the BOOT_IMAGE entry, at 0xe000.
This location is available because less than one page is used for the
stack.
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/issues/67
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When 'zkey generate' is used with options '--clearkey <file>' and
'--xts', but without the '--keybits <bitsize>' option, then the
auto-detection of the bitsize of the specified clear key fails.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Dependent on kernel config option CHSC_SCH the device node /dev/chsc may
exist per default or not. In case the kernel is built with CHSC_SCH=M,
then the device driver is built as separate kernel module, and must
therefore be loaded using modprobe chsc_sch to make device node /dev/chsc
available.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Currently the zipl tool doesn't remove trailing spaces from the BLS field
values. So for example if a 'title' field has trailing spaces and is used
as the default, zipl will complain that there's no section with that name:
Using config file '/etc/zipl.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/f871a0cf218348c5ba921f61c92b7eac-4.18.0-80.20.el8.s390x.conf'
Using BLS config file '/boot/loader/entries/f871a0cf218348c5ba921f61c92b7eac-0-rescue.conf'
Error: Config file '/etc/zipl.conf': Line 6: no such section 'Red Hat Enterprise Linux (4.18.0-80.20.el8.s390x) 8.1 (Ootpa)'
Since the trailing spaces are also removed from the fields defined in the
zipl.conf file, do the same for the ones that are defined in the BLS file.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/pull/62
Signed-off-by: Javier Martinez Canillas <javierm@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for CPU-Measurement facility counter second version
number 6. This adds some more counters to the crypto counter set.
Extended counter set is the same as for z14.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Richter <tmricht@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The util_opt_example allows to specify '-l' and '-m, --manual' options,
but does not handle them. This leads to error message 'PANIC: The
application terminated due to an unrecoverable error' with 'Option 'l'
should not be handled here' and the program is aborted.
Add the required case statements in the switch to handle those options.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zfcp kernel module was changed to introduce separate parameters for
selecting DIF and DIF&DIX. This commit implements the corresponding
changes in chzdev and lszdev.
Signed-off-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When directory $SYSFSDIR/bus/ccwgroup does not exist znetconf issues an
error message and terminates. Its not even possible to get the output of
--help or --version. Fix that by moving the responsible check behind the
parameter evaluation.
Signed-off-by: Karsten Graul <kgraul@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The validate command should allow to specify the --no-apqn-check
option even when --apqns is not specified.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The stfle inline assembly returns the number of double words written
(condition code 0) or the double words it would have written
(condition code 3), if the memory array it got as parameter would have
been large enough.
The current stfle implementation assumes that the array is always
large enough and clears those parts of the array that have not been
written to with a subsequent memset call.
If however the array is not large enough memset will get a negative
length parameter, which means that memset clears memory until it gets
an exception and the system crashes.
To fix this simply limit the maximum length. Move also the inline
assembly to an extra function to avoid clobbering of register 0, which
might happen because of the added MIN invocation together with code
instrumentation.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The header exit_code.h is required for the exit_code_t type and
the header misc.h for the err_t type.
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The function util_path_exists() consumes its first parameter as format
string. Passing the user input specified to the chzdev option --export
as-is to the function opens up the possibility for a format string
injection.
Fixes: d542138868 ("zdev: use libutil provided path functions")
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Testing whether a file is a directory by comparing the struct stat
field st_mode against S_IFDIR is wrong. If st_mode has any access
permission bits set along with the file type code the test will always
fail.
The file type encoded in the struct stat field st_mode is actually an
enumeration. To test whether a file is a directory either extract the
file type from st_mode using the mask S_IFMT and compare it against
S_IFDIR or simply use the macro S_ISDIR().
Fixes: b627b8d8e1 ("Initial s390-tools-2.0.0 import")
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Testing whether a file is a directory by masking the struct stat field
st_mode with S_IFDIR is wrong. Depending on the values of the macros
S_IF* block special devices might be considered as directories.
The file type encoded in the struct stat field st_mode is actually an
enumeration. To test whether a file is a directory either extract the
file type from st_mode using the mask S_IFMT and compare it against
S_IFDIR or simply use the macro S_ISDIR().
Fixes: c944f23d7e ("zkey: Add keystore implementation")
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The functions use the C99 _Bool type in form of the alias bool from
stdbool.h as return type. Scalars are implicitly converted to _Bool.
Values equal to zero to 0 (false). Nonzero values to 1 (true).
Therefore the explicit conversion using the ternary operator ?: with
true and false is not required.
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Testing whether a file is a directory or a regular file by masking the
struct stat field st_mode with S_IFDIR or S_IFREG is wrong. Depending
on the values of the macros S_IF* sockets and symbolic links might
erroneously be considered as regular files and block special files as
directories.
The file type encoded in the struct stat field st_mode is actually an
enumeration. To test whether a file is a directory or a regular file
either extract the file type from st_mode using the mask S_IFMT and
compare it against S_IFDIR or S_IFREG or simply use the macros S_ISDIR()
and S_ISREG().
Fixes: b627b8d8e1 ("Initial s390-tools-2.0.0 import")
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since commit d542138868 ("zdev: use libutil provided path functions")
lszdev fails to correctly report most read-only sysfs attributes as such
in its detailed information output (options -i or -ii). This is because
the libutil function util_path_is_writable() is not equivalent to the
former function file_writable().
util_path_is_writable() always returns true (the underlying function
access() indicates the file is writable), if the path exists and the user
is root, regardless of the path's effective access permissions. This is
correct for most use cases, as root can effectively read/write any path
regardless of its effective access permissions). util_path_is_writable()
behaves exactly like Bash -w in this regard.
The former function file_writable() examined the file's access permissions
to check if one or more of user, group, and other have write permission.
For lszdev it is irrelevant whether a file is effectively writable by
the current user. Instead it needs to determine whether sysfs attributes
access permissions contain write access in any form. If not it lists
those sysfs attributes in a separate read-only section.
Use the new function util_path_is_readonly_file(), which does explicitly
check the file's effective read and write access permissions. It behaves
similar to the former function file_writable(), except that it does test
whether any of user, group, and other have read permission.
Fixes: d542138868 ("zdev: use libutil provided path functions")
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For root the functions util_path_is_readable() and util_path_is_writable()
do not take the path's permissions into account. The function access()
succeeds as root is allowed to read/write any file regardless of its
permissions.
Introduce the functions util_path_is_readonly_file() and
util_path_is_writeonly_file() to test whether a path is a regular file and
is either read-only (neither user, group, nor other have write permission,
but one or more of user, group, and other have read permission) or
write-only (neither user, group, nor other have read permission, but one
or more of user, group, and other have write permission).
Signed-off-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jan Hoeppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The file pointer in the functions is_online() and cpu_is_configured() is
only freed in the good case. Make sure it is always freed.
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
bootmap.c: In function ‘check_secure_boot_support’:
bootmap.c:131:2: warning: ignoring return value of ‘fscanf’, declared
with attribute warn_unused_result [-Wunused-result]
fscanf(fp, "%d", &val);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
zpcictl.c: In function ‘sysfs_read_value’:
zpcictl.c:154:2: warning: ignoring return value of ‘fscanf’, declared with
attribute warn_unused_result [-Wunused-result]
fscanf(fp, "%x", &val);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Reviewed-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add option --no-apqn-check to the generate, import, change, and
validate commands to disable checking of the specified APQNs.
With this option a currently non-existing APQN can be associated
with a key. This is useful to associate APQNs that exist only on
other systems, such as disaster recovery systems, but not on the
current system. When generating keys, at least one of the specified
APQNs must be available to generate the key.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Function get_payload_records() reading from disk, blindly adds payload
record (junks) to a list in a 2-stage hierarchical hash keyed with
request ID and PAY area.
On adapter offline/online, zfcp resets the request ID to re-start with 1.
Hence it's not a unique foreign key in the lifetime of the PAY area.
The last payload record (junks) read for the same request ID and PAY area
is the one printed as named PAY field in the tool output.
This is not necessarily the chronologically last record due to PAY area
wrapping.
With this workaround, we:
* warn on reading PAY records if ambiguous entries occurred,
* print additional PAY timestamps which the user can compare
with the actual trace record timestamps to determine if they are close
enough to indicate a match.
We only found this by accident because we kept "short" "payload" being a
built-in part of some actual trace record types in areas HBA, SAN, SCSI.
For above cases, the full PAYload did not match the
built-in "short" "payload".
While at it, also add a comment that PAY output can also be wrong
in another case when junks of multi-part PAY records are missing due
to PAY area wrapping.
Below is an abbreviated example output with this workaround:
Loading trace records ...(this might take a while)
Warning: Ambiguous PAYload records. reqid:0000000000000037 area:san_res
...
Timestamp : 2017-07-07-18:01:34:574827
Area : SAN
...
Tag : fssct_1
Request ID : 0x0000000000000037
Destination ID : 0x00fffffc
SAN req short : 01000000 fc020000 01720ffc 00000000
00000008
SAN req length : 20
Timestamp : 2017-07-07-18:01:34:619310 ------------------+
Area : SAN |
... |
Tag : fsscth2 |
Request ID : 0x0000000000000037 |
Destination ID : 0x00fffffc |
SAN resp short : 01000000 fc020000 80020000 00000000 |
00671a07 00000000 c05076ff d6801850 |
00671a7e 00000000 c05076ff d6801968 |
SAN resp length: 16384 |
Payload time : 2017-07-07-18:16:17:165708 <== does not match
San resp info : 01000000 fc020000 80020000 00000000 <== wrong
4a49424d 20202020 20323936 34202020 <== wrong
20202020 20202020 20303230 30303030 <== wrong
30303745 43383720 20504348 49443a20 <== wrong
30313938 204e5049 5620556c 7049643a <== wrong
20303536 30303330 30202020 00000000 <== wrong
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 <== wrong
... <== wrong
...
Timestamp : 2017-07-07-18:16:17:165713
Area : SAN
...
Tag : fsscth2
Request ID : 0x0000000000000037 <== same reqid & pay "area"
Destination ID : 0x00fffffc
SAN resp short : 01000000 fc020000 80020000 00000000
4a49424d 20202020 20323936 34202020
20202020 20202020 20303230 30303030
SAN resp length: 273
Payload time : 2017-07-07-18:16:17:165708 <== 2nd & last, match
close to Timestamp
San resp info : 01000000 fc020000 80020000 00000000
4a49424d 20202020 20323936 34202020
20202020 20202020 20303230 30303030
30303745 43383720 20504348 49443a20
30313938 204e5049 5620556c 7049643a
20303536 30303330 30202020 00000000
00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
...
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Reading DASD specific sysfs attributes should be collected in one
library. Move get_host_access_count() to libdasd/dasd_sys.
Remove the old implementation and update any user accordingly.
Also, fix the build order for zdsfs.
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Use the newer and more robust libutil provided function
util_sys_get_dev_addr() to identify a device address for any former user
of u2s_getbusid().
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Many tools need to identify the device address of a given device. So
far, either the tool had its own implementation, or u2s_getbusid() was
used. Though, u2s_getbusid() was mainly designed for and used by the
DASD tools.
Introduce util_sys with a first function util_sys_get_dev_addr() which
provides a more universal way to identify the device address which is
not limited to one particular device type. The device address represents
either a busid (e.g. DASD), slot address (NVMe), H:C:T:L tuple (SCSI),
or other id types associated with a device.
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
dasdview and libdasd deal with DASD bus ids and should use a definition
for the size. libu2s already provides a definition, which is used by
dasdview. However, the size of 32 is a bit much and the definition
should be part of libdasd.
Including the terminating null byte ('\0') and considering a DASD bus id
length of 8 characters (e.g. 0.0.4711), this leads to a size of 9.
Provide such a definition via libdasd and update any user.
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Don't rely on rather arbitrary values for the string buffer size of
different sysfs paths. Instead use util_path_sysfs(), which allocates
the exact amount of memory necessary for a certain path string.
As these path strings are dynamically constructed, potential buffer
overflows can hereby be avoided and make the library functions more
robust.
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add zipl and zipl.conf man page updates.
The zipl man page will look like:
-S <SWITCH> or --secure <SWITCH>
Control the zIPL secure boot support. <SWITCH> can take one of three values:
auto (default)
Write signatures if available and supported by the system.
1
Signatures are written independent of support indicated by the local
system. Also missing signatures for stage 3 and kernel IPL files
will result in an error.
0
No signatures will be written.
The zipl.conf man page will look like:
secure = auto/1/0 (configuration only)
Configuration section:
Control the zIPL secure boot support. Set this option to one of the following:
- auto: Write signatures if available and supported by the system.
- 1: Signatures are written independent of support indicated by the local system.
Also missing signatures for stage 3 and kernel IPL files will result in an error.
- 0: No signatures will be written.
The default value for 'secure' is auto.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
To ensure that only verified code is executed the stage 3 loader has
to check if the load psw points to an address that has previously been
verified by the machine loader.
If secure boot is enabled the IPL process will only continue if the
verification was successful.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The firmware needs to know which memory locations are used by
the stage 3 loader so that it can allocate its own memory.
To indicate the usage of the heap and stack area of the stage 3 loader
add a dummy component to block this memory area for the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The stage 3 loader size has to be a multiple of the filesystem
blocksize so that the signature maps with the later in memory
stage 3 loader. The lowest common blocksize is 4k so the image
is padded to a 4k boundary.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add a command line option and configuration section keyword to control
the zIPL secure boot support. This option is named "secure" and can take
one of three values:
auto (default)
Write signatures if available and supported by the system.
1
Signatures are written independent of support indicated by the local
system. Also missing signatures for stage 3 and kernel IPL files
will result in an error.
0
No signatures will be written.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Add support for parsing IPL file signatures as produced by the Linux
kernel's sign-file tool. When preparing a disk for IPL, the signatures
will be added as separate data components that can be used by the Secure
Boot firmware feature to validate the integrity of the IPL files.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Change the fixed component entry text array to a more dynamic approach
to allow easier extension and make the order changeable.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The first component that gets control after IPL is the zIPL-provided
stage 3 boot loader. This boot loader is based on a binary image linked
into the zIPL executable. When preparing a disk for IPL, zIPL updates
runtime parameters in the boot loader image and writes the resulting
data to disk.
To support the Secure Boot firmware feature, the stage 3 code must be
signed, and can therefore no longer contain variable parameter portions.
Also the boot loader image should be accessible as a separate file to
enable the use of external programs for creating the signature.
This patch moves the stage 3 boot loader code to an external file
location and splits out the parameter portion into a separate, unsigned
on-disk component.
The new memory layout of the stage 3 loader during its execution looks
as follows:
* 0x0000-0x1fff Lowcore
* 0x2000-0x5fff Memory allocation (heap)
* 0x7000-0x8fff free
* 0x9000-0x9fff Stage3 parameter
* 0xa000-0xcfff Stage3 code
* 0xd000-0xefff Section: bss, rodata, data
* 0xf000-0xffff Stack
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The binary Linux kernel image is built to be loaded to memory address
0x0 but the first 64 kbyte contain an IPL header that is not used for
disk IPL. zIPL strips away this IPL header when writing IPL records to
disk, loads the remaining data to memory address 0x10000 and uses the
memory area below that for its own boot loader code.
The Secure Boot firmware feature checks the integrity of an installed
image during IPL using a checksum that was generated for the full image.
Since the checksum becomes invalid if the IPL header is removed, zIPL
must be changed to write the full image to disk.
This patch modifies the zIPL logic to no longer strip away the IPL
header. Instead the full image is loaded to a higher memory address and
relocated by the stage 3 boot loader code to its final location.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Haberland <sth@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When a 'zkey change' command is used to change (i.e. set) the volume
association of a key, and the new volume association contains a volume
that is already assigned to the key to be changed, the command fails
with an error that the volume is already associated to the key.
This commit fixes the problems and allows to set such a volume
association. When setting a new association the current association of
the key to be changed is of no relevance, since the set operation
replaces the current association with the new association.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
s390-tools-1.9.0 introduced a new way of recognizing of multipath
device paths with using of sed command invocation in ziomon script.
With this new way of recognizing, if there are paths, related to
multipath device, with SCSI host ID longer, than one digit,
ziomon incorrectly parses the multipath -l command output. It
erroneously cuts off all but the least significant digit of the
SCSI host ID (H) of paths in H:B:T:L format (Host:Bus:Target:Lun).
This leads to passing of hosts (-a) and paths (-l) with
non-existing SCSI host ID to ziomon_util. In turn ziomon_util
cannot recognize hosts with non-existing SCSI host ID and issues
an error.
Also, wrong sed command invocation could lead to receiving of
duplicate LUNs by ziomon after parsing of multipath -l command
output. Then ziomon excludes duplicates from WRP_LUNS, which
leads to mismatch between number of LUNs and number of detected
block devices and issues ziomon script error, without starting
ziomon_util and without writing to specified log file.
The regular expression to match a path in H:B:T:L format started
with a greedy ".*", which erroneously consumed parts of the SCSI
host ID (H). This patch replaces the greedy ".*" by "[^0-9]*",
so that sed command does not consume parts of the SCSI host ID
any more.
Test example with unique SCSI host IDs:
$ multipath -l
...
mpathc (36005076307ffc5e300000000000083f5) dm-2 IBM ,2107900
size=20G features='1 queue_if_no_path' hwhandler='0' wp=rw
`-+- policy='service-time 0' prio=0 status=active
|- 10:0:0:1089814659 sdb 8:16 active undef running
`- 11:0:0:1089814659 sdf 8:80 active undef running
...
Behavior without fix applied:
$ ziomon -d 5 -o log /dev/mapper/mpathc
Check devices...done
NOTE: No size limit specified, run without a limit.
Estimated maximum disk space required for log data: approx. <1 MBytes
Collecting configuration data...done
Start data collection processes...ziomon_util: Path does not exist: /sys/class/scsi_host/host0/utilization - correct kernel version?
ziomon_util: Path does not exist: /sys/class/scsi_host/host0/utilization - correct kernel version?
ziomon_util: Path does not exist: /sys/class/scsi_host/host0/queue_full - correct kernel version?
ziomon_util: Path does not exist: /sys/class/scsi_host/host1/utilization - correct kernel version?
ziomon_util: Path does not exist: /sys/class/scsi_host/host1/queue_full - correct kernel version?
failed
ziomon: Failed to determine ziomon_util pid
Shutting down
Shutting down blktrace process
Shutting down blkiomon process
Shutting down ziomon_zfcpdd process
blkiomon: terminated by signal
Shutting down data manager
User can see more information, when using ziomon with -V option:
...
=== WRP_LUNS : 0:0:0:1089814659 1:0:0:1089814659
=== WRP_HOST_ADAPTERS: host0 host1
...
=== starting ziomon_util: ziomon_util -V -a 0 -a 1 -l 0:0:0:1089814659 -l 1:0:0:1089814659 ...
...
User can also see this type of errors, while using
ziorep_traffic or ziorep_utilization tools:
$ ziorep_traffic -t1 log.log
Extracting config data...done
ziorep_traffic: Could not retrieve initial data - data files corrupted or broken, or the .agg file is missing.
Behavior with fix applied:
$ ziomon -d 5 -o log /dev/mapper/mpathc
Check devices...done
NOTE: No size limit specified, run without a limit.
Estimated maximum disk space required for log data: approx. <1 MBytes
Collecting configuration data...done
Start data collection processes...done
Collecting data...done
Shutting down
Shutting down data manager
User can see more information, when using ziomon with -V option:
...
=== WRP_LUNS : 10:0:0:1089814659 11:0:0:1089814659
=== WRP_HOST_ADAPTERS: host10 host11
...
=== starting ziomon_util: ziomon_util -V -a 10 -a 11 -l 10:0:0:1089814659 -l 11:0:0:1089814659 ...
...
Test example with duplicate SCSI host IDs:
$ multipath -l
...
mpathc (36005076307ffc5e300000000000083f5) dm-1 IBM ,2107900
size=20G features='1 queue_if_no_path' hwhandler='0' wp=rw
`-+- policy='service-time 0' prio=0 status=active
|- 0:0:0:1089814659 sdb 8:16 active undef running
`- 10:0:0:1089814659 sdf 8:80 active undef running
...
Behavior without fix applied:
$ ziomon -d 5 -o log /dev/mapper/mpathc
Check devices...done
ziomon: Number of LUNs does not match number of devices: 2 devices and 1 LUNs
User can see more information, when using ziomon with -V option:
...
=== #Devices total : 2
=== WRP_DEVICES : /dev/sdb /dev/sdf
=== WRP_LUNS : 0:0:0:1089814659
=== WRP_HOST_ADAPTERS: host0
...
Behavior with fix applied:
$ ziomon -d 5 -o log /dev/mapper/mpathc
Check devices...done
NOTE: No size limit specified, run without a limit.
Estimated maximum disk space required for log data: approx. <1 MBytes
Collecting configuration data...done
Start data collection processes...done
Collecting data...done
Shutting down
Shutting down data manager
User can see more information, when using ziomon with -V option:
...
=== #Devices total : 2
=== WRP_DEVICES : /dev/sdb /dev/sdf
=== WRP_LUNS : 0:0:0:1089814659 10:0:0:1089814659
=== WRP_HOST_ADAPTERS: host0 host10
...
=== starting ziomon_util: ziomon_util -V -a 0 -a 10 -l 0:0:0:1089814659 -l 10:0:0:1089814659 ...
...
Signed-off-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
In case a regular directory was specified, rather than a device node,
the check if the device exists will pass. The following code paths then
assume a slot id was specified. This in turn may lead to a buffer
overflow when the device data is copied to to the zpci_device struct.
Check if the specified path is a regular directory and prevent a
possible later buffer overflow and copying wrong data respectively.
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Also mark FCP devices with CHPID that is logically varied off,
e.g. after running "chchp -v 0 60".
Such FCP devices can be online, not failed, and are not defunct,
so the other existing markers do not appear.
Shows potential issues with FCP devices at one glance.
Examples:
$ lszfcp -He
0.0.1900 host0 NotAvailable
$ lszfcp -HeV
/sys/devices/css0/0.0.010d/0.0.1900 NotAvailable
/sys/class/fc_host/host0
/sys/class/scsi_host/host0
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Complements: 4036e80b26 ("lszfcp: add new output marker for non-good FCP devices (hosts)")
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
The zcryptstats tool displays usage statistics of IBM Crypto Express
adapters. It obtains cryptographic performance measurement data
periodically and displays the data for each cryptographic device for
each interval. A cryptographic device can be either a card device or
a queue device (APQN).
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
I often use "systool -v -m zfcp" but that's a bit longish to type
and contains more output than just the parameters I'm interested in.
"tail /sys/module/zfcp/parameters/*" is also not so nice.
"lszfcp -Z" makes it very easy and can be combined with the other
existing output options of lszfcp.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Since zfcp lazily allocates Scsi_Host et al. on setting an FCP device
online for the first time since the last driver core bind to zfcp
(such as zfcp kernel module load),
lszfcp has only been showing FCP devices (vHBAs) that have been online
at least once including those that have been set offline again.
This is somewhat confusing.
Also it would be nice if lszfcp could be an easier to type replacement for
"lscss -t 17032/03" to simply show all devices bound to the zfcp device
driver.
Of course those FCP devices that have never been online, won't have any
zfcp-specific attribute details, only CIO attributes from the CCW bus.
They also do not have a Scsi_Host nor fc_host.
In order not to break any scripting or expectations around lszfcp,
make the new feature depend on the extended output command line option.
Example:
$ lszfcp -He
0.0.1880 - offline
$ lszfcp -HeV
/sys/devices/css0/0.0.010b/0.0.1880 offline
-
-
$ lszfcp -Hea
0.0.1880 - offline
Bus = "ccw"
availability = "good"
cmb_enable = "0"
cutype = "1731/03"
devtype = "1732/03"
modalias = "ccw:t1731m03dt1732dm03"
online = "0"
uevent = "DRIVER=zfcp"
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Fedor Loshakov <loshakov@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
s390-tools-1.8.1 introduced a new error message.
It gave the same and thus misleading error message as if no FCP device
(vHBA) found.
In order not to break any scripting built around lszfcp output,
only print the fixed error message depending on the extended output
command line option.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
s390-tools-1.8.0 introduced a regression skipping all FCP devices
that are currently "defunct".
Changing
$SYSFS/devices/css0/*/*/host*
to
$SYSFS/devices/css0/[0-9]*/[0-9]*/host*
was too strict as it won't match
$SYSFS/devices/css0/defunct/[0-9]*/host*
anymore.
Fix:
$SYSFS/devices/css0/[0-9d]*/[0-9]*/host*
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
s390-tools-1.8.1 introduced a regression skipping all fc_rports
with port_state != Online. While we need to skip some output parts
for a zfcp_port which does not exist anymore due to port_remove,
there are other cases with port_state != Online for which we should
not skip an fc_rport.
Such as port_state "Blocked" after a cable pull beyond host-adjacent switch
or port_state "Not Present" after dev_loss_tmo ran out.
This way the user can see the previously discovered ports,
even if they might currently not be usable for traffic.
Non-good ports are marked in the short output with suffix "NotOnline".
In order not to break scripting or expectations around lszfcp, make the new
feature depend on the extended output command line option.
Sysfs path globbing does not work for a removed zfcp_port
to obtain the FCP device bus-ID. Instead, properly walk the sysfs.
Examples with a removed zfcp_port:
$ lszfcp -Pe
0.0.50c0/0x500507680b2481fa rport-6:0-2
$ lszfcp -PeV
- (NoMoreZfcpPort:0.0.50c0/0x500507680b2481fa)
/sys/class/fc_remote_ports/rport-6:0-2
Examples with an existing zfcp_port but pulled fibre:
$ lszfcp -Pe
0.0.3c40/0x500507680b2181fb rport-7:0-4
$ lszfcp -PeV
/sys/devices/css0/defunct/0.0.3c40/0x500507680b2181fb
/sys/class/fc_remote_ports/rport-7:0-4
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Used in subsequent patches to guard their changes in order not to break
any scripting or expectations around the lszfcp output format.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Maier <maier@linux.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jens Remus <jremus@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When re-enciphering or setting LUKS2 volume keys using zkey-cryptsetup,
allow to specify the --batch-mode|-q option to suppress confirmation
questions.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For LUKS2 volumes the cryptsetup command currently generates
'cryptsetup luksFormat' commands, but for plain mode volumes it
generates 'cryptsetup plainOpen' commands.
With the --open option it can now also generate 'cryptsetup luksOpen'
commands for opening LUKS2 volumes. With the --format option you can
limit the generated commands to only generate 'cryptsetup luksFormat'
commands for LUKS2 volumes, and skip plain mode volumes.
The default behavior (i.e. if none of the two options specified),
remains the same as before.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
When generating crypttab entries for LUKS2 volumes, allow to
specify common passphrase options like --key-file, --keyfile-offset,
--keyfile-size and --tries and pass those to the generated crypttab
entries.
Note that not all distributions support the keyfile-offset and
keyfile-size options in crypttab entries.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For some device driver SysFS attributes, values read may not be
acceptable input values for that attribute.
An example would be the group of qeth VNICC attributes that return "n/a"
when VNICC setup is not supported, but only accept "0" and "1" as valid
values that can be written to it.
This leads to errors such as the following when data for such attributes
is imported:
# chzdev f500 --import test.conf
Importing configuration data from test.conf
QETH device 0.0.f500:0.0.f501:0.0.f502 configure failed
Error: Invalid value for qeth attribute: vnicc/flooding=n/a (*)
Acceptable values:
- Integers in the range 0 - 1
Use 'chzdev qeth --help-attribute vnicc/flooding' for more information
Note: You can use --force to override safety checks (*)
To fix this, change chzdev's --export function to skip any attribute
value that is not acceptable for that attribute.
Fixes: e831269e74 ("zdev: Add support for VNIC Characteristics")
Signed-off-by: Peter Oberparleiter <oberpar@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Remove 'hash=plain' option for plain type entries, add 'none luks'
for LUKS type entries.
Note that the format of a crypttab entry is distribution specific.
On some distributions only the first 2 fields are required, the
remaining are optional, on other distributions all 4 fields are
required. With this patch correct crypttab entries are generated
for all distributions.
Closes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/pull/55
Fixes: https://github.com/ibm-s390-tools/s390-tools/issues/57
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
With libcryptsetup version 2.1 a new debug level was introduced
to log the JSON structures when adding key slots, digests, etc
into the LUKS2 header.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
Messages from libcryptsetup for logging level CRYPT_LOG_DEBUG
do not include an EOL.
Prior to libcryptsetup version 2.1 debug messages were not printed
through the log callback, but using printf directly within
libcryptsetup. Now they are also printed through the log callback,
but without an EOL terminating the text.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
For zkey-cryptsetup commands reencipher and setkey, use the
same password-based key derivation function (PBKDF) when
creating unbound key-sots that the key slot uses, which was
unlocked through the specified passphrase. That way the
unlocked key slots created by these commands inherit the
PBKDF from the existing key slot.
This feature requires libcryptsetup version 2.1 or later.
If an older libcryptsetup version is available at compile
time, then PBKDF2 is used for newly created unbound key slots.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Franzki <ifranzki@linux.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Höppner <hoeppner@linux.ibm.com>
log_alert "Changing the re-IPL device failed. The current re-IPL settings might be inconsistent. Check and correct the settings (see the README.md of chreipl-fcp-mpath) to make sure that the current re-IPL device is valid."
return 14
fi
firmware_unlock_exclusive
if [ "${sdev_busid}" != "${ipl_busid}" ] \
|| [ "${sdev_wwpn}" != "${ipl_wwpn}" ] \
|| [ "${sdev_lun}" != "${ipl_lun}" ]; then
log_note "Changed re-IPL path to: ${sdev_busid}:${sdev_wwpn}:${sdev_lun}."
fi
# Try to update the information in the ID file if we have gotten the
if '@DEBUG@'; then hexdump -vC "${ID_FILE}" 1>&2; fi
fi
return 0
}
declare -g SDEV=""
if [[ "${DM_UUID}" == mpath-* ]]; then
# Assume Multipath Device Mapper Device;
# e.g.: DEVPATH = /devices/virtual/block/dm-0
for sdev in /sys/"${DEVPATH}"/slaves/sd*/device; do
if sdev_test_path_state "${sdev}"; then
SDEV="${sdev}"
break
fi
done
# No path of the multipath-device that represents the IPL volume is
# online.
if [ "${SDEV}" = "" ]; then
log_crit "The re-IPL device cannot be changed because no operational path to the re-IPL volume remains. The next re-IPL might fail unless you re-attach or enable at least one valid path to the re-IPL volume."
\fBdasdfmt\fR formats a DASD (ECKD) disk drive to prepare it
for usage with Linux for S/390.
for usage with Linux for S/390.
The \fIdevice\fR is the node of the device (e.g. '/dev/dasda').
Any device node created by udev for kernel 2.6 can be used
Any device node created by udev for kernel 2.6 can be used
(e.g. '/dev/dasd/0.0.b100/disc').
.br
\fBWARNING\fR: Careless usage of \fBdasdfmt\fR can result in
\fBWARNING\fR: Careless usage of \fBdasdfmt\fR can result in
\fBLOSS OF DATA\fR.
.SHOPTIONS
.TP
\fB-h\fR or \fB--help\fR
\fB\-h\fR or \fB\-\-help\fR
Print usage and exit.
.TP
\fB-t\fR or \fB--test\fR
Disables any modification of the disk drive.
\fB\-t\fR or \fB\-\-test\fR
Disables any modification of the disk drive.
.br
\fBdasdfmt\fR just prints
out, what it \fBwould\fR do.
.TP
\fB-v\fR
\fB\-v\fR
Increases verbosity.
.TP
\fB-y\fR
\fB\-y\fR
Start formatting without further user-confirmation.
.TP
\fB--norecordzero\fR
\fB\-\-norecordzero\fR
Remove permission for subsystem to format write record zero.
.br
This is an expert option: Per default in recent dasd drivers, subsystems are
@@ -54,90 +54,101 @@ to remove this permission.
.br
.TP
\fB-L\fR or \fB--no_label\fR
\fB\-L\fR or \fB\-\-no_label\fR
Omit the writing of a disk label after formatting.
.br
This makes only sense for the 'ldl' disk layout.
.br
The '-L' option has to be specified after the '-d ldl' option.
The '\-L' option has to be specified after the '\-d ldl' option.
.br
e.g. dasdfmt -d ldl -L /dev/...
e.g. dasdfmt \-d ldl \-L /dev/...
.TP
\fB-V\fR or \fB--version\fR
\fB\-V\fR or \fB\-\-version\fR
Print version number and exit.
.TP
\fB-F\fR or \fB--force\fR
\fB\-F\fR or \fB\-\-force\fR
Formats the device without performing sanity checking.
.TP
\fB-C\fR or \fB--check_host_count\fR
\fB\-C\fR or \fB\-\-check_host_count\fR
Force dasdfmt to check the host access open count to ensure the device
is not online on another operating system instance
.TP
\fB-d\fR\fIlayout\fR or \fB--disk_layout\fR=\fIlayout\fR
\fB\-d\fR\fIlayout\fR or \fB\-\-disk_layout\fR=\fIlayout\fR
Formats the device with compatible disk layout or linux disk layout.
\fIlayout\fR is either \fIcdl\fR for the compatible disk layout
(default) or \fIldl\fR for the linux disk layout.
.br
Compatible disk layout means a special handling of the
first two tracks of the volume. This enables other S/390 or zSeries
Compatible disk layout means a special handling of the
first two tracks of the volume. This enables other S/390 or zSeries
operating systems to access this device (e.g. for backup purposes).
.TP
\fB-p\fR or \fB--progressbar\fR
Print a progress bar while formatting.
Print a progress bar while formatting.
Do not use this option if you are using a 3270 console,
running in background or redirecting the output to a file.
.TP
\fB-P\fR or \fB--percentage\fR
\fB\-P\fR or \fB\-\-percentage\fR
Print one line for each formatted cylinder showing the number of the
cylinder and percentage of formatting process.
Intended to be used by higher level interfaces.
.TP
\fB-m\fR\fIstep\fR or \fB--hashmarks\fR=\fIstep\fR
\fB\-m\fR\fIstep\fR or \fB\-\-hashmarks\fR=\fIstep\fR
Print a hashmark every \fIstep\fR cylinders. The value \fIstep\fR has to be within range [1,1000], otherwise it will be set to the default, which is 10.
.br
You can use this option to see the progress of formatting in case you
are not able to use the progress bar option -p, e.g. with a 3270
are not able to use the progress bar option \-p, e.g. with a 3270
terminal.
.br
The value will be at least as big as the -r or --requestsize value.
The value will be at least as big as the \-r or \-\-requestsize value.
.br
.TP
\fB-M\fR\fImode\fR or \fB--mode\fR=\fImode\fR
\fB\-M\fR\fImode\fR or \fB\-\-mode\fR=\fImode\fR
Specify the \fImode\fR to be used to format the device. Valid modes are:
.RS
.IPfull
Format the entire disk with the specified blocksize. (default)
.IPquick
Format the first two tracks and write label and partition information. Only use
this option if you are sure that the target DASD already contains a regular
format with the specified blocksize. A blocksize can optionally be specified
using \fB-b\fR (\fB--blocksize\fR).
Format the first two tracks and write label and partition information.
.br
Use this option for DASD ESE volumes to take the benefits of thin provisioning.
In this case, a full space release precedes the formatting step. If this space
release fails, then the formatting also fails. Specify the \fB\-\-no\-discard\fR
option to omit the space release.
.br
For non-ESE volumes use this option only if you are sure that the target DASD
already contains a regular format with the specified blocksize. A blocksize can
optionally be specified using \fB\-b\fR (\fB\-\-blocksize\fR).
.IPexpand
Format all unformatted tracks at the end of the target DASD. This mode assumes
that tracks at the beginning of the DASD volume have already been correctly
formatted, while a consecutive set of tracks at the end are unformatted. You can
use this mode to make added space available for Linux use after dynamically
increasing the size of a DASD volume. A blocksize can optionally be specified
using \fB-b\fR (\fB--blocksize\fR).
using \fB\-b\fR (\fB\-\-blocksize\fR).
.RE
.TP
\fB--check\fR
\fB\-\-check\fR
Perform a complete format check on a DASD volume. A blocksize can be specified
with \fB-b\fR (\fB--blocksize\fR).
with \fB\-b\fR (\fB\-\-blocksize\fR).
.TP
\fB-r\fR\fIcylindercount\fR or \fB--requestsize\fR=\fIcylindercount\fR
\fB\-\-no\-discard\fR
Omit a full space release when formatting a thin-provisioned DASD ESE volume.
.TP
\fB\-r\fR\fIcylindercount\fR or \fB\-\-requestsize\fR=\fIcylindercount\fR
Number of cylinders to be processed in one formatting step.
The value must be an integer in the range 1 - 255.
.br
@@ -147,48 +158,47 @@ devices, counting the base device and all alias devices.
.br
.TP
\fB-b\fR\fIblksize\fR or \fB--blocksize\fR=\fIblksize\fR
\fB\-b\fR\fIblksize\fR or \fB\-\-blocksize\fR=\fIblksize\fR
Specify blocksize to be used. \fIblksize\fR must be a positive integer
and always be a power of two. The recommended blocksize is 4096 bytes.
.TP
\fB-l\fR\fIvolser\fR or \fB--label\fR=\fIvolser\fR
Specify the volume serial number or volume identifier to be written
to disk after formatting. If no label is specified, a sensible default
is used. \fIvolser\fR is interpreted as ASCII string and is automatically
\fB\-l\fR\fIvolser\fR or \fB\-\-label\fR=\fIvolser\fR
Specify the volume serial number or volume identifier to be written
to disk after formatting. If no label is specified, a sensible default
is used. \fIvolser\fR is interpreted as ASCII string and is automatically
converted to uppercase and then to EBCDIC.
.br
e.g. -l LNX001 or --label=DASD01
e.g. \-l LNX001 or \-\-label=DASD01
.br
The \fIvolser\fR identifies by serial number the volume. A volume serial
The \fIvolser\fR identifies by serial number the volume. A volume serial
number is 1 through 6 alphanumeric or one of the following special
characters: $, #, @, %. Enclose a serial number that contains special
characters in apostrophes. If the number is shorter than six
characters: $, #, @, %. Enclose a serial number that contains special
characters in apostrophes. If the number is shorter than six
characters, it is padded with trailing blanks.
.br
.br
Do notcodea volume serial number as SCRTCH, PRIVAT, orLnnnnn(L with
five numbers); these areusedin OS/390 messages toaskthe operator to
mount avolume.Donotcodea volume serial number as MIGRAT, which is
used bythe OS/390 Hierarchical Storage Manager DFSMShsm for migrated
Do not code a volumeserialnumber as SCRTCH,PRIVAT, or Lnnnnn (L with
fivenumbers);these are used in OS/390messages to ask the operator to
mount a volume. Do not code a volumeserialnumber as MIGRAT,which is
used by the OS/390HierarchicalStorageManagerDFSMShsm for migrated
data sets.
.br
NOTE: Try to avoid using special characters in the volume serial. This may cause problems accessing a disk by volser.
NOTE: Try to avoid using special characters in the volume serial. This may cause problems accessing a disk by volser.
.br
In case you really have to use special characters, make sure you are using quotes. In addition there is a special handling for the '$' sign. Please specify it using '\\$' if necessary.
.br
e.g. -l 'a@b\\$c#' to get A@B$C#
e.g. \-l 'a@b\\$c#' to get A@B$C#
.br
.TP
\fB-k\fR or \fB--keep_volser\fR
Keeps the Volume Serial Number, when writing the Volume Label. This is
useful, if the Serial Number has been written with a VM Tool and should not
be overwritten.
\fB\-k\fR or \fB\-\-keep_volser\fR
Keeps the Volume Serial Number when writing the Volume Label. This is useful if
the volume already has a Serial Number that should not be overwritten.
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
